Humanities, Social Sciences Languages - PHI Learning

Humanities,Social Sciences

&Languages

SEPTEMBER

CATALOGUEEastern Economy Editions

SEPTEMBER 2021

Humanities, Social Sciences and Languages

PHI Learning’s Eastern Economy Editions (3Es) consist of outstanding works of Indian authors and unabridged reprints of established titles widely used by universities. These lower

priced editions are published for the benefit of students.

Contents

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES (pages 3–120)

Economics (pages 3–20)

Education (pages 20–44)

English Literature, Linguistics,PhoneticsandGrammar (pages 44–57)

Law (pages 57–74)

Philosophy/Religion (pages 74–78

Political Science (pages 79–85)

Psychology (pages 85–94)

PublicAdministration (pages 94–102)

SociologyandSocialWork (pages 103–110)

Journalism/MassCommunication (pages 111–119)

Library Science (page 120)

AUTHORWISEALPHABETICAL LISTING (pages 121–126)

WHOLESALERS AND STOCKISTS (pages 127–140)

• All prices are subject to change when a reprint or a new edition of an existing title is released.

• The export rights of Eastern Economy Editions are vested solely with the publisher.

Humanities, Social Sciences and Languages

3

Economics

Business Environment

AHMED & ALAMBusiness Environment: Indian and Global Perspectives, 3rd ed.FAISAL AHMED, Associate Professor of International Business at FORE School of Management, New Delhi. M. ABSAR ALAM, Assistant Professor of Economics at M.K.S. College, L.N. Mithila University, Darbhanga, Bihar.

This fully revised and updated third edition carries aholistic approach to the new and emerging realities ofIndian as well as the global business environment. ItincorporatesthenewchallengesemanatingfromCovid-19outbreakandalsootherenablersshapingupthebusinessenvironment.Thisneweditionbringsforthacontemporaryand pragmatic appeal to the learners. The text providesan incisive insight intothesubjectviasimple,elegantandexplicit presentation that amalgamates theory logicallyand rigorouslywith thepracticalaspects.

Organised in 24 chapters, the book aims to developa broader understanding of the concepts and theirapplicationsanddexterouslyassimilatesthelateststatisticsdepictingthenationalandglobalperspectives.Thistextissuitable for both PG and UG students of Management,Commerce, Economics, and Business Studies. Besides, itis of immense value to the aspirants of civil services andtheprofessionals, includingpolicymakers,working in thegovernmentdepartments.

NEW TO THE THIRD EDITION• Presents latest developments viz. Economic slowdown

due to lockdowns, Impactof theoutbreakofCovid-19,Atmanirbharta (self-reliance), Union Budget 2021–22,Policy changes amid slowdown, FDI policy changes,and also about Indian economic scenarios,NITI Aayog,Manufacturing in defence sector, Climate Change, Make in India, Geo-economic aspects, GST, BREXIT,SDGs,Latestdevelopmentsinglobalenvironment,WTOissues, and others.

• Updates sections, sub-sections, opening and closingcases tokeepabreastofnewdevelopments.

• Introduces revised tables and figures to represent thelatestscenarios,inmostcaseswithdataupto2019–20.

• Includes latest domestic and global policy frameworksinfluencingbusinessenvironment.

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE BOOK• Each chapter commences with an opening case to

emphasise the topic of importance, and ends with aclosing case to help in satisfying a learner from thepointof viewofunderstanding thechapter.

• Relevant box items call readers' attention to practicalexamplesandexperiences for in-depth learning.

• Case-based questions and review questions help inassessing learner'sability tograspbasic concepts.

• Companion website http://phindia.com/ahmedcontaining useful resources for the teachers and studyaids for the students.

Contents: List of Boxes. List of Figures. List of Tables.Preface. Acknowledgements. Concepts. ContemporaryPerspectives. Environmental Scanning. Economic Systems.PlanningandReform.Macroeconomic Indicators. IndustrialPolicies.FiscalPolicy.MonetaryPolicy.BalanceofPayments.MoneyandCapitalMarkets.LegalFramework.PrinciplesofInternational Law forBusiness. InternationalOrganisations.Models and Frameworks of International Trade. Inter-nationalisation of Firms. Foreign Direct Investment (FDI).TrendsinGlobalTradeandEconomicIntegration.TheWTORegime.Major Provisions underWTO. Cross-cutting Issuesin International Environment. Foreign Exchange Risk andExposures. Country Risk and Political Risk Analysis. DoingBusiness inSelectMarkets. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 496 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / ` 895.00 ISBN-978-93-5443-773-1 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-5443-884-4 (e-Book)

PAILWARBusiness EnvironmentVEENA KESHAV PAILWAR, Professor, Institute of Management Technology (IMT), Nagpur.

Designed primarily as a text for undergraduate andpostgraduate students of management and commerce,this comprehensive and well-organized book equips thereaderswith the knowledge to analyze the domestic andglobalbusinessenvironment.The focusof thebook isonthe assessment of the evolving business scenario usinganalyticalunderpinningsand latestdata.

This book clearly brings out the implications of changesin socio-economic and legal environment of business,and covers business environment by tracking changes innational income, inflation, fiscal deficit, money supply,exchange rate, balance of payment and many othereconomic variables. Besides, it briefs on legal aspects,deliberates on demographic changes and changes intechnicalandnaturalenvironmentofbusiness.

PHI Learning — CATALOGUE 20214

Besides students, practising managers and policy makerswill alsofind thebookasauseful reference.

KEY FEATURES• Illustrationsusing latestdata (upto June2013)• Boxes containing numerical illustrations and technical

details • Cases depicting Indian Business Environment and

providing glimpses of evolving global businessenvironment

• Reviewquestions,numericalproblemsandcaseanalysis

Companion Website: This text is supported by thecompanion website: www.phindia.com/veenapailwar/ containing useful resources for the teachers and studyaids for the students.

Instructors’ Resources: To support the teaching effortsthewebsitecontains—Answers to theendof thechapterNumerical Problems with explanation; More than 1000crisp, clear and colourful PowerPoint Slides; and morethan1000MultipleChoiceQuestions.

Students’ Resources: To strengthen the understanding of the students on the subject the website resourcescomprise—Interactive Multiple Choice Questions andhints for solving chapter-endNumericalProblems.

Contents: Preface. Business Environment and ItsConstituents. Economic System: Planning and Market.Economic Structure and StagesofDevelopment.BusinessCycles and Fluctuations. National Income: MeasurementandEnvironmentScanning.Poverty,Growthand InclusiveGrowth. Inflation and Business Environment. Fiscal Policyand Environment. Financial System, Crisis and Reforms.Monetary Policy and Economic Environment. IndustrialStructure, Policy and Business Environment. Balance ofPayment:Accounting,Adjustmentsand Imbalances.TradeFlows, International Linkages and External Environment.Capital Flows, Growth and Macroeconomic Instability.ExchangeRateRegimesandCurrencyConvertibility. LegalEnvironment of Business. Demographic Environment ofBusiness.TechnologicalEnvironment.NaturalEnvironmentandBusinessSustainability. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90464-47-0 (e-book)

PAILWAREconomic Environment of Business, 3rd ed.VEENA KESHAV PAILWAR, Professor, Institute of Management Technology (IMT), Nagpur.

Since liberalization, Indian economy is going throughsome dynamic changes. From a primarily closed agrarianeconomy, India has become service-oriented openeconomy, becoming more and more susceptible toeconomicfluctuations.

This comprehensive book, in its third edition, continuesto equip the readers with the necessary skills to assessand analyze the evolving economic scenario in India andworldover. Theneweditionhasbeen thoroughly revisedand updated to incorporate the recent changes takingplace in Indian and global economic environment. Everychapter is incorporated with a section on UnderstandingEconomic Environment (UEE), in which the Indianeconomic environment is compared with the economicenvironment of its neighbouring countries, emergingmarketsandmajorplayers in theworldeconomy.

All chapters arewell-supportedwith illustrative examplesand cases to provide an analytical insight to the topics.The chapters also include the topic Implications forManagers, in which implications of a particular aspectof an economy are summarized for the managers.Besides, for an easy assessment of thedata,most of thequantitative information is presented in a graphical formrather than in theconventional tabular format.

Designed primarily as a textbook for the postgraduatestudents of management and commerce, this book isuseful for the practising managers and policy makers aswell.

KEY FEATURES

• Includes illustrationsusing latestdata (upto2011)• Provides several numerical problems to strengthen the

quantitativeaspectof the subject• EachchapterconcludeswithaCaseAnalysistosupport

thechapterswith theapplicative tools• Companion website www.phindia.com/veenapailwar

providesusefulresourcesfortheteachersaswellasforthe students andhas beenupdated as per the currentedition

Contents: List of Cases. List of Boxes. List of CaseAnalysis Exercises. Preface.Acknowledgements. EconomicEnvironment and Business Fluctuations. Data Sourcesand Interpretations. National Income: Measurementand Environment Scanning. Inflation and BusinessEnvironment. Fiscal Policy and Environment. Money:DemandandSupply.FinancialSystem,CrisisandReforms.Monetary Policy and Economic Environment. Balance ofPayment:Accounting,AdjustmentsAndImbalances.TradeFlows, International Linkages and External Environment.Capital Flows, Growth and Macroeconomic Instability.ExchangeRateRegimesandCurrencyConvertibility.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-456-3 (e-Book)

HUMANITIES, SOCIAL SCIENCES AND LANGUAGES 5

Developmental Economies

MUKHERJEE & CHAKRABARTIDevelopment Economics: A Critical PerspectiveAPARAJITA MUKHERJEE, Former Professor of Economics, Visva-Bharati, Santiniketan, West Bengal.SAUMYACHAKRABARTI, Associate Professor of Economics, Department of Economics and Politics, Visva-Bharati, Santiniketan, West Bengal.

Development economics is a branch of economics thatfocuses on improving the economies of developingcountries. It considers promotion in economic growth,and examines both macroeconomic and microeconomicfactorsrelatingtothestructureofadevelopingeconomy.

The main objective of the book is to present differentviewpoints taken by different thinkers, including themost modern thinking, with regard to the major issuesof development economies. It takes up an analysis ofthe limitations of accumulation-centric growth processand introduces the readers to alternative developmentparadigmsalongwith their critics.

The book introduces alternative paradigms and theories,and analyses their philosophical basis and politicaleconomicnecessitiesthatledtotheiremergence.Besides,italsotakescareofstructuraldynamicsof lessdevelopedeconomieswith thehelpofmacromodelsof agriculture-industry interactions.

Extensions and modifications to different theories andmodels in different chapters are also incorporated in thebook. Based on the critical analysis of the limitationsof the widely-accepted theories and policies, recentdevelopment of the subject as well as issues emergingoutofrecentchangesoccurringatthenationalandgloballevelarediscussed in thebook.

Thebookisprimarily intendedfortheundergraduateandpostgraduate studentsofeconomics.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Some ImportantFeatures of Less Developed Economies. DevelopmentIdeas and Theories: The Early Paradigms. Post WorldWar Development Ideas. Development Economics under Dual Economy Framework. Some Macro Models ofDevelopmentBasedonIndustry—AgricultureInteractions.Structure of Agriculture in Less Developed Economies.Population and Economic Development. The Roleof Market and the State in Economic Development.The New Paradigm in Development Economics:Capability Approach to Development and DevelopmentManagement. Inequality, Poverty and Development.Environment, Resources and Sustainable Development.Open Economy Issues: Early Paradigms. Open EconomyIssues:Globalisation.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-534-8 (e-Book)

Environmental Economics

MUTHUKRISHNANEconomics of Environment, 2nd ed.SUBHASHINI MUTHUKRISHNAN, Associate Professor and Head, Department of Economics, St. Joseph’s College (Autonomous), Bangalore.

This book, now in its Second Edition, continues toprovide a comprehensive and coherent discussion ofenvironmental economics. The text begins with anoverview of the interdependence of economics and theenvironment.Itthenfocusesonthetheoriesandconceptsfrommainstream economics and describes how they areapplied to environmental issues. The book discusses indetailthe issuesofmarketfailure,externalityandwelfarewithregardtotheenvironment.Italsoanalyzespopulationdynamics and its relationship with the environment.The concepts and issues related to natural resourceseconomics and valuation of environmental resources asimportant part of environmental economics have beendealt with. Finally, the book presents important nationaland internationalenvironmental issuesand legislations.

Thebook is speciallydesigned for theundergraduateandpostgraduate studentsofeconomics.

NEW TO THIS EDITIONThe most obvious change in this second edition is thenewchapterentirely focusingonthe interactionbetweeneconomy and environment using the material balancemodel and examining the nature of environmentalproblems. It focusesonapplying theprinciplesofwelfareeconomicstoenvironmentanditsroleindecisionmakingrelating toenvironmental resourceuse.

KEY FEATURES• Discusses various real-life environmental issues for

betterunderstandingof the theory.• Provides a list of assignment topics to encourage the

students togainpractical knowledge.• Includesaglossary containing important terms.

Contents: Preface.PrefacetotheFirstEdition.Introductionto Environmental Economics. Interaction BetweenEconomics and Environment. Markets, Market Failureand the Environment. Natural Resources. Degradation ofEnvironment. Population and Environment. SustainableDevelopment. Environmental Valuation and Techniques.Indian Environmental Issues and Legislations. GlobalEnvironmental Issues. Appendix: Assignments. Glossary.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-551-5 (e-Book)


RAY & SINHAMine and Mineral EconomicsSUBHASHC.RAY, former Professor and Head, Department of Mining Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur. INDRA N. SINHA, Professor, Department of Mining Engineering, Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology, Shibpur.

For any country’s economy, mineral resources form animportant part in generating revenue and increasing itsGDP. Therefore, learning the economics behind minesand minerals becomes mandatory and logical. This bookinvestigatesandpromotesunderstandingofeconomicandpolicy issues, programmes and strategies for exploration,mining,beneficiationandmarketingactivities.

Divided into ten chapters, the book puts emphasis onelaboratingtheprinciplesofmineandmineraleconomics.The introductory chapter discusses the scope of thesubjectandtheissuesaddressedbyit.Outlineofreserve-resource dynamics and the recent approaches towardsestimating ore-reserves are then elaborated, followed bya discussion onmineral availability. Focus is then shiftedto more technical and quantitative aspects of mineralsampling.

Issues relating tomineralpropertyevaluationandprojectfeasibilityassessmentarethentakenup.Bothquantitativeand logical aspects ofmine finance and accounting havebeendiscussed.Nitty-grittiesofmine taxationare furtheroutlined and the reader is introduced to aspects relatingtomarketing and trading ofminerals. Distinctive featuresof themineral policies of a few countries are highlightedwhile discussing the characteristic features of a nationalmineralpolicy.The lastchapterofthisbook isonmineralindustryand theenvironment.

The book is designed for the undergraduate studentsof mining engineering. The book may be helpful for thepostgraduate studentsofearth scienceaswell.

KEY FEATURES• Book is supported with numerous illustrations, for

betterunderstandingof the text.• Numerical and logical-type questions are included in

everychapter.

Contents: Preface. Minerals and the Economy. Reserve-Resource Dynamics. Availability of Minerals. MineSampling. Valuation of Mineral Properties and ProjectEvaluation.Mine Finance and Accounting.Mine Taxation.Mineral Markets and Trade. National Mineral Policy.Mineral Industryand theEnvironment. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-681-9 (e-Book)

Game Theory

CHADHAGame Theory for Managers: Doing Business in a Strategic World, 2nd ed.ALKA CHADHA, Adjunct Associate Professor (Economics), Indian Institute of Management, Sambalpur.

The new edition of the book has been streamlined foreffective reading and clarity. It explains the concepts ofgame theory inaway that iseasy tounderstandandwillbe useful for the students of MBA programmes. It willhelp the readers to think strategically in interactions thattheymayencounterasmanagers.Thebookusesamixofmathematics and intuitive reasoning for efficient learningoutcomes. The case studies dwell on diverse issues suchas politics, diplomacy, geopolitics, movies, sports, healthcare,environment,besidesbusinessandeconomics.Eachchapter includes Solved Examples, Summary, Key Wordsand Exercises. An Instructor’s Manual is available forprofessorswhoadopt this book that includesPowerPointslides,answers toselectproblemsgiven in thetextandavarietyofmultiple-choicequestions.

What’s New in the Second Edition?

Thesecondeditionofthebookhasexpandedthetextandincluded more diagrams for a clearer understanding of concepts such as mixed strategy games, duopoly games,strategicmoves and coalition games. It has alsoupdated case-studies on current topics including corona virus pandemic, oil crash, trade war, arms race escalation etc.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction.Simultaneous-move Games: Pure Strategies. Gamesof Coordination. Games using Randomised Strategies.Dynamic Sequential-move Games. Oligopoly Models ofContinuous Strategies. Repeated Games. AsymmetricInformation. Auctions. Bayesian Games. Coalition Games.BargainingandContracts. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-82-0 (e-book)

CHATTERJEELinear Programming and Game TheoryDIPAK CHATTERJEE, Director, Budge Budge Institute of Technology, Kolkata. Earlier he served as Principal, Institute of Engineering and Management, Kolkata and as Distinguished Professor and HOD, St. Xavier’s College, Kolkata.

Thiscompactbookisanexcellentelucidationofthebasicsofoptimizationtheoryintheareasof linearprogrammingand game theory. The theory has been developed in asystematicmannerwitha recapitulationof thenecessarymathematicalpreliminariesincludingingoodmeasuretheelementsofconvexitytheory.Alltheessentialtopicssuchas simplex algorithm, duality, revised simplex method,


two-phase method and dual simplex method havebeen discussed lucidly. The age-old transportation andassignment problems have been treated thoroughly tomanifest all the dimensions of the problems. Finally, thegame theorycomeswithgrandeurof realityof conflicts.This user-friendly text is designed for the undergraduatestudents in mathematics. Besides, it will be useful tostudents pursuing courses in engineering, managementand economics.Contents: Preface. Mathematical Programming. Mathematical Preliminaries. Simplex Method. Duality.Dual Simplex Method. Revised Simplex Method. IntegerProgramming. Sensitivity Analysis. TransportationProblems. Assignment Problems. Theory of Games.Appendix.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-029-9 (e-Book)

Indian Economy

GHOSHIndian EconomySAHANA GHOSH, Assistant Professor, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata.The book aims to give readers an overall idea ofthe structural changes of the Indian Economy sinceIndependence with greater focus on the period sincereforms of the 1990s. Besides giving an overview of thebroadtrendsof theeconomy,anattempthasbeenmadeto define various important concepts thatmay be usefulforanyaverage student learning the subject.

Comprehensive coverage of contemporary issues suchas sectoral reforms, various welfare schemes of thegovernment, employment generation schemes etc. aredealtwith ingreatdetailand thebook isup-to-datewithlatestdata fromEconomicSurvey2018-19.

Primarily designed for General Studies paper of the CivilServices Examinations (IAS and PCS) and the optionalpaper on Economics in the Main examination, thebook will be handy for other competitive examinations.Undergraduate and postgraduate students of commerceeconomics and management will immensely benefit byreading thebook.

KEY FEATURES• Up-to-date with latest data from Economic Survey

2018–19• MCQs, short-answer and long-answer questions based

onexampatternare thehighlightof thebook• Previousyears’examinationquestions• Important issues/developmentshighlighted

Contents: Preface. Introduction. National Income andEconomic Growth. Planning and Development Strategy.Population Growth and Demographic Structure. LabourForce and Employment. Savings and Capital Formation.

Human Development and Sustainability. Poverty andIncome Inequality. Prices and Inflation. SustainableDevelopment and Climate Change. Agriculture TrendsandPatterns. TechnologyRevolutions inAgriculture. LandOwnership and Tenancy. Farm Input and Management.Food Availability, Distribution and Food Security. RuralCredit and Insurance. Agricultural Marketing, ContractFarming and Food Processing. Rural Labour andIncome. Shifts in Industrial Policy. Industrial Growth andProductivity. Infrastructure Development. Public Sector,Disinvestment and Privatisation. Small and MediumIndustries. Industrial Finance and Corporate ResourceMobilisation.IndustrialSicknessandBankruptcy.IndustrialLabour Relations. Some Major Industries. The ServiceSector. Foreign Trade. Balance of Payment and ForeignExchange System. Foreign Investment. World TradeOrganization. Regional Trade Agreements. Reserve Bankof India.CommercialBanking.OtherFinancial Institutionsand Products. Capital Market. Government Revenues.FiscalDeficit.Centre-StateFiscalRelations. Index.

568 pp. (approx.) / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / TBAISBN-978-93-89347-31-9 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-89347-32-6 (e-Book)

GHOSH & GHOSHIndian Economy: A Macro-theoretic AnalysisCHANDANAGHOSH,Assistant Professor, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata. AMBAR GHOSH, Professor of Economics Department, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.

India is anopeneconomy, and thedynamicsof it canbewitnessed from the inflation and deflation of the rupeevalue in themarket. This comprehensive book on IndianEconomy shows how it behaves, and how its parametersare weighed and analyzed vis-à-vis the macroeconomictheories. This book attempts to make a more completeand clearer presentation of the basic models ofmacroeconomics principles, and their effect on India’scurrenteconomic conditions.

International Monetary Fund (IMF) thrusted upon NewEconomic Policy in India, which aims at leaving theallocation of resources entirely to the market forcesderiving its rationale from neoclassical macroeconomics.This neoclassical macroeconomics is dealt with in a proper perspective in the book. Part I presents the basicmodels of open economy macroeconomics, and Part IIapplies them to explain India’s recent macroeconomicperformance.

The book also assesses India’s current fiscal policy,monetarypolicyandthepolicyofforciblelandacquisitionforpromotionofmodern industry.

Thebookisdesignedasareferencefortheundergraduateandpostgraduate studentsofEconomics.

KEY FEATURES• Interspersedwith solvednumericalexamples


• Chapters are contained with analytical problems withthehintsprovided for themostdifficultones

• Tablescontainingthedatatosupporteconomicpoliciesfrom theauthentic sources.

Contents: Preface. India’s New Economic Policy,Resource Allocation and Neoclassical Microeconomics:A Must Read for the Senior Students of Economics.Part I: OPEN ECONOMY MACROECONOMICS—Balanceof Payments. Open Economy Macroeconomics underPerfect Capital Mobility. Perfect Versus Imperfect CapitalMobility. Determination of Output and Employmentunder Imperfect CapitalMobility. Interest Rate Targeting,GrowthandInflationinanOpenEconomy.PartII: INDIAN ECONOMY—IndianEconomyPrior to theAdoptionof theNew Economic Policy. India’s Current MacroeconomicScenario. External Shocks to Indian Economy and FiscalPolicy. India’sMacroeconomicPerformanceandMonetaryPolicy. Growth and Foreign Exchange Constraint in India.India’s Growing Inequality, Forcible Acquisition of Landand Industrialisation. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-404-4 (e-Book)

KANAGASABAPATHIIndian Models of Economy, Business and Management, 3rd ed.P. KANAGASABAPATHI, Professor of Management, presently working as the Director, Tamil Nadu Institute of Urban Studies, Coimbatore. This comprehensive and extensively researched studydeals primarily with the economic, business andmanagement models from the Indian perspectives.The third edition of the book presents updated details,latest data andnew informationobtained fromauthenticsources in order to understand the topics discussed. Itprovides detailed information collected fromfield studiesundertaken in different industrial and business centresacross thecountry.The details contained in the book have been obtainedfrom various empirical and research studies and reputednational and international sources. The author contendsthat India remained a strong economic, business andmanagement power formost of the time in history, andthe country has the potential to achieve the premierstatus even today. He givesmasterly analysis of not onlythe Indian economic, business andmanagementmodels,but also the popular economic, business and manage-ment models of the other countries. The author asserts that a paradigm shift in thinking is urgently needed tounderstandthegroundrealitiesandthefunctioningIndiansystems,so that thecountrycouldbe taken forwardwiththenecessaryorientationand suitablepolicies.Intended primarily for the postgraduate students ofManagement, the book would also be useful to thestudents of Economics and Commerce, as well as to

the professionals interested in the study of the Indianeconomy, business and management from the Indianperspectives.

KEY FEATURES• A unique presentation of the Indian economic

environment and its functioning models since theancientperiods.

• ComparativestudyoftheEasternandWesternbusinessmodelsgivingaholisticviewof the subject.

• Historical development of the Indian managementsystems and the Western theories with details ofcontemporarymanagementpractices.

• Text reinforced with plenty of data to validate theconcepts and a large number of examples and casestudies to illustrate theconceptsdiscussed.

• Updatedwiththelatestdata,recentdevelopmentsandnew information.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction.Indian Economic Models. Other Economic Models. Basic Features of Different Economic Models. Types ofBusinessModels. Indian BusinessModels. Basic Featuresof Different Business Models. Management Models.Emerging India. Conclusion. Bibliography. Name Index.Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-275-0 (e-Book)

Industrial Organisations

BASU, et al.Industrial Organization and ManagementS.K. BASU, Professor Emeritus at College of Engineering Pune (formerly known as Government College of Engineering). K.C. SAHU, former Director of NITIE Bombay. He has also served as former Professor, VG School of Management and former Professor/Founder-Chair, Industrial Engineering and Management (IIT Kharagpur). B. RAJIV, Associate Professor, Department of Production Engineering, College of Engineering, Pune.

This comprehensive text provides a glimpse of varioustheories and principles of management along with theirapplications in engineering industries. The authors haveexplained classical management, economic analysis,techno-economic life and various quantitative techniquesassociated with plant and facilities layout, behaviouralstudies, and human relations. Ergonomics and humanfactors in engineering has assumed a new dimension to design and manufacturing of products. The applicationof these principles, in relation to human effort and plantefficiency, has been discussed at length. It also discussesthe biodynamic analyses of man-machine system in astress-freeenvironment.


This practice-oriented book, which contains a largenumber of worked-out examples, exercises and otherpedagogic features, is intended for the undergraduatestudents of Industrial and Production Engineering. It canalsobeusedasa referencebypractisingengineers.

Contents: Preface.Management.Organisation Structures.Formation of Company and its Legal Aspects. FinancialPlanning: Finance and Economic Analysis. Depreciationand Replacement. Product Engineering. PhysicalFacilities. Production Planning and Control. InventoryControl. Work Study. Job Evaluation, Merit Rating andWage Incentives. Personnel Management. AssuranceEngineering and Sciences: Reliability, Quality Controland Maintainability. Sales Forecasting. Financial Control.Plant Engineering and Maintenance. Behavioural Aspectsof Management. Productivity. Automation. EngineeringEconomy. Ergonomics andHuman Factors in Engineering.OperationsResearch.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-205-7 (e-Book)

CABRALIntroduction to Industrial Organization, 2nd ed.LUÍSM.B.CABRAL is Paganelli-Bull Professor of Economics and International Business and Chair of the Department of Economics at the Leonard N. Stern School of Business at New York University.

The study of industrial organization (IO)—the analysis ofthe way firms compete with one another—has becomea key component of economics and of such relateddisciplines as finance, strategy, and marketing. Thisbook provides an issue-driven introduction to industrialorganization.Althoughformal in itsapproach, it iswritteninawaythatrequiresonlybasicmathematicaltraining. Itincludes a vast array of examples, from both within andoutside the United States. This second edition has beenthoroughlyupdatedand revised.

In addition to updated examples, this edition presents amore systematic treatment of public policy implications.It features added advanced sections, with analyticaltreatment of ideas previously presented verbally; andexercises, which allow for a deeper and more formalunderstandingofeachtopic.Theneweditionalsoincludesan introduction to such empirical methods as demandestimation and equilibrium identification. Supplementalmaterial is availableonline.

“Luis Cabral has updated his industrial organizationtextbook.Therevisionretainsthestrengthsoftheoriginal:it isclearandsuccinct,withanemphasisonhowthefieldaddressesimportantapplications.Themanynewexamplesensure the relevanceof thematerial.”

—RobertPorter,WilliamR.Kenan Jr.ProfessorofEconomics,NorthwesternUniversity; coeditorof

Handbook of Industrial Organization

“Introduction to Industrial Organization is a rare commodity: an intellectually rigorous textbook that iselegant, concise, and a pleasure to read. Cabralmanagesto communicate difficult ideas precisely while keepingthe focus squarely on issues that matter for the realworld. It is the ideal introduction for undergraduates,MBAstudents,oranyoneelse looking foranon-technicaloverviewof thefield.”

—MatthewGentzkow,ProfessorofEconomics, StanfordUniversity

“Cabral’s Introduction to Industrial Organization is clear, precise, relevant, even fun. This delightful volume is your best choice for crisp and accessible coverage of IO theory. The second edition sparkles just like thefirst.”

—Carl Shapiro,TransamericaProfessorofBusinessStrategy,HaasSchoolofBusiness,UniversityofCalifornia

atBerkeley

“This is a wonderful textbook: concise, precise, and fullofup-to-dateexamples. Ifyouare looking foran intuitivetreatment of industrial organization that is rigorous andyet doesn’t bog you down in excessive detail, this is agreat choice.”—AliHortacsu,RalphandMaryOtis IshamProfessorof

Economics,UniversityofChicago

“LuisCabral’sbookcoversall thebasictopics in Industrial Organization in an easily accessible way. It is a perfect expositionforanundergraduateclassorforaprofessional whowantstobecomeacquaintedwiththetopics IO deals with andwhy they are important. He has done the fieldagreat service.”

—ArielPakes,ThomasProfessor of Economics, HarvardUniversity;editor,Microeconomic Insights

“Cabral introduces the theoretical ideas and frameworks of contemporary IO expertly, succinctly, and with flair. Motivating examples and stylized facts bring the theories alive. The new edition of Introduction to Industrial Organization updates and improves the organization of thefirst,whilekeeping itsexpository charms.”

—MichaelH.Riordan, LauransA.ArleneMendelson ProfessorofEconomics,ColumbiaUniversity

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. What is IndustrialOrganization? Part 1—Microeconomics Foundations.Consumers. Firms. Competition, Equilibrium, andEfficiency. Market Failure and Public Policy. PriceDiscrimination. Part 2—Oligopoly. Games and Strategies.Oligopoly. Collusion and Price Wars. Part 3—Entry andMarket Structure. Market Structure. Horizontal Mergers.MarketForeclosure.Part4—Non-PriceStrategies.VerticalRelations.ProductDifferentiation. Innovation.Networks.



TIROLETheory of Industrial Organization, TheJEANTIROLE.

This book by award winning author Jean Tirole(Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences) gives astraightforwardaccountofdevelopments in thetheoryofindustrial economics and blends them into the traditionof industrial organization. The text primarily presentsaccomplishments of what the author calls, ‘The SecondWave’, which began in the 1970s and made a sizeableimpactinthetheoreticalaspectsofindustrialorganization,though the earlier contributions that laid the foundationarenot forgotten.

Thebook isdivided intotwoparts.Thefirstpart featuresmarket behaviour and considers monopolist’s choices ofprice and quality, the spectrums of goods advertisingand the distribution of structure. Part two analyses thechoice price, capacity, product positioning, researchand development, and other strategic variables in acomparativelymonopolisticmarket.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Theory of the Firm.I: The Exercise of Monopoly Power—Monopoly. ProductSelection, Quality, and Advertising. Price Discrimination.Vertical Control. II: Strategic Interaction—Short-RunPrice Competition. Dynamic Price Competition and TacitCollusion. Product Differentiation: Price Competition andNon-Price Competition. Entry, Accommodation, and Exit.Information and Strategic Behavior: Reputation, LimitPricing, and Predation. Research and Development andtheAdoptionofNewTechnologies.NoncooperativeGameTheory:AUser’sManual.ReviewExercises. Index.


Macroeconomics

GHOSH & GHOSHMacroeconomics, 2nd ed.CHANDANA GHOSH, Assistant Professor at the Economic Research Unit, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata. AMBAR GHOSH, Professor of Economics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata. Macroeconomics, which along with microeconomics forms one of the two most general fields of studies ineconomics, dealswith aneconomyas awhole—national,regional and global. This textbook on macroeconomicsin its second edition makes significant contribution toteaching and learning of the subject. Macroeconomicstexts thatareavailablepresentmathematicalmodelsandtheorieswithoutusingmathematics.Hence,studentsfindit difficult to get a clear idea of the theories presented.Using elementary tools of school level mathematics, thisbookpresents the theoriesmathematicallyand illustratesthemdiagrammatically.Thepurposeistogivethestudentsa clear vision of the theories presented. Meanings ofevery equation, every expression and intuition of everyresult are clearly explained. Every mathematical step

involved in thederivationof theresults is fullyexplained.Upon reading this book, a student will learn how toconstruct a macroeconomic model mathematically, howto illustrate the solution of the model diagrammaticallyand how to carry out stability analysis and comparativestaticexercisesmathematicallyanddiagrammatically.The book presents both Keynesian and neoclassicalmacroeconomic theories lucidly, evaluates them in thelight of real life experiences and makes a comparativeassessment of the two schools of thought in macroeconomics.Inthisrespectalso,thisbookconstitutesauniquecontributionasa textbookofmacroeconomics.

KEY FEATURES• Explainstheconceptsinaneasy-to-understandlanguage.• Includes numerous exerciseswithin the text aswell as

at theendofeachchapter.• Illustrates the concepts with the help of examples,

figuresand tables.

NEW TO THE EDITION• Chapters 3, 9 and 10 have been revised thoroughly to

addnew insights into the theoriespresented there.• Some of the other chapters have also been revised to

improve theirqualityandcoverage.• The data tables have also been updated to illustrate

theapplicationsof the theoriesusing recentdata.• Solutionhintshavebeenaddedtomostof thedifficult

problems.• Thisbookisintendedmainlyasatextforundergraduate

and postgraduate students of Economics for theircourses in Macroeconomics. Besides, students ofmanagementwillalsofindthebookimmenselyusefulinacquiring fundamental knowledge of macroeconomics,which is crucial formakingbusinessdecisions.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the first Edition. PART I:SUBSTANTIVEMACROECONOMICS—Introduction.NationalIncomeAccounting.AggregateDemandandDeterminationof GDP. The Financial Sector, Money Supply and InterestRates. IS-LMModel.ClassicalTheory.CompleteKeynesianModel. The Real Sector and the Financial Sector.Consumption Function. Theories of Investment. Demandfor Money. PART II MACROECONOMICS GONE ASTRAY—New Classical and New Keynesian Theories. ModernTheoriesofGrowth:ACritique. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-88-3 (e-Book)

KENNEDYMacroeconomic Essentials: Understanding Economics in the News, 3rd ed.PETER E. KENNEDY, formerly Professor Emeritus of Economics at Simon Fraser University.

This introductory text offers an alternative to theencyclopedic, technically oriented approach taken bytraditional textbooks on macroeconomic principles.


Conciseandnon-technicalbutat thesametimerigorous,its goal is not to teach students to shift curves ondiagrams but to help them understand fundamentalmacroeconomic concepts and their real-worldapplications. This is accomplished by the clear expositionof introductory macroeconomic theory provided in thebook along with more than 700 two/three sentence“news clips” of economics media coverage that serve asillustrations/exercisesof theconceptsdiscussed.

This updated edition includes subprime mortgage crisisand other subjects; new “curiosities” (boxed expositionsof important topics) have been added, as have “newsclips”aboutrecentevents;andthemostchallengingend-of-chapter questions are now separated from the lesschallenging. Many chapters include a set of numericalexercises (quite different from those found in traditionaltexts); a sample exam question appears at the end of each section within a chapter; and a test bank ofmultiple-choice questions (with answers) is availableonline.Technicalmaterialappearsinappendicesfollowingeach chapter. Other appendices offer answers to thesample exam questions and the even-numbered end-of-chapterexercises.

“Bysettingasidemuchof the formalapparatusof ‘curve-shifting’ economics, Macroeconomic Essentials focuses attention just where it should be—on understanding keyconcepts and on thinking. At the center of economicsis, after all, the study of human behavior, not the art ofmathematicalmanipulation.”

—Lloyd J.Dumas, ProfessorofEconomics UniversityofTexasatDallasandauthorof

The Peacekeeping Economy

“In the third edition of Macroeconomics Essentials, Peter Kennedy sets himself a difficult task and succeedsbeautifully. Kennedy’s textbook marries impressivebreadth, simplicity, and rigor. He provides a concise andnon-technical overview of the core analytical conceptsin macroeconomics who are tethered to bits of relevantempirical evidence. This is a particularly useful textbookfor instructors outside of economics departments thatwant to bring students quickly up to speed on theprinciples that underlie recent political economic trendsandevents (including the subprimecrisis).”

—StephenNelson,NorthwesternUniversity

Contents: Preface. Introduction. The Basics of Supplyand Demand, and a Big Picture. Measuring GDP andInflation. Unemployment. The Role of AggregateDemand. The Supply Side. Growth and Productivity. TheMoney Supply. The Monetarist Rule. Monetary Policyand Interest Rates. Real-versus-Nominal Interest Rates.Stagflation. The Balance of Payments. Policy in an OpenEconomy. Purchasing Power Parity. Interest-Rate Parity.Appendices—A: Answers to Sample Exam Questions. B:Answers toEven-NumberedExercises,Glossary, Index.


KENNEDYMacroeconomic TheoryM.MARIAJOHNKENNEDY, Associate Professor, Economics, Arul Anandar College, Karumathur, Madurai.

Macroeconomic theories were designed to cope up withtheeconomic turmoil, suchasGreatDepression, soas tostabilizetheeconomy.Thisbookcomprehensivelyexplainsthe broad aggregates and their interactions such asnational incomeandoutput,theunemploymentrate,andprice inflation, and sub-aggregates like total consumptionand investment spending,and their components.

Divided into six parts, the textbook elaborates variousaspects of macroeconomics—circular flow and its effectson national income, monetary theory, business cycletheory and macroeconomic policies—in detail. The bookmakes clear the difference between three approachesto economics—Keynesian economics, which focuses ondemand; New-classical economics, which is based onrational expectations and efficient markets; and Innova-tion economics, which is focused on long run growththrough innovation.A prominent feature of this text is the use of simplealgebraic expressions and formulations to reinforceanalyticalexpositionsofcomplexmacroeconomictheoriesinstudents.Thebookalsoexplicateshowmacroeconomicmodels and their forecasts can be utilized by bothgovernments and large corporations to assist in thedevelopment and evaluation of economic policy. Thechapters are incorporated with real-life examples givingpractical insighton the subject.Primarily intended for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of economics, this book can alsobe beneficial for the students opting for the courses incommerce.Contents: Preface. Part I: Introduction—Micro-economicsandMacroeconomics.BasicConceptsinMacro-economics.Part II: Circular Flow andNational Income—Circular Flowof Income. The National Income and Its Distribution.Part III: Macroeconomic Theory—The Classical Theory ofEmployment. Say’s LawofMarket. The Keynesian Theoryof Income and Employment. The Multiplier. BalancedBudget Multiplier and Foreign Trade Multiplier. TheAcceleration Principle. Super Multiplier. ConsumptionFunction. Theories of Consumption Function. Savings andInvestment. Rate of Interest. Keynes’ Theory of Moneyand Prices Reformulation of the Quantity Theory ofMoney. Evaluation of Keynesian Theory of Employment.Part IV: Monetary Theory—IS-LM Function: GeneralEquilibrium of Product and Money Markets. Inflation.Theories of Inflation. The Phillips Curve. Part V: Theoriesof Business Cycle—Business Cycles. Some AlternativeTheories of Trade Cycle. Part VI: MacroEconomic Policyand Theories of Distribution. Macroeconomic Policy.Monetary Policy. Fiscal Policy. Incomes Policy. RationalExpectations. Monetarism vs Keynesianism. SupplySide Economics. New Classical Macroeconomics. Macro TheoriesofDistribution. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-70-7 (e-Book)


MICHLMacroeconomic Theory: A Short CourseTHOMAS R. MICHL, Professor of Economics at Colgate University.

This book presents all the key topics in intermediate-levelmacroeconomic theory,usingsimplestmathematicalmodels possible, and highlights the casual linkages ofeconomic theory. The discussion opens the possibilitythat the standard models are incomplete, challengingstudents to form their own opinions about, for example,theexistenceofauniquenatural rateofunemployment.

The key chapter on inflation focuses on the relationshipbetween inflation and unemployment, which makes thetreatmentofmonetarypolicymore realisticandmodern.Other chapters explore the open economy under fixedand floating exchange rates, the classical growth model,and the Solow-Swan growth model. Classroom-testedproblems and a mathematical appendix supplement thechapters.

Graduate students as well as those teaching macro-economics should find this book highly useful since thebasicmodelsdevelopedhereare indispensable.

Contents: Preface. Macroeconomic Accounting. Pricesand Output. Keynesian Theory. The IS Curve. The LMCurve. The IS-LM Model. The Aggregate Demand Curve.The Aggregate Supply Curve. The AS-ADModel. Inflationand Unemployment. A Model with Active MonetaryPolicy. Open Economy Basics. Fixed Exchange Rates.FlexibleExchangeRates.TheClassicalGrowthModel.TheNeoclassical Growth Model. A. Mathematical Appendix. B.AnswerstoSelectedEvenProblems.Bibliography.Index.


PARCHUREMacroeconomicsSUNAYINI PARCHURE, PhD, is Vice-Principal and Head, Department of Economics, Symbiosis College of Arts and Commerce, Pune.This book titled Macroeconomics is an outcome of theauthor's teaching-learning experience spanning severalyears of teaching economics at the undergraduate andpostgraduate levels and has evolved from the earlierworksof theauthoron the themeofMacroeconomics. Ithasevolvedfromactualclassroomteachingandthereforeadoptsaconversationalandlucidstyleofcommunication.The book seeks to capture the interest of the studentstowards macroeconomic issues and make it relatable totheactualdynamic functioningofeconomies.

Primarily intended for the undergraduate students ofcommerce and economics, it will also be useful for thestudentspursuingBBAcourse. Itcoversanarrayoftopicsranging from national income and related aggregates,the demand and supply of money, the role of centralbanks, theories of output, income and employment

determinationwith special focus on Keynes theory, post-Keynesian developments like monetarism, supply-sideeconomics. It also covers issues like inflation, deflation,Phillips curve, trade cycles, public finance, budget,budgetary deficits and so on. It has chosen to restrictitself to a closed economy and hence, does not dealwith issues of an open economywhich requires a totallydifferent treatment.

KEY FEATURES1.Evolved fromactual classroomteaching.2.Analysis of major concepts, theories and issues in

macroeconomics.3.Blends economic concepts, theories and real data

wherever relevant.4.Relevant statisticsanddata in the Indiancontext.5.An exhaustive list of references including websites is

provided for ready reference.6.Key takeaways, thoughtproving questions and relevant

exercisesprovidedat theendofeverychapter.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Macroeconomics.National Income. Money: Definitions and Functions.Demand for Money. Supply of Money. Central Bank:Credit Control Measures. Commercial Banks: MultipleCredit Creation. Quantity Theory of Money. Inflationand Deflation. Phillips Curve. Trade Cycle. ClassicalTheory of Output, Income, Employment Determination.Keynes Theory of Output, Employment and IncomeDetermination. Consumption Function. InvestmentFunction. Investment Multiplier and Principle ofAccelerator. Post Keynesian Developments: Monetarism.Post Keynesian Developments: Supply Side Economics.Maximum Social Advantage. Public Finance. Budget:MeaningandTypes.Bibliography. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 324 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / ` 550.00 ISBN: 978-93-90544-03-5 (Print Book)

ISBN: 978-93-90544-04-2 (e-Book)

Mathematics for Economics

HOY, et al.Mathematics for Economics, 3rd ed.MICHAEL HOY, Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of Guelph. JOHN LIVERNOIS, Professor and Chair of the Department of Economics at the University of Guelph. CHRIS MCKENNA, Professor in the Department of Economics at the University of Guelph. RAYREES, Professor of Economics (Emeritus) at the Center for Economic Studies (CES), University of Munich. THANASIS STENGOS, Professor of Economics at the University of Guelph.This text offers a comprehensive presentation of themathematics required to tackle problems in economicanalyses. To give a better understanding of themathematical concepts, the text follows the logic ofthe development of mathematics rather than that of an


economics course. The only prerequisite is high schoolalgebra,butthebookgoesontocoverallthemathematicsneeded for undergraduate economics. It is also a useful reference for graduate students. After a review of thefundamentals of sets, numbers, and functions, the bookcovers limits and continuity, the calculus of functions oftheonevariable, linearalgebra,multivariatecalculus,anddynamics.Todevelopthestudent’sproblem-solvingskills,thebookworks througha largenumberofexamplesandeconomicapplications.This streamlined third edition offers an array of newand updated examples. Additionally, lengthier proofsand examples are provided on the book’s websitehttp://mitpress.mit.edu/math_econ3. The book andthe Web material are cross-referenced in the text. AStudent Solutions Manual is available in ebook form,and instructors are able to access online the Instructor’sManual,which includesPowerPoint slides.

Mathematics is the language of economics, and this book is an excellent introduction to that language.

—George J.Mailath,WalterH.AnnenbergProfessorin theSocial SciencesandProfessorofEconomics,

UniversityofPennsylvania.

While there are many mathematics texts for economics available, this one is by far the best. It covers a compre-hensive range of techniques with interesting applications, and the numerous worked examples and problems are a real bonus for the instructor. Teaching a course with this book is enjoyable and easy.

—KevinDenny,UniversityCollegeDublin

Contents:Preface.PartI:IntroductionandFundamentals—Introduction.ReviewofFundamentals. Sequences, Series,andLimits.Part II:UnivariateCalculusandOptimization—Continuity of Functions. The Derivative and Differentialfor Functions of One Variable. Optimization of Functionsof One Variable. Part III: Linear Algebra—Systems ofLinear Equations. Matrices. Determinants and theInverseMatrix. Some Advanced Topics in Linear Algebra. Part IV: Multivariate Calculus—Calculus for Functions ofn-Variables. Optimization of Functions of n-Variables.Constrained Optimization. Comparative Statics. ConcaveProgramming and the Kuhn–Tucker Conditions. Part V: Integration and Dynamic Methods—Integration.An Introduction to Mathematics for Economic Dynamics.Linear, First-Order Difference Equations. Nonlinear,First-Order Difference Equations. Linear, Second-OrderDifference Equations. Linear, First-Order DifferentialEquations. Nonlinear, First-Order Differential Equations.Linear, Second-OrderDifferential Equations. SimultaneousSystems ofDifferential andDifference Equations.OptimalControlTheory.Answers. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 976 pp. / 17.8 x 23.5 cm / ` 795.00 ISBN-978-81-203-4648-2 (Print Book)

Microeconomics / Managerial Economics

CHAUHANMicroeconomics: An Advanced Treatise, 2nd ed.S.P.S. CHAUHAN is a visiting professor of Economics in the Lal Bahadur Shastri Institute of Management (LBSIM), New Delhi and IBS, Gurgaon, Haryana. He has worked as an Associate Professor of Economics, Department of Commerce, Delhi College of Arts and Commerce, University of Delhi.

Enriching contents of the book in its Second Edition, the author proffers a thoroughly revised and updated textwith main focus on Game Theory, Linear ProgrammingandOutput-InputAnalysis.Besideshegivesdueweightageto the topics on International Trade, Decision Theory,Pricing Policies in Practice and Basics of Econometricsfor Estimation of Economic Functions— by introducingthemas independentchapters in thepresentedition.Theconceptshavebeenintroducedkeepingdecision-makersinmind,whomaybeassociatedwiththecorporateworldorpursuingmanagementcoursesofferedbyvariousinstitutesin India and abroad. The mathematical treatment of the topics, which is one of the distinguishing features of thebook, is facilitated ina student-friendlyapproach.

PEDAGOGICAL FEATURES• Scientific and logical organisation to provide a link

between the topics.• Caselets to correlate the concepts to the real-world

economic scenario. • Illustrative examples to reinforce understanding of the

concepts. • Key termsandconcepts toprovideabird’seye-viewof

eachchapter forquick revision.• Short and long answer questions to test the reader’s

graspof the subject-matter.• Answers, solutions and hints, wherever necessary are

appended to check correct application of the conceptsforbuilding confidenceamong the readers.

Primarilyintendedfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudents of commerce, economics and management, the book is a comprehensive text in accordance with thesyllabi of B.Com, B.Sc (Economic Hons.), M.Com, M.A.(Economics) and Master of Business Economics (MBE)courses. Besides academicpursuits, thebookwill alsobeuseful for theaspirantsof competitiveexaminations suchas Indian Administrative Services (IAS), Provincial CivilServices (PCS), and IndianEconomicServices (IES).

Contents: Preface. Introduction to Economics. Forces ofDemand and Supply in Action: The Price Mechanism.Elasticity of Demand and Supply. Approaches to DemandAnalysis and Consumer Behavior. Production andProducer’sEquilibrium.CostsandRevenue.MarketForms.Price-output Decisions Under Perfect Competition. Price


Output Decisions of a Monopoly. Price Output DecisionsofMonopolisticallyCompetitiveFirms.ClassicalOligopoly.Game Theory. Sales Maximization. Determination ofFactor Prices. Investment Decisions and Capital AssetPricing. General Equilibrium and Economic Efficiency.Markets with Asymmetric Information. Externalities andPublicGoods. LinearProgramming. Input-outputAnalysis.International Trade, Factor Mobility and comparativeAdvantage. Decision Theory. Estimation of Functions inEconomics: Basics of Econometrics. Pricing in Practice.StatisticalTables. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-322-1 (e-Book)

CHAUHANMicroeconomics: Theory and Applications (Part I)S.P.S. CHAUHAN, Associate Professor in Economics, Department of Commerce, Delhi College of Arts and Commerce, University of Delhi.

Thisbookpresentsascientificandsystematicdevelopmentof theunderlying conceptsofmicro-economics,withdueemphasis on analytical and mathematical treatment ofthediscipline,sothat thestudentsdevelopskills toapplythese concepts, in the light of current developments, toreal-worldproblems.

The book is organized into four units. The first unit is anintroduction to the study of the science of economics. Itdefines the central problems of economics and outlinesthetoolstosolvethem.ThestudentsareintroducedtothemeaningandroleofProductionPossibilityCurvestosolveapplication-oriented problems in economics. The secondunitgetsstudentsstartedonthestudyofmicroeconomics.It explains interaction of demand and supply curvesand concept of equilibrium price. The factors affectingelasticity of demand and supply are discussed. This unitalso looksatbehaviourofconsumersandexplainsseveraltools used to analysedemand. The third and fourthunitselucidate the factors of production, the theory of costsandrevenue,differentformsofmarkets,andprice-outputdetermination incompetitivemarkets.

Thoughthebookisprimarily intendedforunder-graduateand postgraduate students of economics and commerce,it would be immensely useful to management students as well.

KEY FEATURES• Over250neatlydrawnfigures to clarify theconcepts• Chapter-endsummariesas‘KeyTermsandConcepts’to

facilitatequick revision.• Chapter-end short and long type questions of

numericalandanalyticalnaturewithhintsandanswersasappropriate toprobethestudent’sunderstandingofthematerial covered.

• Numerous illustrative examples throughout the text toillustrate theapplicationof concepts.

• Two case studies to encourage application orientationamong the students.

Contents: Preface.Acknowledgements.Unit I:Foundationof Economics—Introduction to Economics.Unit II: Theoryof Price and Consumer Behaviour—Forces of Demandand Supply in Action: The Price Mechanism. Elasticityof Demand and Supply. Approaches to Demand Analysisand Consumer Behaviour. Unit III: Production, Costsand Revenue—Production and Producer’s Equilibrium.Cost and Revenue. Unit IV: Forms of Markets—MarketForms. Price-output Decisions of a Firm under PerfectCompetition. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-316-0 (e-Book)

CHAUHANMicroeconomics: Theory and Applications (Part II)S.P.S. CHAUHAN, Associate Professor in Economics, Department of Commerce, Delhi College of Arts and Commerce, University of Delhi.

This book presents a scientific and systematic develop-mentof theunderlying conceptsofmicroeconomicswithdue emphasis on analytical andmathematical treatment,much needed for an application orientation of mind, tohelp students in understanding and tackling the real-worldproblems.

The book is organized into nine chapte` The first chapteris devoted to price-output decisions of a monopoly. Itprovides a comprehensive account of these decisionsunder all their manifestations in a systematic mannerwith illustrative sketchesandmathematicalexplanations.

Chapters 2 to 4, devoted to imperfect markets, covermonopolistic competition, duopoly and oligopoly underdifferent situations of product pricing and quantitydetermination. The analysis is systematic incorporatingillustrative sketches and mathematical explanations.Chapter 4 presents the sales maximization models ofBaumol.Chapter 5 is devoted to factor pricing and Chapter 6 tocapital and investment decisions. The former focuses onpricing of variable and fixed factors of production whilethe latter on intertemporal analysis and choice underuncertainty.Chapters 7 to 9, devoted to general equilibrium andmarket failure, analyse topics on general equilibrium andPareto efficiency, markets with asymmetric informationandexternalitiesandpublic goods.

KEY FEATURES• Over145neatlydrawnfigures to clarify theconcepts.• Chapter-end summaries as ‘key termsandconcepts’ to

facilitatequick revision.• Over410chapter-endshortand longanswerquestions

of numerical and analytical nature with hints, and


answers as appropriate to probe the student’sassimilationof thematerial covered.

• Numerous illustrative examples throughout the text toillustrate theapplicationof concepts.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Price-outputDecisions of a Monopoly. Price-output Decisions ofMonopolistically Competitive Firms. Price-outputDecisions inOligopoly. SalesMaximization.Determinationof Factor Prices. Intertemporal Analysis and Decisionsunder Uncertainties. General Equilibrium and EconomicEfficiency. Markets with Asymmetric Information.ExternalitiesandPublicGoods. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-321-4 (e-Book)

DATTAManagerial EconomicsDEBABRATA DATTA is a Former Professor, Institute of Management Technology (IMT), Ghaziabad and Asutosh College, University of Calcutta.Managerial Economics,alsoknownasbusinesseconomics,is a branch of microeconomics, which helps in dealingwithbusinessdecisionsandmanagementunits.ThisbookelaboratesonthetheoriesandapplicationsofManagerialEconomics through its various quantitative techniques,operations research, mathematical programming, gametheory for strategic decisions and other computationalmethods. Divided into 8 sections and24Chapters, thebook showshowconvenientlywith thehelpofManagerial Economicsone can find a solution to the business problems suchas Risk analysis, Production analysis, Pricing, Budgeting,Salespromotionand soon.Section I analyses the economic behaviour of theconsumers; Section II discusses producers’ behaviour andissuesrelatedtotheproduction;SectionsIII,IVandVtalksaboutmarkets and firms and their types. The concludingSections VI, VII and VIII delves on the application partof Economics in human resource management, finance,marketing and strategy. The chapters are well-supportedwith theCases, Figuresand important factsThebookisequippedwithpedagogicalaidsintheformofSummary,Glossary,ImportantTerms,NumericalproblemsandMultipleChoiceQuestions.Intended for the postgraduate students of Management,the book will be equally beneficial for the practicingBusinessManagers.Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction toManagerial Economics. Section I: Analysis of HumanBehaviour as a Consumer—Consumer Behavior.Demand. Choice Under Risk and Uncertainty. Section II:Producer’s Behaviour. Theory of The Firm. Economics ofProduction. Cost of Production. Section III: Market 1— MarketMorphology.DifferentFormsofMarket.Monopoly.Monopolistic Competition. Section IV: Market 2—GameTheory. Oligopoly. New Market Institutions. Economics

of Information. Section V: Application of Economics InHuman Resource Management. Application of ConsumerBehaviour Theory to Human Resource Management.Principal Agent Problem and Economic Incentive. Section VI: Application of Economics in MarketingManagement—BehaviouralTheoryofConsumerBehaviour.Forecasting. Pricing and Advertising Strategies. SectionVII: Application of Economics in FinancialManagement—Financial Economics of Consumption and Investment.Section VIII: Application of Economics in Strategy—Business Firm Strategy. Boundaries of Firm. EconomicRegulationofBusiness.ReferenceandBibliography.Index.


ISBN-978-93-90464-65-4 (e-book)

DEANManagerial EconomicsJOEL DEAN, Graduate School of Business, Columbia University and Joel Dean Associates.

The purpose of this book is to show how economicanalysis can be used in formulating business policies.Thebookdrawsuponeconomicanalysis for theconceptsof demand, cost, profit, competition, and so on, thatare appropriate for the development, of an economicapproach to executive decisions. Although the text ispreoccupiedwithconceptsratherthandetailedtechniquesofestimation, it concentrateson those concepts that canbemeasuredandapplied tomanagementproblems.

Thebookdoes not attempt to cover all aspects of eithermanagement or economics: it deals with those phasesof enterprise economics that are particularly useful tothe management of a large industrial corporation. Theauthor’s endeavour successfully bridges the gapbetweenthe problems of logic that intrigue economic theoristsand the problems of policies that plague practicalmanagement needs in order to give executive access tothe practical contributions that economic thinking canmake to top-managementpolicies.

Contents: Preface.Profits.Competition.MultipleProducts.Demand Analysis. Cost. Advertising. Basic Price. Product-Line Pricing. PriceDifferentials. Capital Budgeting. AuthorIndex. Subject Index.


GOODWIN, et al.Microeconomics in Context, 2nd ed.NEVA R. GOODWIN, co-director of the Global Develop-ment and Environment Institute (GDAE) at Tufts University.JULIE A. NELSON, senior research associate at GDAE Tufts University.FRANK ACKERMAN, director of the Research and Policy Program at GDAE, Tufts University.THOMAS WEISSKOPF, Professor of Economics, University of Michigan.


This text updates the introductory undergraduatestudentsoncriticalconcernsofthe21stcenturyincludingdistributionalequityandecologicalsustainability; includesdiscussions of historical, institutional political and socialfactors to encourage students get engaged with the subjectmatter.Itoffersclearandinsightfulcoverageofstandardconceptsand models.Unlike most microeconomics textbooks which focusexclusively on markets and efficiency, this book startswiththequestionofhumanwell-beingandthenexaminehoweconomicactivitiescancontributetoordetractfromourwell-being.

Microeconomics in Context also includes new develop-mentsintherolesofhouseholds,non-profitorganizations,market institutionsandgovernments.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Sample CourseOutlines. Part One: The Context for Economic Analysis—Economic Activity in Context. Economic Actors andOrganizations. Part Two: Supply and Demand—MarketInstitutions. Supply and Demand. Working with Supplyand Demand. Part Three: Resource Maintenance,Production, Distribution, and Consumption—CapitalStocks and Resource Maintenance. Production Costs.ProductionDecisions.Distribution:ExchangeandTransfer.Consumption and the Consumer Society. Part Four:A Closer Look at Markets—Markets without MarketPower. Markets with Market Power. Markets for Labor.Markets for Other Resources. Part Five: A Closer Look atEconomic Organizations—The Core Sphere: Householdsand Communities. The Business Sphere: For-Profit Firms.ThePublicPurposeSphere:GovernmentsandNonprofits.Part Six: Economic Outcomes and Economic Ideology—The Variety of Economic Systems. Market Systems andNormativeClaims.Glossary. Index.About theAuthors.


MAHESHWARIManagerial Economics, 3rd ed.YOGESH MAHESHWARI, Professor of Finance with the Indian Institute of Management Indore.

For courses in managerial economics, this textbook,now in its third edition, is specifically designed for thestudents of management, commerce and economics to provide them with a thorough understanding ofeconomicconceptsandmethodologiesand theeconomicenvironment influencingmanagerialdecisions.

The book first lays a sound theoretical foundation of basic concepts, definitions, and methodologies ofeconomics, being an essential prerequisite for students to understand the theory of managerial economics. Allthe basic principles are introduced with mathematicalcomplexity kept to minimum—essentials of appliedmathematics needed for comprehending the underlyingideasofmodelsand theoriesofeconomicsarecovered.

The book then moves on to systematically enumeratesthe various tools of analysis such as demand analysis,cost analysis, elasticity of demand, production analysisand price theory, and highlights their importance inmanagerialdecisionmakingthroughtheconcept-exampleformat, wherein a concept discussed is immediatelyfollowed by a practical situation so that the reader canunderstand its application. The end-of-chapter questionsreinforce a deeper understanding of the conceptsintroduced in the text.

An exclusive chapter on linear programming emphasizesthe importance of this mathematical tool in findingoptimal business solutions. The book concludes with anexhaustive introduction to macroeconomics, analyzingin depth the concepts of inflation, income, savings andinvestments, and growth and employment in Indiancontext.

NEW TO THE THIRD EDITION• Revised and expanded coverage of evolution of

economic thought,andbasiceconomic terms.• Anenrichedinclusionofdemandforecastingtechniques,

and theCobb-Douglasproduction function.• An extensive illustration of the commonly used pricing

methodsandmarketpower.• Value addition to the existing list of case studies to

enhance students’ understanding of the theoreticalconcepts.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Acknowledgements Introducing Economics. Basic AppliedMathematics. Introduction to Managerial Economics.Demand Analysis. Elasticity of Demand. DemandForecasting. Production Analysis. Cost Analysis. Pricing.Linear Programming. Introductory Macroeconomics.Glossary.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90464-69-2 (e-book)

MUKHERJEE, et al.MicroeconomicsSAMPAT MUKHERJEE, MALLINATH MUKHERJEE and AMITAVA GHOSE, all with Department of Economics, St. Xavier’s College, Kolkata.

This comprehensive text on Microeconomics providescomplete understanding of the subject and is written inreader-friendly language. Each chapter introduces themajor economic concepts with illustrative examples. Thetheories havebeen spelt outwithout theuseof rigorousmathematics. The text is prepared strictly referring tothe new All-India Syllabi. It contains both numerical andlogicalquestionsattheendofeachchapter.Eachchapteris followed by a list of major concepts and their briefelaboration—thatwillhelp thestudents toquickly reviewthe main arguments.

The text is suited for courses in Microeconomics forgraduate students of Economics and Management.


Contents: Preface. Introduction. Elasticities of Demandand Supply. Consumer’s Behaviour. Production. Costs ofProduction. Perfect Competition. Monopoly. ImperfectCompetition.AnIntroductiontoFactorPricingandIncomeDistribution. Rent. Wages. Interest. Profit. InvestmentAnalysis.WelfareEconomics. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-542-3 (e-Book)

NADAR & VIJAYANManagerial Economics, 3rd ed.E. NARAYANAN NADAR, former Principal and Head, Department of Economics, V.H.N. Senthikumara Nadar College, Virudhunagar, Tamil Nadu. S. VIJAYAN, former Head, Department of Management Studies at V.H.N. Senthikumara Nadar College, Virudhunagar, Tamil Nadu, is a well-known Management Consultant.

Managerial Economics has assumed a predominant rolein today’s globalized and liberalized economy becauseof the financial implications of many decisions that amanager has to take in his day-to-day professional life.This comprehensive and student-friendly book strives toequiptheyoung,practisingandbuddingmanagerstofindsolutionstothereal-worldproblemsthroughtheefficientand effective use of economic tools and techniques.The authors who admirably combine academic andprofessional experience give a clear and straightforwardanalysisof thevarious topics inmanagerialeconomics.

Thetextbeginswithanoverviewofmanagerialeconomicsanddescribesthemodernbusinessfirmanditsobjectivesalong with the concepts of market mechanism, demandtheory and production analysis. The text then movesfurthertoexplainmanagerial techniques,macroeconomictheoryandinternationaltradeandfinancealongwiththerisks and uncertainties involved in business. Besides, italso explains the cost and revenue, supply, pricing, profitand investment analyses. Finally, this book discussessome important Case Studies to reinforce the conceptspresented in the text.

The third edition of the book comprises multiple choicequestions (with answers) at the end of each chapter totest the understanding of the concepts discussed in thechapter.

Intended as a text for postgraduate students ofManagement,CommerceandEconomics,thebookwouldalso be useful for undergraduate engineering courseswhereManagerial Economics is offered. Finally, the bookcan be profitably used by marketing and managementconsultants, business executives and other relatedprofessionals.

KEY FEATURES• Includes several simple, numerical examples with

solutions foreasyunderstandingof theory.• Contains a large number of tables and figures to

illustrate theconcepts.

• Provides chapter-end exercises to check students’comprehensionof the subject.

Contents: Preface. Introduction toManagerialEconomics.Fundamental Concepts and Models of ManagerialEconomics. Modern Business Firm. Market Mechanismand Circular Flow of Economic Activity. DemandAnalysis—Part1 (TheoryofDemand).DemandAnalysis— Part 2 (Elasticity of Demand). Demand Analysis— Part 3 (Demand Forecasting). Production Analysis.Cost and Revenue Analysis. Supply Analysis. PricingAnalysis. Profit Analysis. Investment Analysis. ManagerialTechniques. Macroeconomic Analysis. InternationalEconomics and Finance. Analysis of Risk andUncertainty.Cases forDiscussion. Index.


ISBN-978-93-87472-80-8 (e-book)

PARCHUREMacroeconomicsSUNAYINI PARCHURE, is Vice-Principal and Head, Department of Economics, Symbiosis College of Arts and Commerce, Pune.This book titled Macroeconomics is an outcome of theauthor's teaching-learning experience spanning severalyears of teaching economics at the undergraduate andpostgraduate levels and has evolved from the earlierworksof theauthoron the themeofMacroeconomics. Ithasevolvedfromactualclassroomteachingandthereforeadoptsaconversationalandlucidstyleofcommunication.The book seeks to capture the interest of the studentstowards macroeconomic issues and make it relatable totheactualdynamic functioningofeconomies.Primarily intended for the undergraduate students ofcommerce and economics, it will also be useful for thestudentspursuingBBAcourse. Itcoversanarrayoftopicsranging from national income and related aggregates,the demand and supply of money, the role of centralbanks, theories of output, income and employmentdeterminationwith special focus on Keynes theory, post-Keynesian developments like monetarism, supply-sideeconomics. It also covers issues like inflation, deflation,Phillips curve, trade cycles, public finance, budget,budgetary deficits and so on. It has chosen to restrictitself to a closed economy and hence, does not dealwith issues of an open economywhich requires a totallydifferent treatment.

KEY FEATURES1.Evolved fromactual classroomteaching2.Analysis of major concepts, theories and issues in

macroeconomics3.Blends economic concepts, theories and real data

wherever relevant4.Relevant statisticsanddata in the Indiancontext5.An exhaustive list of references including websites is

provided for ready reference6.Key takeaways, thought provoking questions and

relevantexercisesprovidedattheendofeverychapter


Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Macroeconomics.National Income. Money: Definitions and Functions.Demand for Money. Supply of Money. Central Bank:Credit Control Measures. Commercial Banks: MultipleCredit Creation. Quantity Theory of Money. Inflationand Deflation. Phillips Curve. Trade Cycle. ClassicalTheory of Output, Income, Employment Determination.Keynes Theory of Output, Employment and IncomeDetermination. Consumption Function. InvestmentFunction. Investment Multiplier and Principle ofAccelerator. Post Keynesian Developments: Monetarism.Post Keynesian Developments: Supply Side Economics.Maximum Social Advantage. Public Finance. Budget:MeaningandTypes.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90544-04-2 (e-Book)

PRUSTYManagerial EconomicsSADANANDA PRUSTY, Professor, Institute of Management Technology (IMT), Ghaziabad (UP). The role of Managerial Economics has become all themore important today because of the increasinglycompetitive businessworld and the financial implicationsof many managerial decisions in such a scenario. Thiscompact yet comprehensive book discusses the basicconcepts and techniques of microeconomic analysis andtheir applications to managerial decision making withmanyusefulandpracticalexamples.The text explains the basic concepts of the demandfunction and demand curve, the supply function and thesupply curve, demand elasticities and their applications,techniquesofdemandestimation,andthetheoryofcon-sumer behaviour. It also analyzes the theory of produc-tion,clarifiesthenatureofeconomiccosts,anddescribesthe profit maximizing tools of a business firm. Finally,the book describes standard pricing rules under differentassumptions about the structure of the market in whichthe firm operates and examines certain pricing practicessuchasmark-uppricingandmultipleproductspricing.

KEY FEATURES• Givesmany Indiancasesand Indianexamples.• Provides data analysis of certain firms and industries

in India with respect to sales or demand forecastingthrough statistical tools.

• Givesmultiple choice, analytical and applied questionsat theendofeachchapter.

Intended as a text for the postgraduate students ofmanagement, the book would be equally useful for thepostgraduate students of Commerce and Economics.Besides, practising managers should find the book quitevaluable.

Contents: Preface. Demand-supply Analysis. Elasticityand its Applications. Demand Analysis, Estimationand Forecasting. Theory of Consumer Choice. Welfare

Economics. Production Analysis of the Firm. Analysisof Cost of Production of the Firm. Profit Analysis ofthe Firm. Perfectly Competitive Market. MonopolisticMarket. Monopolistic Competitive Market. OligopolyMarket.GameTheoreticApproaches toOligopoly. PricingPractices. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-417-4 (e-Book)

REDDY & SARASWATHIManagerial Economics and Financial AccountingM. KASI REDDY, Associate Professor, School of Management Studies, Chaitanya Bharathi Institute of Technology, Hyderabad. S. SARASWATHI, Senior Assistant Professor, School of Management Studies, Chaitanya Bharathi Institute of Technology, Hyderabad.

Thistextpresentsanaccessibleintroductiontotechniquesand applications of economic analysis and financialaccountingasamethodforapproachingreal-lifebusinessproblems for managerial decision making in a logicalmanner. It focusses on the essential skills needed toformulate business policies that help gain a competitiveedge in today’sworkenvironment.

The book discusses the basic concepts, terminology, andmethods that eventually allow students to interpret,analyse, and evaluate actual corporate financialstatements. It covers the major areas of managerialeconomics and financial accounting such as the theoryof the firm, the demand theory and forecasting, theproduction and cost theory and estimation, the marketstructure and pricing, investment analysis, accountancy,anddifferent formsofbusinessorganisations.

The book includes numerous examples, problems, self-assessment tests, as well as review questions at theend of each chapter to aid in working out solutions tobusinessproblems.

The book will be particularly suitable for courses inManagerial Economics and Financial Accounting as partof an engineering degree education at undergraduatelevelwhere thestudentshavenopreviousbackground ineconomicandfinancialanalysis. Itwillalsobe immenselyuseful for M.B.A., M.Com and C.A. students, businessexecutives, and administrators who need to learn theapplication of economic theory to realistic businesssituations.Contents: Preface. Managerial Economics: The Basics.Demand Analysis. Production and Cost Analysis. CapitalManagement and Investment Decisions. Accountancy.Types of Business Organisation. Glossary. Bibliography.ModelQuestions.PresentValueTables. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-157-9 (e-book)


Public Economics

GHOSH & GHOSHPublic Finance, 3rd ed.AMBAR GHOSH, Professor of Economics, Jadavpur University, Kolkata.CHANDANAGHOSH,Assistant Professor, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata.

This book, in its third edition, continues to present,in detail, the theories of public finance, fundamentalprinciples, and decisions taken by the Government on the basis of the guidelines yielded by these theories.It makes the comprehension of the subject easierby developing simple mathematical models to derivethe major results in each of the above areas, and byexplaining the economic intuition of the results in detail.The concepts are illustrated with the help of simpleexamples taken from the Indian economy.Moreover, thebookassesses India’seconomicpolicies inthe lightofthetheories discussed.

KEY FEATURESThisbookexposesthestudentstovariousfacetsofpublicfinancewhichdevelopsanalytical frameworks to:

• Address the issues of efficient allocation of resourcesbetweenprivate,publicandmixedgoods

• Ensure equitable distribution of tax burden amongindividuals

• Findwaysofminimizinginefficiencyofthetaxstructure• Studythestatutoryandeconomicincidenceofdifferent

typesof taxes• Examine the implicationsofgovernmentborrowing• Develop the rationaleofdistributingeconomicorfiscal

responsibilitiesandtaxpowersamongdifferenttiersofgovernment.

NEW TO THE THIRD EDITION• Introduces a new Chapter 11 on Goods and Services

Tax (GST)• Incorporates updated data (in the tables) throughout,

including thenewly revised tax slabs

TARGET AUDIENCE• UndergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsofEconomics

fora course inPublic Finance/PublicEconomics.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Public Goods, MixedGoods and Externality. Principles of Tax Equity. Efficiencyof Taxation. Tax Incidence. Personal Income Taxation.Corporation Income Tax. Sales Tax. Public Debt. FiscalFederalism.GoodsandServicesTax. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-28-8 (eBook)

KENNEDYPublic FinanceM. MARIA JOHN KENNEDY, Associate Professor in Economics, Department of Economics, Arul Anandar College, Karumathur, Madurai, Tamil Nadu. Public finance is a fascinating, challenging andevergrowing subject which has the unique distinction ofhaving intimate interaction between theory and practice.This thorough and comprehensive textbook explains thecore concepts of public finance such as taxation, publicexpenditure, budgeting, federal finance and relatedaspects ina conciseand systematicmanner.Systematicallydividedintonineparts,thebookelaboratesthe various aspects of fiscal economics in a student-friendly manner. As the Indian economy is committedto the goal of growth with justice, there is an inherentanalysis of growth and welfare consideration in thetreatment of the subject. The chapters are incorporatedwith real-life examples giving practical insight into thesubject.Well-writtenandeminently readable, thetext is suitedtothe needs of undergraduate students of economics for a course in Public Finance/Public Economics. Besides, thisbookwill alsobebeneficial to the students preparing forvarious competitiveexaminations.

KEY FEATURES• Chapter-end summary reminds students the most

importantaspectsof thechapter.• Keytermsprovideabird’seye-viewofeachchapterfor

quick revision.• Review questions and multiple-choice questions at

the end of each chapter are designed to probe astudent’sgraspof conceptsdiscussed in the text.

• Referencesareprovidedforfurtherstudyandresearch.

Contents: Preface. Part I—Definition and Scope of PublicFinance. Public Goods and Externalities. Part II—PublicRevenue. Adam Smith’s Canons of Taxation. Theoriesand Principles of Taxation. Types of Taxes. Incidence andShifting of Taxation. Effects of Taxation. Taxable Capacity.Taxes on Income andWealth. Commodity Taxes. Part III:PublicExpenditure—PublicExpenditure.TheoriesofPublicExpenditure.ThePrincipleofMaximumSocialAdvantage.EffectsofPublic Expenditure.Part IV:PublicDebt—PublicDebt. Part V: Budgeting—Public Budget. BalancedBudgetand Multiplier. Supply Side Economics. Part VI: FiscalPolicy—Fiscal Policy. Part VII: Fiscal Federalism—FederalFinance. Finance Commissions. Part VIII: Local Finance—Local Government Finance. Part IX: Public Enterprises—PublicEnterprises In India.BlackMoney. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-398-6 (e-Book)


Other Titles

KENNEDYInternational EconomicsM. MARIA JOHN KENNEDY, Associate Professor, Department of Economics, Arul Anandar College (Autonomous), Karumathur, Madurai, Tamil Nadu. During the last few decades, the global economy hasundergone rapid structural changes. With the increasinginternationalisation of economic life, the study ofInternational Economics becomes more complex due totheconjunctureof severaleconomic, social,demographicand political factors operating both at the national andinternational spheres.Organized in five parts, this book captures all the recentdevelopments in International Trade Theory in a simple,concise manner. The book provides a thorough reviewand analysis of the international trade and businessenvironment,andhelps students toapply thisknowledgeto practical aspects of doing business in internationalmarkets.A rigorousapproach isused toprovide studentswith a good understanding of the complex nature ofinternational trade and business activities. It emphasizesthe economic, geographical, and political factors thatmake international business significantly different fromdomesticbusinessactivities.The book is primarily intended as a textbook for under-graduate and post-graduate students of economics,commerce and management for their courses on inter-nationaltrade,foreigntradeand internationaleconomics.KEY FEATURESThisbookhelps students to• Understand the fundamental determinants of the

balanceofpaymentsandexchange rates• Identify and analyse different theoretical models of

internationaleconomicsinlightof‘realworld’situations• Learn multidimensional perspective of the goals,

operationsandconsequencesofdifferenttradepolicies• Gainanunderstandingofbasiceconomicframeworkto

analyze internationaleconomicpolicies

Contents: Preface. Part I: Pure Theory of InternationalTrade—Inter-Regional and International Trade. ClassicalTheory of Comparative Cost Advantages. Haberler’sTheory of Opportunity Cost. Heckscher–Ohlin Theory(ModernTheoryof FactorEndowments).RecentTheorieson International Trade. Gains from Trade and Termsof Trade. Prebisch–Singer Thesis (Secular DeteriorationHypothesis). Part II: Commercial Policy—Free Trade vs.Protection. Tariffs. Quotas. Dumping. Exchange Control.TheoryofCustomsUnion.Part III:BalanceofPayments—Balance of Payments: Meaning and Components.AdjustmentMechanismsofBalanceofPayments. ForeignTrade Multiplier. Foreign Exchange. Foreign ExchangeMarket.ForeignExchangeRatePolicy.HybridIntermediateExchange Rate System. Optimum Currency Area. Part IV:InternationalEconomicRelations—InternationalMonetaryFund. World Bank. World Trade Organisation. AsianDevelopment Bank (ADB). Euro Dollar (Euro Currency)

Market. Part V: International Capital Flows—CapitalMovements. Foreign Direct Investment. MultinationalCorporations. New International Economic Order: NorthDialogue.Answer toMultiple-ChoiceQuestions. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-406-8 (e-Book)

SULPHEYBehavioural FinanceM.M. SULPHEY, Professor and Head, HR Domain, TKM Institute of Management, Kollam (Kerala).

This comprehensive, lucidly written text is an idealintroduction to behavioural finance. The book catersto the needs of both undergraduate and postgraduatemanagement courses. It covers almost all importanttopics of behavioural finance prescribed in the syllabi ofvarious universities across India, including Neurofinance and Forensic Accounting, which have rare occurrence inother books but are important from future perspective.There isadearthof literature inbehaviouralfinance,andif available, then the books are of large volumes,writtenby foreign authors citing examples and case studiesfrom the countries other than India. Hence, the presentbook aims at providing information in global scenario,particularly Indiancases.

A number of case studies and box items make this textinteresting and informative. Review questions given atthe end of each chapter help students in assessing theirknowledgeafterhavinglearnedtheconcepts.Overall,thebookwill help readers in gaining adequate knowledge ofthe subject.

Contents: Preface. Standard Finance. Behaviour andDecision Making. Evolution of Behavioural Finance.Financial Market Anomalies. Theories of BehaviouralFinance. Market Bubbles. Neurofinance. ForensicAccounting. Behavioural Corporate Finance. The WayForward. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90464-30-2 (e-book)

Education

Childhood Care and Education

MANGAL & MANGALChildhood and Growing UpS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.


The book, with comprehensive and practicable coverage,acquaints its readers with the thorough knowledge andskills to help the growing children in their proper growthand development enabling them to reach the limit oftheir excellence on one hand, and instilling in them thesense of responsibility towards their society and nationon the other hand. It dwells on the essential topics suchas nature of the process of growth and developmentgoingonatthevariousagesanddevelopmentalstagesofchildren, their developmental needs and characteristics,individual differences and diversities existing amongthem, development of various abilities and capacitieslike intelligence, creativity, and overall personalitycharacteristics, nature of the age-linked behaviouralproblems, adjustment and mental health, parentingstyles, and methods of dealing with the behaviouralproblems, adjustment, and stressful conditions of thedeveloping children. The text equips the readers with allwhat is in demand for helping the developing childrenat this juncture of rapid industrialisation, globalisation,urbanisation,modernisationandeconomic change.

KEY FEATURES• Incorporates quite advanced topics such as emotional

intelligence, use of reflective journals, anecdotalrecords and narratives as method of understandingchild’sbehaviour,and soon.

• Includes detailed discussion of theories of child development, theories of learning, theories ofintelligence, theories of achievement motivation,theoriesof creativity,and theoriesofpersonality.

• Offers engaging language and user-friendly mode ofdiscussion.

• Adequatelyillustratedwithexamples,figuresandtables• Comprises chapter-end summary for quick glance of

theconcepts.The book is primarily designed for the undergraduate students of education.Contents: Preface. Growth and Development: Concept,Principles and Influencing Factors. Growth andDevelopment During Different Stages. Theories ofDevelopment. Heredity and Environment. Maturation:Concept and Educational Implications. DevelopmentalTasks and their Educational Implications. IndividualDifferences: Concept, Dimensions and EducationalImplications.MethodsandWaystoUnderstandChildren’sBehaviour. Adolescents: Developmental Characteristics,ProblemsandStressRelated Issues. Intelligence:Concept,Theories and Measurement. Emotional Intelligence:Concept, Measurement and Development. Creativity:Concept, Theories and Development. Personality:Meaning, Nature and Theories. Diverse or ExceptionalChildren. Adjustment: Meaning, Nature and Methods.Understanding Needs and Behavioural Problems ofChildren.Mental Health and Hygiene. Parenting styles orChildRearingPractices.DeprivationandDeprivedChildren.Schooling of The Developing Children. Childhood in theContext of Globalization, Adult Culture, Urbanization andEconomic Changes. Counseling of Children in SpecificStressful Conditions. Socialization: Concept and Agencies.

SocialandCulturalChanges:Conceptandtheir ImpactonChildDevelopment.ImpactofMediaonGrowingChildren.MarginalizationandStereotypingintheSociety.ProtectionofChildRights.Equity Issuesand Inclusion.ChildObesity:Causes and Remedies. Concept, Dimensions and FactorsAffectingWellbeingof theChildren.Bibliography. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 556 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm ISBN-978-93-88028-14-1 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-88028-15-8 (e-Book) / ` 595.00

eaxy ,oa eaxyckY;dky ,oa o`f) &mUeq[k ckyd (Childhood and Growing up),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaA'kqHkzk eaxy] lh-vkj-,l- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku] uks,Mk esa izkpk;Z ,oa izksQslj in ij lsokjr gSaA

ckY;koLFkk rFkk lEcfU/kr fodklkRed o"kks± dks ekuo thou dk Lof.kZe dky dgk tkrk gSA ckydksa dk leqfpr fodkl vkSj lek;kstu u dsoy muds Lo;a ds fy;s gh ewY;oku fl) gksrk gS cfYd lekt ;k jk"Vª fo'ks"k dh izxfr esa Hkh mldk mYys[kuh; ;ksxnku jgrk gSA bl mís'; dh iwfrZ gsrq ikB~; iqLrd dh fo"k;oLrq dks rhl fofHkUu v/;k;ksa esa foHkkftr fd;k x;k gSA bl fn'kk esa ckydksa dh o`f) ,oa fodkl dh vo/kkj.kk] izfu;e rFkk dkjdksa dh ppkZ djrs gq, ckydksa ds 'kkjhfjd] xked] ekufld] lkekftd] laosxkRed] uSfrd rFkk Hkk"kkxr fodkl vkSj muls lEcfU/kr fodkl fl)kUrksa dks foLrkj esa o.kZu fd;k x;k gSA oa'kkuqØe ,oa okrkoj.k lEcU/kh izfØ;kvksa dh ckyd dh o`f) ,oa fodkl ds lanHkZ esa foLrkj ls ppkZ dh xbZ gS A ifjiDou dh izfØ;k rFkk fodkl”khy ckydksa dh o`f) ,oa fodkl ij iM+us okys mlds izHkko dk o.kZu gSA

ckydksa ds fodkl ds lEcU/k esa mudh fd'kksjkoLFkk dks dkQh egÙoiw.kZ le; ekuk tkrk gSA fd'kksjkoLFkk vkSj mlls tqM+h gqbZ lHkh ckrksa ij izdk'k Mkyus dk iz;Ru fd;k x;k gSA

ckydksa ds lek;kstu] O;ogkjxr leL;kvksa rFkk ekufld LokLF; lEcU/kh igyqvksa ds o.kZu dks bl iqLrd esa egRo fn;k x;k gSA

vkxs ds v/;k; vBkjg esa ekrk&firk }kjk vius ykyu&ikyu gsrq dke esa yk;s tkus okys fofHkUu rjhdksa ;k 'kSfy;ksa dh ppkZ dh xbZ gSA

ckydksa ds fodkl vkSj fgr fpUru ls lEcfU/kr ckrksa ij izdk'k Mkyk x;k gSA

ikB~;iqLrd ds fofHkUu izdj.kksa ds mfpr Li"Vhdj.k ,oa cks/k gsrq blesa vko';d mnkgj.kksa] vkjs[kksa] vkd`fr;ksa rFkk rkfydkvksa dks LFkku fn;k x;k gS tks bl iqLrd dks vU; iqLrdksa ls fHkUu djrh gSA

fo"k; lwph% izLrkoukA o`f) ,oa fodkl&vo/kkj.kk] lkekU; fl)kUr ,oa dkjdA oS;fDrd fodkl ds vk;keA fodkl ds fl)kUrA oa”kkuqØe ,oa okrkoj.kA ifjiDork&lEizR;; ,o a “k S f{kd fufgrkFk ZA fodklkRed dk; Z ,o a muds


fufgrkFkZA oS;fDrd HksnA ckydksa vkSj fd”kksjks a ds O;ogkj ds ckjs esa tkuus dh fof/k;ka ,oa rjhdsA fd”kksj&fo”ks’krk;sa] vko”;drk;sa ,oa ruko ls lEcfU/kr ckrsaA cqf)&vFkZ] izÑfr] fl)kUr ,oa ekiuA laosxkRed cqf)&vo/kkj.kk] ekiu ,oa fodklA l`tukRedrk&lEizR;; ,oa fodklA O;fDrRo&vo/kkj.kk ,oa lajpukA fofHkUu ;k fof”k’V ckydA lek;kstu dk euksfoKkuA ckydksa vkSj fd”kksjksa dh vko”;drkvksa rFkk O;ogkjkRed leL;kvksa dh le>A ekufld LokLF; ,oa LokLF; foKkuA isjsfUVax LVkby ;k ikyu iks’k.k ds rjhdsA oapu ,oa oafpr ckydA fodkl”khy ckydksa dh fo|ky;h f”k{kkA oS”ohdj.k] “kgjhdj.k vkSj vkfFkZd ifjorZuksa dk ckydksa ds fodkl ij izHkkoA fo”ks’k rkuoiw.kZ fLFkfr;ksa esa ckydksa dks ijke”kZA lkekthdj.k&vo/kkj.kk ,oa laLFkk,¡A lkekftd ,oa lkaLÑfrd ifjorZu&vo/kkj.kk rFkk ckyd ds fodkl ij izHkkoA fodklksUeq[k ckydksa vkSj fd”kkjksa ij tuek/; dk izHkkoA lekt esa ik”ohZdj.k ,oa :f<+okfnrk ;k :f<+c)rkA ckyd vf/kdkj laj{k.kA lerk lEcU/kh ekeys vkSj lesdsrhdj.kA ckydksa esa eksVik&dkj.k ,oa mipkjA Bhd&Bkd gksuk&vo/kkj.kk] vk;ke rFkk izHkkfor djus okys dkjdA vuqØef.kdkA

Latest Print 2021 / 612 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / ` 895.00ISBN-978-93-88028-55-4 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-88028-56-1 (e-Book)

SEN GUPTAEarly Childhood Care and EducationM. SEN GUPTA, Professor and Principal, KIIT College of Education, Gurgaon.

Early Childhood Care and Education (ECCE) programmehas gained importance today. Driven by socio-economiccompulsions these days both parents seek jobs andremain away from the child for the whole day. EarlyChildhood Care centres provide them a safer alternativewheretheirchildrencangrowanddevelopinastimulativeenvironment. Therefore, ECCE has been comprehensivelyincluded in teacher trainingprogrammesatall levels.

Designed as a text for the undergraduate students ofeducation (B.Ed.) and elementary education (B.El.Ed.), it provides uptodate and ready to use material. Acomplete section in the book is devoted to planning a pre-school or ECCE centre, organizing and managing it for its optimum utility and efficient functioning. Theefforthasbeenmadetoincludethetopicswhichwillhelp students tounderstand theECCEand its functioningina straightforwardandunconventionalmanner.

KEY FEATURES

• Written ina conversational style• Comprehensivecoveragewith sampleactivities• Numerous figures and illustrations for better under-

standingof the subject• Integrationof theoryandpractice• Conceptual clarityandpracticalapproach

The book would also be extremely useful to the nurseryschoolteachers,teachereducators,parents,post-graduate

students of education (M.Ed.) and for those who wouldlike to runanECCEcentreasagood referencematerial.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Early Childhood Care andEducation in India: Progress and Prospects. Growth andDevelopment of Child. Health, Nutrition and PersonalSafety. Early Childhood Education Curriculum. ECCEProgramme Planning, Organization and Management.Stimulating Child-centred Programme. SAMPLEACTIVITIES—1. Fostering Physical Skills. 2. ConductingSelf-expressional Activities. 3. Conducting a Field Trip. 4. Conducting Home Visits. 5. Conducting a Case StudyofaChild.6.StoryTelling.7.OrganizingParentEducationMeetings.8.PreparingFlashCards.9.MakingPuppetsforChildren. 10. Developing Reasoning and Problem Solving.11. Developing Memory Skills. 12. Developing ReadingReadiness.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-81-3 (e-Book)

lsu xqIrizkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk% ns[k&Hkky vkSj f'k{kkeathr lsu xqIr] funs'kd] ds-vkbZ-vkbZ-Vh-] dkWyst vkWQ ,tqds'ku] xqM+xkaoA

Ekkuo thou esa ÁkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk vR;ar laosnu'khy rFkk Hkkoh laHkkoukvksa ds }kj [kksyus esa fu.kkZ;d fl) gksrh gSA

bl iqLrd esa 0-6 o"kZ ds cPpksa dh ns[kHkky] mudh f'k{kk ckSf)d] 'kkjhfjd o HkkoukRed vko';drkvksa ,oa mfpr ikyu-iks"k.k ds rF;ksa dks mnkgj.k lfgr ljy Hkk"kk esa le>k;k x;k gSA ÁkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk ns[k-Hkky vkSj f'k{kk dsanz dh LFkkiuk lacaèkh rF; ,oa fofoèk xfrfofèk;ksa ds uewus Hkh bl iqLrd esa ÁLrqr fd, x, gSa tks m|fe;ksa rFkk Á'kkldksa dk ekxZn'kZu djus esa l{ke gSaA

oSKkfud fo"k;-oLrq dks O;kogkfjd 'kSyh esa ÁLrqr fd, tkus ds dkj.k ;g iqLrd ch-,M- rFkk ch-,y-,M- fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds vfrfjDr lHkh ekrk-firk] Áf'k{k.kkfFkZ;ksa] vè;kidksa] vè;kid Áf'k{kdksa rFkk 'kksèkdÙkkZvksa ds fy, leku :i ls mi;ksxh fl) gksxhA

iqLrd dh fo'ks"krk,a

• ljy Hkk"kk esa izLrqrhdj.kA

• vusd Ásjd fØ;kvksa o fp= lfgr fØ;kfof/k;ksa dk fcanqokj o.kZuA

• Hkkjrh; ifjfLFkfr;ksa ,oa ijaijkvksa dks /;ku esa j[krs gq, f'k{kk dsanzksa dk o.kZuA

• lS)kafrd vkSj O;kogkfjd nksuksa i{kksa ij i;kZIr cyA

fo"k; lwph% ÁkDdFkuA vkeq[kA vkHkkjksfDrA Hkkjr eas ÁkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk ns[kHkky vkSj f'k{kk % Áxfr ,oa laHkkouk,aA cPps dh o`f) vkSj fodklA LokLF;] iks"k.k rFkk O;fDrxr lqj{kkA ÁkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk f'k{kk dh ikB~;p;kZA ÁkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk ns[kHkky vkSj f'k{kk dk;ZØe dk fu;kstu] laxBu rFkk ÁcaèkA lh[kuk % ,d lgt Áo`fÙkA mn~nhid % cky-dsafnzr dk;ZØeA fØ;k,a % 'kkjhfjd dkS'kyksa dk fodkl( vkRekfHkO;fDr dh fØ;kvksa dk lapkyu( {ks=-Hkze.k dk lapkyu( ?kj ij eqykdkr dk lapkyu( cPps ds thou-o`Ùk dk v/;;u( dFkk okpu( ekrk-firk dks f'kf{kr djuss


gsrq cSBdsa vk;ksftr djuk( ¶yS'k dkMZ cukuk( cPpksa ds fy, dBiqrfy;ka cukuk( rdZ rFkk leL;k lek/kku ds dkS'ky dk fodkl( Le`fr dkS'ky dk fodkl( iBu rRijrk dk fodklA lanHkZ xzaFkA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-5443-834-9 (e-Book)

Curriculum Development

JOSHI & SALUNKEContent Based MethodologyANANT N. JOSHI, Director, School of Education, Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University (YCMOU), Nashik. KAVITA S. SALUNKE, Lecturer in School of Education, YCMOU.

This conciseandeasy-to-readbookdealswith the theoryand practice of content basedmethodology. It begins byshowing the importance of integration of teaching unitsof one discipline with those of other disciplines and acritical evaluation of the subject curriculum, syllabi andtextbook to identify their limitations. Thereafter, the textdescribes the methods for determining the higher levelof knowledge required for a teacher to teach a specificteaching unit. Besides, considerations which teachersneed to take into account before teaching their subjects,pedagogical analysis of content, selection of properapproaches,teachingmethods,andmodelsofteachingtosuit the nature of teaching contents are also explained.Finally, those factors which are to be taken into accountfor verifying whether the objectives have been achievedornotarediscussedwith sufficientexamples.

Primarilymeant for undergraduate students of education(B.Ed.andD.Ed.),thetextcanalsoserveasasourcebookfor teacher-educators, teachers, and teacher-trainees,whatever their teaching subjectsmaybe.

Contents: Preface. Content-cum-Methodology: Conceptand Nature. Nature and Structure of Discipline. Role ofCurriculum, Syllabus and Textbooks in Teaching. ContentAnalysis of Teaching Units. Knowledge Enrichment.PedagogicalAnalysis. IntegrationofContentandTeachingMethod. Knowledge Representations. Evaluation inContextofContent-cum-Methodology.Bibliography.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-227-9 (e-Book)

SEN GUPTAKnowledge and CurriculumM. SEN GUPTA, Director, KIIT College of Education, Gurugram. Spanning a long career of more than five decades, he has also served at the National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT), New Delhi in various capacities.

Designed as per the latest NCERT syllabus and syllabi ofseveral universities offering teacher education courses,the book incorporating 16 chapters is an up-to-date andcomprehensive treatise, which deals with the basic aswell as advanced topics of the field of knowledge andthefieldof contextualisationof knowledge (curriculum).

In the opening chapters, knowledge is conceived anddescribed in a broad perspective. This is followed by anextensive discussion on curriculum, including the variousissues and concerns, different approaches, curriculumdesign,developmentandevaluation.

A peep into the modern classrooms, shift in pedagogyand skill-based curriculum makes the book a completeorganic entity for comprehensive understanding of thecontinuumofknowledgeandcurriculum.

It is primarily intended for the undergraduate studentsofeducationandelementaryeducationaswellas for thepostgraduate students of education. Moreover, teachereducatorsand researcherswill alsofind thebookuseful.

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE BOOK• Presents intensive analysis of the concepts in a logical

sequence• Includes practical illustrations alongwith clear, concise

and lucid language• Followsprofessionalandanalyticalapproach• Incorporates flowcharts, diagrams and chapter-end

exercises• Comprisesabibliographyat theendof thebook

Contents: Foreword.Preface.Knowledge:Meaning,Natureand the Process of Knowing. Knowledge: Construction,Acquisition, Forms and Facets. Child-centred Education,Learning Process and Contributions of ProminentThinkers. Curriculum Perspectives and Role of ApexBodies. Curriculum: Issues, Concerns, Meaning, Conceptand Levels. Curriculum: Principles, Bases, Types andTheories. Curriculum Planning, Development and PolicyGuidelines. Educational and Instructional Objectives.CurriculumApproachesandCurriculumDesign.ModelsofCurriculumDevelopment.CurriculumDevelopmentTrendsand Curriculum Change. Curriculum Evaluation. Teaching-Learning and Micro-Teaching for Skill Development.TeachingMethodsandInstructionalTechniques.EvaluationandExaminationReform.Skill-basedCurriculum:Planning,Developmentand Implementation.Bibliography. Index..


ISBN-978-93-89347-98-2 (e-Book)


Developmental Psychology

CHOUDHARYAdolescence EducationGIRISHBALACHOUDHARY,Associate Professor, Lady Irwin College, University of Delhi.

The young and adolescents are an epitome of change,hopeandprogress.Thelivesofadolescentsaresubjecttoglobal challenges faced by information and technologicalrevolution, changing markets and globalization, andspecific changes taking place in family dynamics, culturaltraditions, religious beliefs and other socializationpractices. This book on Adolescence Education assumesimportance in view of the likely impact of acquired skillsand behaviours during this period on an individual’sprospects inadulthood.

This book is an attempt to understand the broadercontext in which adolescent lives are embedded. Thetheoretical perspective presents a multi-disciplinary viewof adolescence that helps to understand the evolutionof the concept of adolescence. Presenting an elaborateaccount of adolescence as experiencedby young in Indiaand highlighting the challenges that emerge as a resultof dynamic changes in society, the attempt is made toidentify the emerging issues and concerns that impactthe lives of adolescents and provide a perspective toadolescence education. The historical account presentedhelps to build an understanding of the various socio-cultural forces that led to the emergence of the existingAdolescenceEducationProgramme (AEP).

The text presents the key features of the present AEPthatare imperativefor itssuccessful implementation.TheUN and civil society initiatives are mapped with a viewto locate the characteristic features and thrust of variousinterventions. The text gives some gleaning insightsfrom available evidences regarding execution of variousexisting adolescent programmes, and existential realitiesofadolescents’ lives.

The book is intended for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Education, Psychology andSociology. Besides, the book is equally beneficial for thestudentsopting forPsychologyat their+2 level.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. List of Boxed Items. Listof Figures. List of Abbreviations. Re-conceptualisingAdolescence. Adolescence in India. The Genesis ofAdolescence Education Programme in India. Legislation,Policy Framework and Programmes for AdolescentDevelopment. Implementation of the AdolescenceEducationProgrammeinIndia.MappingUNAgenciesandVoluntarySectorContributiontoAdolescentDevelopment.AdolescentswithSpecialNeeds.EmpoweringAdolescentsChallenges, Issues and Debates. Appendices—1: Theoriesof Adolescence. 2: Contents of Adolescence EducationProgramme. 3: Life Skills for Students. 4: Life Skills forTeachers. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-331-3 (e-Book)

Educational Psychology

KAKKAREducational PsychologyS.B. KAKKAR, Formerly, Head, Department of Psychology, Government College of Education, Patiala.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate courses inEducational Psychology, this well-organized study gives a detailed description of key concepts such as learning,intelligence and personality and various contemporarytheories governing these. The present volume attemptsto provide teachers and prospective teachers with thosefacts, principles and procedures which are of maximumutility in the classroom situations. Apart from helping the teacher-trainee gain a clearer understanding ofthe nature and behaviour of the learner, the book alsoprovides assistance in evaluation and in understandingthe concept of guidance services. The significance ofeducational and vocational guidance, particularly ofexceptionalchildren, is clearlyand forcefullybroughtout.The text iswell illustratedwithdiagrams toelucidate theconceptsdiscussed.

KEY FEATURES• The book is child centred and practical in its approach

and views Educational Psychology from the standpointofactualproblems facedbyclassroomteachers.

• Achapter isdevoted toelementary statistics.• Importance of guidance and counselling services is

clearlybroughtout.• One full chapter is set apart for a discussion on

guidanceofexceptional children.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Growthand Development. Learning. Intelligence. Personality.Measurement and Evaluation. Elementary Statistics.Guidance.OrganizationofGuidanceServices.GuidanceofExceptional Children. References. Bibliography. SuggestedReading.Author Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-693-2(e-Book)

MANGALAdvanced Educational Psychology, 2nd ed.S.K. Mangal, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana).

This revised and expanded edition is a sequel to thefirst edition which was warmly received by the studentand teaching community for its in-depth analysis andrefreshingapproach to the subject.

NEW CHAPTERS TO THIS EDITION• Psychologyof Individualdifferences• Transfer of Learning or Training


• EmotionalDevelopmentandEmotional Intelligence• LearningDisabilitiesandLearningDisabledChildren.Beginning with an introduction to the nature and scope,andthevariousschoolsofpsychology,thebookdiscussesthe systems propounded by Freud, Adler, Jung andPiaget, taking into account their critical importance tothe subject. It then focuses on the psychology of growthand development, psychology of individual differences,motivation, attention and personality, with an emphasison the individual’s attitude towards learning, and thefactors influencing learning. The text also elaboratesthe nature and theories of learning and the aspectsof memory such as remembering and forgetting. The cognitive aspect, i.e. intelligence, and vital topics likecreativity and the psychology of thinking, reasoning andproblem-solving have been accorded due prominence. Adetailed discussion on exceptional children and learningdisabledchildrentogetherwith theeducationalmeasuresfor overcoming such disabilities is also included. The textconcludeswith an important aspectof humanbehaviour,namely,adjustment.Interspersed with examples, illustrations and tables,this text is ideally suited for postgraduate students of education and psychology. It can also be profitably usedby teachers, teacher-educators, guidance and counsellingpersonnel, andadministratorsofeducational institutions.Contents: Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Methods of Educational Psychology. Systems or Schoolsof Psychology and Their Bearing on Education. Psycho-analysis—Freud’s System of Psychology. Adler’s Systemof Individual Psychology. Analytical Psychology—Jung’sSystem of Psychology. Piaget’s Developmental Psychologyand its Bearing on Education. Psychology of Growthand Development. Psychology of Individual Differences.PsychologyofMotivation.Attention.Nature andTheoriesof Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Memory—Remembering and Forgetting. Intelligence. EmotionalDevelopment and Emotional Intelligence. Creativity.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-solving.Aptitude. Personality. Educating Exceptional Children.Learning Disabilities and Learning Disabled Children.PsychologyofAdjustment.


ISBN-978-93-90669-56-1 (e-Book)

MANGALEssentials of Educational PsychologyS.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana).

A harmonious blend of the theoretical and practicalaspects of educational psychology, this student-friendlytextprovidesabasefortheunderstandingofthesubject.

The book discusses the various aspects of growth anddevelopment, specifically during childhood and adole-

scence, and accords due importance to the cognitiveaspect of human behaviour with elaborate text onintelligence, creativity, thinking, reasoning and problem-solving.

Besides maintaining a logical progression of topics, theauthor has interspersed the text with examples andillustrationstoprovidean in-depthanalysisof thesubjectmatter.

The book is ideally suited for the B.Ed. and B.A.(Education) courses but can also be a valuable referencefor teachers, teacher-trainees, and practising counsellorsat various levelsof schooleducation.

KEY FEATURES• Cogentandcoherent styleofwriting• Assignment problems and sample tests at the end of

various chapters• Wide range of examples and over 50 illustrations to

supportandexplain the topicsdiscussed

Contents: Preface. Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Methods of Studying Behaviour. Heredity andEnvironment. Human Growth and Development—Stagesand Dimensions. Physical Growth and Development.Cognitive or Mental Development. Emotional Develop-ment and Emotional Intelligence. Social Development.Spiritual Development (Development of Character). StageSpecific Characteristics and Developmental Tasks. Growthand Development during Adolescence. Maturation andTraining. Individual Differences. Learning—Concept,Nature and Domains. Factors Influencing Learning.Theories of Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Motivational Aspect of Behaviour. Memory. Forgetting.Intelligence—Concept, Theories and Measurement.Creativity. Aptitude—Concept and Measurement.Attitude—Concept and Measurement. Attention.Interest—Meaning, Nature and Measurement. Habits—Meaning, Nature and Development. Concept Formation.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-Solving.The Concept and Structure of Personality. Determinantsof Personality. Assessment of Personality. ExceptionalChildren. Behavioural Problems—Meaning, Conceptand Treatment. Adjustment, Frustration and Conflicts.Mental Health and Hygiene. Sex Education. Guidanceand Counseling. Group Dynamics and Group Behaviour.StatisticalData—Meaning,OrganisationandPresentation.Measures of Central Tendency and Percentiles.Measuresof Variability or Dispersion. Correlation. Administrationand Interpretationof Psychological Tests (PracticalWork).Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-083-1 (e-Book)


eaxyf'k{kk euksfoKku,l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaAf'k{kk euksfoKku ds fl)kUr rFkk O;kogkfjd igyqvksa ls i;kZIr rkyesy fcBkrh gqbZ ;g jpuk f'k{kk euksfoKku ls lEcfUèkr lHkh vko';d vkèkkjHkwr izdj.kksa ¼ftUgsa ns'k ds fofHkUu fo'ofo|ky;ksa us ch-,M- rFkk ch-,- ds 'kSf{kd ikB~;Øeksa esa LFkku ns j[kk gS½ ij leqfpr izdk'k Mkyrh gSA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks Bhd rjg tkudj mUgsa euksfoKku ds fl)kUrksa dk vuqlj.k djkrs gq, vf/kxe iFk ij vxzlj djus] mudk Hkyh-Hkk¡fr lek;kstu djus] ekufld LokLF; dks cuk;s j[kus rFkk muds O;fDrRo ds lok±xh.k fodkl gsrq f'k{kk euksfoKku dh ftu vkèkkjHkwr ckrksa dk Kku ,oa dkS'ky f'k{kdksa rFkk f'k{kk izsfe;ksa ds fy, pkfg,( og lHkh bl iqLrd esa mfpr] Øec)] ljy ,oa cks/kxE; :i esa izLrqr fd;k x;k gSA fuLlansg ;g iqLrd fofHkUu fo'ofo|ky;ksa ,oa f'k{kd izf'k{k.k laLFkkuksa ds Mh-,M-] ch-,M- rFkk ch-,- ¼f'k{kk½ ds ikB~;Øeksa dh vko';drkvksa dks leqfpr <ax ls iwjk djrh gSA blds lkFk gh ;g iqLrd ,e-,M-] ,e-,- ¼f'k{kk½ ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa] f'k{kdksa] f'k{kk ijke'kZnkrkvksa] rFkk 'kSf{kd iz'kkldksa vkfn gsrq Hkh lexz nf"Vdks.k ls fo'ks"k mi;ksxh gSA

eq[; vkd"kZ.k• fo"k;-oLrq dk ljy] ljl] jkspd ,oa cks/kxE; izLrqrhdj.kA• lS)kfUrd vkSj O;ogkjkRed Kku dk mfpr leUo;A• v/;k; fo'ks"k esa D;k iBu lkexzh gS] ;g tkuus gsrq v/;k; ds

izkjEHk esa v/;k; :ijs[kk rFkk var esa iqujko`fÙk gsrq ^lkjka'k* rFkk fo'ks"k v/;;u gsrq lanfHkZr ,oa fo'ks"k vè;;u xzUFkksa dh izLrqfrA

• ikB~; lkexzh ds mfpr izLrqrhdj.k gsrq mnkgj.kksa] n`"Vkarksa] rkfydkvksa rFkk js[kkfp=ksa ,oa vkjs[kksa dk lekos'kA

• fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh {kerkvksa ,oa ;ksX;rkvksa ds vkdyu gsrq izkjfEHkd ,oa 'kSf{kd lkaf[;dh dk izLrqrhdj.kA

fo"k; lwph% izkDdFkuA euksfoKku–vFkZ] izÑfr ,oa {ks=A f'k{kk euksfoKku–vFkZ] izÑfr] {ks= ,oa dk;ZA euksfoKku dh fof/k;k¡A oa'kkuqØe ,oa okrkoj.kA o`f) ,oa fodkl–voLFkk;sa ,oa vk;keA 'kkjhfjd o`f) ,oa fodklA ckSf)d vFkok ekufld fodklA laosxkRed fodkl ,oa laosxkRed cqf)A lkekftd fodklA vkè;kfRed ;k pkfjf=d fodklA voLFkktU; fo'ks"krk,¡ ,oa fodklkRed dk;ZA fd'kksjkoLFkk esa o`f) ,oa fodklA ifjiDork ,oa izf'k{k.kA oS;fDrd HksnA vfèkxe–voèkkj.kk] izÑfr ,oa vuq{ks=A vfèkxe dks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdA vfèkxe ;k lh[kus ds fl)kUrA lh[kus vFkok izf'k{k.k dk LFkkukUrj.kA O;ogkj dk vfHkizsj.kkRed i{kA Le`frA foLe`frA cqf)–izÑfr] fl)kUr ,oa ekiuA l`tukRedrkA vfHk#fp–lEizR;; ,oa ekiuA vfHko`fÙk–lEizR;; ,oa ekiuA è;ku ;k voèkkuA #fp–vFkZ] izÑfr ,oa ekiuA vknrsa vFkZ] izÑfr ,oa fodklA fparu] rdZ ,oa leL;k lekèkku dk euksfoKkuA O;fDrRo–izÑfr] izdkj ,oa fl)karA O;fDrRo ds fuèkkZjdA O;fDrRo dk ewY;kaduA fof'k"V ckydA lek;kstu] dq.Bk ,oa var%}U}A ekufld LokLF; ,oa LokLF; foKkuA ekxZn'kZu ,oa ijke'kZA lewg xfr'kkL= ,oa lewg O;ogkjA vk¡dM+ksa ;k iznÙkksa dk O;oLFkkiu ,oa izLrqrhdj.kA dsUæh; izo`fÙk ds izekiA fopyu ds izeki ;k fopyu ekuA lglacaèkA euksoSKkfud ijh{k.k–iz'kklu ,oa O;k[;kA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-5443-860-8 (e-Book)

Education in Emerging Indian Society

GHOSH & RADHA MOHANEducation in Emerging Indian Society: The Challenges and Issues, 2nd ed.SUNANDA GHOSH, former Principal, and Professor of Education, Stella Matutina College of Education, Chennai. RADHAMOHAN, former Principal, Rajalakshmi College of Education, Chennai.

This thoroughly revised and updated text, now inits Second Edition, is intended as a textbook forundergraduate students of Education. The book providesadetailedinsightintothestagesofevolutionofEducationin thecountryand theongoing trends in thefield.

The book, divided into twenty-five chapters, continuesto explain the history of Indian education, its severalcommissions, the issues that beset primary, secondary,higher and adult education, national integration andinternational understanding, democracy, human rights,value crisis, the recent trends of globalisation, and thechangesbrought into theeducationand technology.

NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• The text now incorporates a new chapter on Twenty-

First Century….The Way Forward,whichtalksabout therecent trends in thefield.

• NewSectionsonFormal Education, Informal Education, Aims of Education, Philosophies of Education, Free and Compulsory Education as Fundamental Right and RTE Act of 2010, Different Boards of Educations, Recommendation of National Knowledge Commission (2008), Rationale for Secondary Education, Higher Education Institutions, Issues and Limitations of Environmental Education and Non-formal Education havebeenadded invarious chapters.

• Several sections have been updated to provide thereader with the latest information taking place in thefieldofEducation.

Contents: Preface.Preface to theFirstEdition.Education:Its Nature and Aims. Philosophy and Education.Contemporary Indian Society. Society and Culture.Agencies of Education. The Teacher. Indian Educationthrough Ages. Education Committee Reports sinceIndependence. The Indian Constitution and Education.Various Boards of Education. Pre-primary Education.Primary Education. Secondary Education. HigherEducation. Adult Education. Democracy, Human Rights,Children Rights and Education. Environmental Education.Social Change, Sustainable Development and Education.Population Education. Education for National Integration.Education for Peace and International Understanding.Value Education. Some Statutory Bodies. Review of theIssues and Challenges of Indian Education. Twenty-FirstCentury….TheWayForward. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-042-8 (e-Book)


SAMUEL RAVIEducation in Emerging IndiaS. SAMUEL RAVI, Assistant Professor, N.M. Christian College, Marthandam, Tamil Nadu.

India isevolving ineverysphereand itseducationsystemnoexception.Thechange,however, is largelytowardsthebettermentof thesocietyasawhole;butstill constraintsare many in achieving a stringent yet ‘beneficial for all’education system in India. This book gives a thoroughaccount on the Indian Education system—from itsinception to the present day, and underlines the hurdlesfacedandtheimprovementsneededtoachieveaflawlesssystemof impartingknowledge to the students.

The book begins by explaining the fundamental theoriesof education—its meaning, nature and so on, andthen proceeds to discuss the emerging Indian societyand the constraints faced by its education system likecorruption, poverty, social discrimination, ill practices(drugs, violence, etc.) and so on. It further discussesthe philosophies preached by the Indian and Westernphilosophers and educationists, like Swami Vivekananda, Sri Aurobindo, Rabindra Nath Tagore, Mahatma Gandhi,Rousseau, Froebel, and Maria Montessori, who alsohelped in shaping the Indian Education system in somewayor theother.

The book further explains the concepts integral toEducation in Emerging India, which are Education forAll (Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan), Education for Women (girlchild), Education for the Children with Special Needs,EducationforNationalIntegration,andAdultEducation.Italsodiscusses the revisededucationpolicies,with specialemphasis on education commissions, and organizationsinvolved in it.

The book is designed for the undergraduate andpostgraduate studentsofEducation.

Contents: Preface. Meaning and Nature of Education.Scenario of Emerging India. Meaning of EducationalPhilosophy. Philosophy and Branches of Knowledge.Indian Philosophy and Education. Idealism. Naturalism.Pragmatism. Existentialism. Rabindranath Tagore (1861–1941).MahatmaGandhi(1869–1948).SwamiVivekananda(1863–1902). Sri Aurobindo Ghosh (1872–1950). JeanJacques Rousseau (1712–1778). Froebel (1782–1852).JohnDewey(1859–1952).MariaMontessori(1870–1952).Meaning and Scope of Educational Sociology. School andCommunity. Education and Social Change. Education andCulture. Education and Human Resource Development.Education and Economic Development. Universalisationof Elementary Education. Equalisation of EducationalOpportunities. Education for Democracy. Education andSecularism. Education and Modernisation. Values inEducation. Population Education. Agencies of Education.Socialisationof theChild. Special Education.Globalizationand Education. Women’s Education. Adult Education.DistanceEducation.38.EducationforNationalIntegration.39. Education for International Understanding. UniversityEducationCommission (1948–1949). SecondaryEducationCommission (1952–1953). Indian Education Commission

(1964–1966). New Education Policy (1986). RevisedEducation Policy (1992). Educational Organizations.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-458-7 (e-Book)

Foundations of Education

SAMUEL RAVIComprehensive Study of Education, AS. SAMUEL RAVI, Assistant Professor, N.M. Christian College, Marthandam, Tamil Nadu.

Intendedfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsofeducation,thisbookisanearnestendeavourtoprovidethereaderswithathoroughunderstandingofthevariousconcepts of education. The exhaustive treatment of thetopics in a cogent manner will enable the students tograsp the subject inaneasy-to-understandmanner.

Organized in seven units, the chapters encompass thedifferent pedagogical features of education addressingsome of the broad areas of concern, and upholding theintrinsicdetailsofeducation in theemerging society. Thevarious education commissions, their roles in spreadingeducation in thepresentageandtheremediestocorrecttheir lawsarealso covered ingreatdetails.

This textbook can also be useful to the teachers andresearch scholars as a reference material.

Contents: Preface. Unit I: Description of Education—Meaning and Nature of Education. Functions ofEducation. Aims of Education. Unit II: EducationalPhilosophy—Educational Philosophy. Idealism. Realism.Naturalism. Pragmatism. Existentialism. Unit III: Indianand Western Philosophers—Rabindranath Tagore.Mahatma Gandhi. Swami Vivekananda. Sri AurobindoGhosh. Jiddu Krishnamurti. Jean Jacques Rousseau.Friedrich August Froebel. JohnDewey.MariaMontessori.Ivan Illich. Unit IV: Educational Sociology—Meaning andScope of Educational Sociology. Education and SocialMobility. Education and Social Stratification. School andCommunity. Education and Social Change. Education andCulture. Education and Human Resource Development.Education and Economic Development. Unit V: Educationand Society—Universalisation of Elementary Education.Education for Democracy. Education for Secularism.Brahminisation and Sanskritisation. Education and Modernisation.ValuesinEducation.PopulationEducation.Women’s Education.Adult Education.DistanceEducation.Health and Physical Education. Equalization of EducationOpportunities. Education for National Integration.Education for International Understanding. Educationand Globalization. National Youth Programmes. NationalFestivals. Unit VI: Education Commission, Committeesand Organisations—University Education Commission(1948–1949). Secondary Education Commission(1952–1953). Indian Education Commission (1964–


1966). New Education Policy (1986). Revised Policy onEducation (1992). NCERT, NCTE, UGC, DIET and NAAC.Unit VII: Environmental Education—Meaning, Nature and Scope of Environmental Education. EnvironmentalPollution. Environmental Hazards. Environmental CrisesandControl. Environmental Conservation and SustainableDevelopment. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-95-0 (e-Book)

SAMUEL RAVIPhilosophical and Sociological Bases of Education, 2nd ed.S. SAMUEL RAVI, Assistant Professor, N.M. Christian College, Marthandam, Tamil Nadu.

Education and philosophy go hand-in-hand. It is throughthe power of knowledge, our philosophers laid afoundation of educational theories, and set a steppingstone for the modern day education system andeducational institutions.

This book gives a comprehensive account of thefundamental theories laid by the philosophers, and thesociety’s role in shaping them up. The special feature ofthe book is that it teaches and explainsmore thanwhatanordinary teacherdoes in a limitedtime. It stressesonthe understanding and practice of the concepts learntrather thanmerememorisation.

NEW TO THE SECOND EDITIONNow, the book comprises 40 Chapters, out of which 15have been newly introduced and are tactically placedunder the threeunitsof thebook.

• Unit 1: Philosophy and Education Realism, Humanism, Awakenism, Existentialism,

Education for 21st century, Indian Philosophy andEducation,PhilosophyandBranchesofKnowledge

• Unit 2: Eastern and Western Philosophers Sarvepalli Radhakrishnan, Jiddu Krishnamurty,

Pestalozzi,MariaMontessori• Unit 3: Education and Society Education for Peace, Education for New Social order,

Education for Human Rights and Education forModernisation

Primarilydesignedfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsofeducation, thebookwillbeequallybeneficialfor the teaching faculties, trainees, research scholars andthosewho are preparing for competitive examinations ineducation.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. UNIT I:PHILOSOPHY AND EDUCATION—Educational Philosophy.Idealism. Realism. Naturalism. Humanism. Pragmatism.Awakenism.Existentialism.EclecticTendencyinEducation.Education for 21st century. Indian philosophy and Educa-tion. Philosophy and Branches of knowledge. UNIT II:EASTERN AND WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS—Rabindranath

Tagore. Mahatma Gandhi. Swami Vivekananda. SriAurobindo Ghosh. Sarvapalli Radhakrishanan. JidduKrishnamoorthy.Jean Jacques Rousseau. Pestalozzi.Froebel. JohnDewey.BertrandRussell.Maria Montessori. UNIT III: EDUCATION AND SOCIETY—Meaning and Scopeof Educational Sociology. Agencies of Education. Schooland Community. Socialisation of Child. Education andSocial Change. Education and Culture. Education andSecularism. Educationforpeace.EducationforDemocracy.Education for New social order. Education for HumanRights. Education formodernization. Values in Education.Education for National Integration. Education forInternationalUnderstanding.GlobalizationandEducation.Bibliography.Name Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-94-4 (e-book)

Inclusive Education

MANGALEducating Exceptional Children: An Introduction to Special EducationS.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). Intended as a text for undergraduate, postgraduate(B.Ed./M.Ed.; B.A., M.A. Education) and diploma levelcourses in Education as well as for courses in SpecialEducation, this comprehensive and accessible bookprovidesa soundbase forunderstandingSpecialChildrenthrough an insightful and incisive analysis on SpecialEducation.

The text dwells on exceptional children, or children withspecial needs, who are found to be in one extreme or the other and suffer from various deficits or disabilities or are gifted. They cover awide spectrum—thementallyretarded, the visually and hearing impaired, theemotionally disturbed, those with autism, cerebral palsy,and thedeprived,aswell as thegiftedand thecreative.

Thiswell-organized and pedagogically rich text should beextremely useful to students as well as professionals—special education teachers, those engaged in guidanceand counselling, educational policy makers, and fieldworkers, who have an abiding interest in the educationofexceptional childrenand in specialeducation.

KEY FEATURES• Hasstudent-friendlyfeatureslikeillustrations,examples,

tables,and research-basedexperimentalfindings.• Providesa completepictureofexceptionality, fromthe

earlyyearsofhumanhistory to thepresentday.• Gives casehistories topractically illustrate the subject.

Contents: Preface. List of Figures. List of Tables. Conceptof Exceptionality and Exceptional Children. Concept andProvisions of Special Education. Historical Perspectives


in Special Education. Organization and Administration ofSpecial Education in India. Mentally Retarded Children.Orthopaedic Impaired Children. Visually ImpairedChildren. Hearing Impaired Children. Learning Disabilitiesand Learning Disabled Children. Emotionally DisturbedChildren.ChildrenwithCommunicationDisorders.Childrenwith Autism. Children with Attention Deficit HyperactiveDisorder. Children with Cerebral Palsy. Children withMultiple Disabilities. Deprivation and Deprived Children.Slow Learners or Educationally Back-ward Children.Juvenile Delinquents. Gifted Children. Creative Children.Glossary.Author/Name Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-141-8 (e-Book)

MANGAL & MANGALCreating An Inclusive SchoolS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

Thebookdevelopedasper the issueddirectivesofNCTEequips its readers with the knowledge, understanding,skills, interests and attitude needed for working in theinclusiveschools. Itacquaintsthemwithall theessentialsrelated to the nature of the different types of disabilitiesor impairments, diversities and exceptionalities of thechildren belonging to an inclusive school, the needand means of introducing needed adaptations in theenvironmental conditions, curriculum, teaching-learningstrategies, teaching-learning aids and equipment,methodsofassessingtheprogressofthediversechildren,and likewise so many other things and requirements forfulfillingtheirresponsibilitiestowardsthediversechildrenin the inclusive set-upof the school.

KEY FEATURES• Full coverage of the current syllabi prescribed for

B.Ed.,B.El. Ed.andD.Ed.• Comprehensive description of the various aspects

of inclusive education and CWSN such as historicalperspectives to disability and inclusive educationneeded pedagogical and assessment approaches forCWSN, educational provisions for the disabled atnationaland international levels, and so forth

• Inclusion of quite new topics such as learning stylesin the context of different types of disabilities andchildren with special needs, forms of exclusionson various grounds including disabilities in Indianeducation, approaches and models of inclusion,individualeducationprogramme,assistiveandadaptivetechnologies, and so on

• User-friendly languageaswell asmodeofdiscussionThe book is primarily designed for the undergraduate students of education.

Contents: Preface.Disabilities:ConceptandTypes.SpecialNeeds and Learning Styles of Children with Disabilities.Historical Perspective to Disability and Inclusion. Formsof Inclusion and Exclusion in Indian Education. InclusiveEducation: Need, Concept, Principles and Advantages.ApproachesandModelsof Inclusion.Barriers to LearningandParticipationOfCWSN.OrganisationandManagementof an Inclusive School. Support Services Available in anInclusive School. Pedagogical Approaches for CWSN.Role of School Head and Teachers in Inclusive Education.Making Learning more Meaningful to the DifferentlyAbled. Adaptation and Accommodation Adopted forCWSN. Means of Providing Remedial Instruction andFeedback.AssessmentApproaches forCWSN.EducationalProvisionfortheDisabledinInternationalDeclarationandConventions. Constitutional Provisions, Programmes andPolicies for the Disabled and Inclusive Education. Role ofOrganisations for Education of Children with Disabilities.Individual Educational Programme (IEP). Assistive andAdaptive Technologies in Inclusive Set-Up. TeacherPreparationand InclusiveEducation. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-17-2 (e-Book)

eaxy ,oa eaxy

Lkesfdr fo|ky; dh LFkkiuk(Creating an Inclusive School),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,twds'ku] jksgrd ¼gfj;k.kk½ ds izkpk;Z] izksQslj ,oa foHkkxkè;{k in ls lsok-fuo`Ùk gSaAmek eaxy] izkpk;kZ in ls lsok-fuo`Ùk] f'k{kk txr dh ,d tkuh&ekuh f'kf{kdk] iz'kkld] ysf[kdk rFkk 'kks/kd=hZ gSaA

vkt lHkh fo|ky;ksa dks fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks f”k{kk nsus dh viuh O;oLFkk esa lesdsrhdj.k uhfr dh vuqikyuk djus dh vfuok;Zrk gSA bl lEcU/k esa viuh ftEesnkjh fuHkkus gsrq v/;kidksa ds fy, og lc tkudkjh gksuk vko”;d gS tks lesfdr f”k{kk O;oLFkk esa muds dÙkZO; fuoZgu ds fy;s t#jh gSA izLrqr iqLrd jk’Vªh; Lrj ij ^lesfdr f”k{kk* dh f”k{k.k&vf/kxe vko”;drkvksa dh iwfrZ gsrq gh fy[kh xbZ gSA

vius bl mÌs”; dh iwfrZ gsrq ikB~; iqLrd dh fo’k; lkexzh dks bDdhl fofHkUu v/;k;ksa esa foHkkftr djds izLrqr fd;k x;k gSA bl lEcU/k esa fofHkUu izdkj dh v{kerkvksa ls lEcfU/kr vo/kkj.kk] izdkj rFkk mudh fo”ks’krkvksa ls ifjfpr djkrs gq, v{kerkvksa ls ;qDr ckydksa dh fof”k’V vko”;drkvksa rFkk vf/kxe “kSfy;ksa dh ppkZ “kkfey gS tks v/;kidksa dks vius f”k{k.k vkSj f”k{kd mÙkjnkf;Roksa dks lesfdr f”k{kk O;oLFkk ls tqM+s gq;s fHkUu ;ksX;rkvksa okys ckydksa ds lkFk leUo; fcBkus esa lgk;d fl) gks gksxhA

v{kerkvksa ls ;qDr ckydksa dh f”k{kk] ns[kHkky rFkk lek;kstu dks ysdj muds iwjh rjg ls izFkDdhdj.k rFkk muds lkFk fd;s x;s vR;kpkjksa ls “kq# djds muds lkFk fd;s tk jgs ekuoksfpr O;ogkj dk lEiw.kZ o.kZu gSA iqLrd esa lesfdr f”k{kk dh vko”;drk]


vo/kkj.kk] lS)kfUrd ekU;rkvksa] fl)kUrksa rFkk mlls gksus okys ykHkksa ds ckjs esa vko”;d ppkZ dh xbZ gSA

ckg~; fof”k’V lgk;d ,tsfUl;ksa] O;kolkf;d n{k O;fDr;ksa] fof”k’V f”k{kk v/;kidksa] fpfdRlk lsok iznkrkvksa rFkk vfHkHkkod ,oa leqnk; lg;ksx dh Hkwfedk ij izdk”k Mkyrs gq, mi;ksxh f”k{k.k foKku mikxeksa dh ppkZ dh xbZ gS tks fof”k’V ;k fHkUu ;ksX;rkvksa okys ckydksa dks oS;fDrd] lkewfgd rFkk lkekftd vf/kxe esa egÙoiw.kZ <+ax ls lg;ksxh fl) gks ldrs gSaA

iqLrd esa v/;kidksa gsrq mu lHkh vko”;d ckrksa dk Hkh Kku dk lekos”k tks fo”ks’k vko”;drkvksa@;ksX;rkvksa ls ;qDr ckydksa dh f”k{kk] lek;kstu] iquokZl rFkk dY;k.k gsrq vUrjkZ’Vªh; ?kks’k.kkvksa rFkk lEesyu izLrkoksa] uhfr;ksa ds fu/kkZj.k rFkk laoS/kkfud izko/kkuksa rFkk mi;ksxh dk;ZØeksa ds #i esa LFkkuh;] jk’Vªh;] {ks=h; rFkk vUrjkZ’Vªh; Lrj ij miyC/k gSaA

bl izdkj izLrqr iqLrd esa ;g Hkjld iz;kl fd;k x;k gS fd bldh fo’k; lkexzh vkSj izLrqrhdj.k v/;kidksa dks ml lHkh Kku] dkS”kyksa ls ;qDr djus esa leFkZ gks tks mUgsa ,d lesfdr fo|ky; esa f”k{kk izkIr dj jgs lHkh ckydksa dks fcuk fdlh HksnHkko ds viuh fof”k’V ;ksX;rkvksa] {kerkvksa rFkk U;wurkvksa ds lanHkZ esa mi;qDr #i ls f”k{kk xzg.k djus vkSj lok±xh.k fodkl dks izkIr gksus esa lgk;d cusA

fo"k; lwph% izLrkoukA v{kerk ;k fodykaxrk&vo/kj.kk ,oa izdkjA v{kerk;qDr ckydksa dh fo'ks’k vko';drk,¡ vkSj vf/kxe 'kSfy;k¡A v{kerk ,oa lesdsrhdj.k dk ,sfrgkfld ifjisz{;A Hkkjrh; f'k{kk esa lesdsrhdj.k rFkk vyxko ds izk:iA lesfdr f'k{kk&vko';drk] vo/kkj.kk] fl)kUr ,oa mi;ksfxrkA lesdsrhdj.k ds mikxe ,oa izfrekuA fo'k’k vko';drk ;qDr ckydksa ds vf/kxe vkSj lgHkkfxrk ds ekxZ esa vojks/kdA ,d lesfdr fo|ky; dk laxBu vkSj izcU/kuA ,d lesfdr fo|ky; esa miyC/k lgk;d ;k leFkZu lsok;saA lesfdr f'k{kk esa f'k{kk 'kkL=kh; ;k f'k{k.k O;wgjpuk,¡A lesfdr f'k{kk esa fo|ky; ds iz/kkukpk;Z vkSj d{kk v/;kidksa dh HkwfedkA fHkUu ;ksX;rkvksa ds ckydksa ds vf/kxe dks vf/kd vFkZiw.kZ cukukA fHkUu vko';drk okys ckydksa ds fy, vuqns'kukRed mís';ksa] ikB~;Øe vkSj lgikB~; fØ;kvksa esa vuqdwyuA mipkjkRed vuqns'ku vkSj i`’Biks’k.k iznku djus ds lk/kuA fo'ks’k vko';drk okys ckydksa ds fy, vkdyu mikxeA v{ke ckydksa ds fy, vUrjkZ’Vªh; ?kks’k.kk,¡ vkSj vf/kos'kuA v{ke ckydksa rFkk lesfdr f'k{kk gsrq laoS/kkfud izko/kku ,oa dk;ZØeA v{kerk;qDr ckydksa dh f'k{kk ds fy, laxBuksa dh HkwfedkA oS;fDrd 'kSf{kd dk;ZØeA lesfdr O;oLFkk esa lgk;d vkSj vuqdwyu rduhdhA v/;kid rS;kjh vkSj lesfdr f'k{kkA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-88028-60-8 (e-Book)

Learning and Development

MANGAL & MANGALPsychology of Learning and DevelopmentS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

The book furnishes proper understanding to its readersfor helping the growing children in their thoroughgoingdevelopment.Thesubject-matter,dexterouslydividedinto35chaptersandorganisedinasimplifiedandlogicalmanner,first explicates educational psychology, development ofthe growing children, process of learning, intelligence,aptitudeandattitude,andthenexpoundsonpsychologyofindividualdifferences, learningstyles, learningdisabilities,creativity,personality,mentalhealth,adjustment,guidanceand counselling, and ultimately, social groups and groupdynamics.

The book is primarily designed for the postgraduate students of education.

Contents: Preface. Educational Psychology: Concept,Scope and Role. Methods and Techniques ofEducational Psychology. Growth and Development.Heredity and Environment. Characteristics of VariousStages of Development with Special Reference toAdolescence. Dimensions of Individual Development.Theories of Development. Developmental Tasks andTheir Implications. Maturation-Concept and EducationalImplications. Learning: Concept and Importance. FactorsInfluencingLearning.TheoriesofLearning.Constructivismand Constructivist Learning. Transfer of Learning orTraining. Psychology of Motivation. Memory: Concept,Types, Measurement and Development Forgetting:Nature, Causes and Minimisation of Forgetting.Intelligence: Concept, Theories and Measurement.Emotional Intelligence: Concept, Measurement andDevelopment. Social, Spiritual and Artificial Intelligences.Aptitude: Concept and Measurement. Attitude: Nature,MeasurementandDevelopment.DimensionsofIndividualDifferences in Learners. Learning Styles: Concept, Typesand Implications. Learning Disabilities:Meaning, ConceptandTypes.Creativity:Concept,TheoriesandDevelopment.Personality:Meaning,Nature andTheories.Determinantsof Personality. Assessment of Personality. Mental HealthandHygiene.DefenceorMentalMechanisms.PsychologyofAdjustment.Frustration,ConflictsandStress.Guidanceand Counselling. Social Groups and Group Dynamics.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-21-9 (e-Book)


eaxy ,oa eaxyvf/xe ,oa fodkl dk euksfoKku (Psychology of Learning and Development),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaA

'kqHkzk eaxy] lh-vkj-,l- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku] uks,Mk esa izkpk;Z ,oa izksQslj in ij lsokjr gSaA

ckyd ds fodkl esa ifjiDou rFkk vf/kxe nksuksa gh dkQh izHkkoiw.kZ Hkwfedk fuHkkrs gSaA LokHkkfod izfØ;k ds rkSj ij tgk¡ ifjiDou ckyd dks mlds o`f) ,oa fodkl esa fcuk fdlh cká lgk;rk ds enn djrk gqvk fn[kkbZ nsrk gS ogha vf/kxe dks viuh Hkwfedk fuHkkus gsrq okrkoj.kh; 'kfDr;ksa rFkk ekrk&firk] f'k{kdksa ,oa vU; cM+ksa dh enn dh dkQh t:jr jgrh gSA okLro esa ns[kk tk, rks vf/kxe vkSj fodkl nksuksa izfØ;k;sa gh ,d nwljs dk lgk;d curh gqbZ ckydksa ds okafNr fgr vkSj dY;k.k dk ekxZ iz'kLr djrh gSaA

'kk;n ;gh ,d cM+k dkj.k gS fd jk"Vªh; v/;kid f'k{kk ifj"kn (NCTE) ds fn'kkfunsZ'kksa ij pyrs gq;s gekjs ns'k ds lHkh fo'ofo|ky;ksa rFkk f'k{kk laLFkkuksa ds ,e-,M- ikB~;Øe esa vf/kxe ,oa fodkl dk euksfoKku (Psychology of Learning and Development) tSls v/;;u dks LFkku fn;k gSA izLrqr ikB~; iqLrd blh v/;;u dkslZ dh vko';drkvksa dks iwjk djus ds fy;s fy[kh xbZ gSA bl mís'; dh iw£r gsrq tgk¡ blls ,e-,M- ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa rFkk v/;kid f'k{kdksa dh vko';drkvksa dk mfpr /;ku j[kk x;k gS ogha vius ns'k ds fo|ky;ksa esa dk;Zjr v/;kidksa rFkk izf'k{k.kkfFkZ;ksa] ekrk firk rFkk vU; lHkh ftudk lEcU/k ckydksa ds fgr fpUru ls gS ds bl lEcU/k ;s fufgr iz;kstu dk Hkh iwjk /;ku j[kk x;k gSA

vius mís'; dh iw£r gsrq bl iqLrd dh fo"k; lkexzh 35 fofHkUu v/;k;ksa esa foHkkftr dj izLrqr dh xbZ gSA

fo"k; lwph% izLrkoukA f'k{kk euksfoKku&vFkZ] izÑfr] {ks=k ,oa HkwfedkA f'k{kk euksfoKku esa v/;;u ds fy;s iz;qDr fof/k;k¡ ,oa rduhdsaA of) ,oa fodkl&vo/kkj.kk] lkekU; fl)kUr ,oa dkjdA oa'kkuqØe ,oa okrkoj.kA fodkl dh fofHkUu voLFkkvksa dh fo'ks"krk,¡ ¼fo'ks"kdj fd'kksjkoLFkk ds lUnHkZ esa½A O;fDrxr fodkl ds vk;keA fodkl ds fl)kUrA fodklkRed dk;Z ,oa muds fufgrkFkZA ifjiDork&laizR;; ,oa 'kSf{kd fufgrkFkZA vf/kxe&vo/kkj.kk ,oa egÙoA vf/kxe dks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdA vf/kxe ;k lh[kus ds fl)kUrA jpukRedrkokn ,oa jpukRedrkoknh vf/kxeA vf/kxe ;k izf'k{k.k dk LFkkukUrj.kA vfHkizsj.kk dk euksfoKkuA Le`fr&laizR;;] izdkj ,oa fodklA foLe`fr&izÑfr] fl)kUr ,oa foLe`fr esa deh ykukA cqf)&vFkZ] i zÑfr] fl)kUr ,o a ekiuA lao sxkRed c q f)&vo/kkj.kk ] ekiu ,oa fodklA lkekftd] vk/;kfRed ,oa Ñf=ke cqf) A vfHk#fp&laizR;; ,oa ekiuA vfHko`fÙk&laizR;; ,oa ekiuA vf/kxedÙkkZvks a esa oS;fDrd Hksnks a ds vk;keA vf/kxe 'kSyh& vo/kkj.kk] izdkj ,oa fufgrkFkZA vf/kxe v{kerk,¡&vFkZ] vo/kkj.kk ,oa izdkjA ltukRedrk&laizR;; ,oa fodklA O;fDrRo&vo/kkj.kk ,oa fl)kUrA O;fDrRo ds fu/kkZjdA O;fDrRo dk ewY;kaduA ekufld LokLF; ,oa LokLF; foKkuA j{kkRed ;qfDr;k¡ ;k euksjpuk,¡A

lek;kstu dk euksfoKkuA daqBk ;k HkXuk'kk vUr%}U} ,oa nckoA ekxZn'kZu ,oa ijke'kZA lewg xfr'kkL= ,oa lewg O;ogkjA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-88028-23-3 (eBook)

Measurement and Evaluation

MANGAL & MANGALAssessment for LearningS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

Designed as per the issued directives of NCTE, the bookapprises its readers with the practices of improvingthe inputs and processes of learning for bringing thedesired outcome of the teaching-learning process in anappropriatemanner.

It discusses Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy of InstructionalObjectives, the Construction and Standardisation ofAchievement and Diagnostic Tests, Policy Perspective onExamination and Assessment, latest Assessment Toolsand Devices such as Portfolio Assessment. Besides, itdescribes the development and use of Rubrics, EmergingTrendsandAssessmentPracticessuchasComputer-basedonline examination, Examination on demand, Open-book examination, and Choice-based credit system, andstatistical means and ways of analysing and interpretingstudents’performances.

KEY FEATURES OF THE BOOK• ThoroughcoverageofsyllabiofalltheIndianuniversities• Comprehensiveexplanationwith illustrativeexamples• Thoughtfully sequenced chapters and topics for easy

inference• Self-explanatory figures, tables, and diagrams for

observant reading• Chapter-end summary forquick recapitulationThe book is primarily designed for the undergraduate students of education.

Contents: Preface. Perspectives on Assessment orEvaluation. Domains of Learning and Taxonomy ofObjectives. Tools and Techniques of Evaluation orAssessment. Construction of an Achievement Test.StandardizationofanAchievementTest.DiagnosticTestingand Remedial Teaching. Construction of Diagnostic Tests.GroupDynamicsandAssessmentofGroupProcesses.Tasksand Activities for the Assessment of Learning Outcomes.Role of Feedback in Improving Learning and Learners’Development. Portfolios Assessment and Developmentof Rubrics. Reporting Students’ Progress. Using ICT InExamination. Policy Perspectives on Examination andAssessment. Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation.


Existing Practices in Assessment. Emerging Practicesor New Trends in Assessment. Issues and Problems inAssessment. Analysis and Interpretation of Students’Performance. Normal Distribution and Standard Scores. Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-13-4 (eBook)

eaxy ,oa eaxyvf/kxe ds fy, ewY;kadu (Assessment for Learning),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaA


fdlh Hkh lekt ;k jk’Vª dk Hkfo’; mlds ckydksa dh f”k{kk vkSj fodkl esa gh fufgr jgrk gSA vr% f”k{k.k vf/kxe izfØ;k ds izkjafHkd pj.k esa f”k{kd ds fy;s fo|kfFkZ;ksa dk oS;fDrd vkSj lkewfgd #i ls bl rjg vkadyu@ewY;kadu djuk t:jh gS fd ftlls mls ;g irk py lds fd f“k{k.k vf/kxe ifjfLFkfr fo”ks’k esa bu fo|kfFkZ;ksa dks fdl rjg ds vf/kxe vuqHko iznku fd;s tk ldrs gSaA

izLrqr iqLrd jk’Vªh; Lrj ij blh v/;;u dh vko”;drk iwfrZ gsrq fy[kh xbZ gSA vius mÌs”; iwfrZ gsrq bl iqLrd dh fo’k; lkexzh dks 20 fofHkUu v/;k;ksa esa ck¡Vdj izLrqr djus ds mfpr iz;Ru fd;s x;s gSaA vuqns”kukRed mÌs”;ksa dh ^Cywe* ,oa mlds lg;ksfx;ksa }kjk fodflr fofHkUu VSDlksukseht dh foLrkj esa ppkZ dh xbZ gSA

fujh{k.k@voyksdu] lk{kkRdkj] iz”ukoyh] jsfVax Ldsy rFkk pSd fyLV ds #i esa mu vko”;d rduhd vkSj lk/kuksa dk Hkh lekos”k gS ftudk mi;ksx lkekU;rkSj ij fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds O;ogkj esa vkus okys ifjorZuksa ds vkdyu vkSj ewY;kadu gsrq fd;k tkrk gSA

blh dM+h esa vkxs ukSosa v/;k; esa ,sls dqN dk;Z vkSj xfrfof/k;ksa tSls izkstsDV] vf/kU;kl] odZ”khV] iz;ksxkRed dk;Z rFkk lsehukj ,oa fjiksVZ dk mi;ksx vkfn dh ppkZ dh xbZ gS ftuds vkdyu ds ek/;e ls fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds ikB~; ,oa lg&ikB~; fØ;kvksa ls lEcfU/kr vf/kxe vuqHkoksa ds vtZu dh tkudkjh feyrh gSA fo|kFkhZ ewY;kadu gsrq dke esa yk;s tkus okys ekStwnk i)fr;ksa ,oa ewY;kadu ds {ks= esa vk jgh leL;kvksa] pqukSfr;ksa rFkk fooknkLin vo/kkj.kkvksa ij izdk”k Mkyk x;k gSA

izLrqr lkexzh dks cks/kxE; ,oa jkspd cukus gsrq iqLrd esa ;= r= vko”;d n`’VkUrksa] rkfydkvksa] fp= ,oa vkjs[kksa dk lekos”k fd;k x;k gSA

fo"k; lwph% izLrkoukA vkdyu ;k ewY;kadu ifjiz s{;A vf/kxe ds vuq{ks= ,oa mís”;ksa dh VsDlksuksehA ewY;kadu ;k vkdyu ds midj.k ,oa rduhdsaA miyfC/k ijh{k.k dk fuekZ.k A miyfC/k ijh{k.k dk ekudhdj.k A funkukRed ijh{k.k ,oa mipkjkRed f”k{k.kA funkukRed ijh{k.k dk fuekZ.kA lewg

izfØ;kvksa dk vkdyuA vf/kxe izfrQy ds vkdyu ds fy, iz;qDr dk;Z ,oa xfrfof/k;k¡A vf/kxe ,oa vf/kxedÙkkZ ds fodkl esa i`’Biks’k.k dh HkwfedkA iksVZQksfy;ks vkdyu ,oa :fczDl dk fodklA fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh fu’ifÙk ds ckjs esa lwfpr djukA lwpuk ,oa laizs’k.k rduhdh dk ijh{kkvksa esa mi;ksxA ewY;kadu vkSj vkadyu gsrq fofHkUu uhfr ifjizs{;A lrr ,oa lexz ewY;kaduA orZeku esa izpfyr ewY;kadu izo`fÙk;k¡A vkadyu ;k ewY;kadu esa uohu izo`fÙk;k¡A vf/kxe vkadyu esa pqukSfr;k¡ vkSj leL;k,¡A fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh fu’ifÙk ;k miyfC/k;ksa dk fo”ys”k.k vkSj O;k[;kA lkekU; forj.k vkSj izkekf.kd izkIrkadA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-88028-58-5 (e-book)

RADHA MOHANMeasurement, Evaluation and Assessment in EducationRADHAMOHAN, former Principal, Rajalakshmi College of Education, Chennai.Assessmentandevaluationarecentral to theeducationalsystem of a country as they impact the national policyof education, besides helping in framing future strategiesfor growth of the nation. The process of measurement,evaluation and assessment is interlinked with curriculumand teaching–learning methods enabling learningoutcomes to be determined. Good quality assessment isinstrumental in determining a student’s future goal andcareer path, besides impacting all stakeholders of theschool system.Aneffectiveschool systemcannotbebuiltwhere the students are examined on the basis of merepaper and pencil tests. Today schools have access to theuse of a range of techniques for student’s assessment,teacher performance, school’s effectiveness and theevaluationof the school systemasawhole.Theaimof thebook is toprovidean in-depthknowledgeand understanding of measurement, evaluation andstatistics in education—both from theoretical andpractical aspects. It also offers a concise, step-by-stepguide that helps in making assessment simple andeconomical in terms of money and time, besides beinga boon for any institution. The book contains effectivestrategies to facilitate enhanced learning by explainingthe interpretationof test scores. Ithas several Illustrativeexamples drawn from the authors experience. Portfoliosareproving tobeagreatwayofassessment,andhowtoincorporatethemintheteaching–learningprocessisdealtwith in detail. Instructions for constructing rubrics forevaluationofdifferentdomainsof learning, i.e.,cognitive,psychomotorandaffectivehavealsobeenincludedinthebook. Itemanalysis, basic statistics anddifferent typesoftestsarediscussedelaborately.The book is intended for the students of B.Ed, M.Edand M.A. (Education). Besides, the teachers teaching atvarious universities and colleges will also find this bookuseful for classroom teaching.


KEY FEATURES OF THE BOOK• Comprehensiveand lucidlywritten.• Easy-to-understand because of the illustrations,

flowchartsandgraphs.• Chapter-endassignmentstopromotereflectivethinking.• Ago-guide for teachersand trainers.Contents: Preface. Goals, Objectives and LearningOutcomes. Measurement, Evaluation and Assessment inthe Classroom. Basic Concepts Used in Measurement. ABrief IntroductiontoStatistics–Definitions,Characteristics,PlaceinEducation.InterpretingTestScores.MeasurementErrors.ReliabilityandValidity. ItemAnalysis.AchievementTest. Diagnostic Tests. Intelligence Testing. PerformanceTests. Portfolio Assessment. Aptitude Testing. AttitudeMeasurement.GradingandScoring. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-449-5 (e-Book)

Pedagogy

AHMADTeaching of Biological Sciences (Intended for Teaching of Life Sciences, Physics, Chemistry and General Science), 2nd ed.JASIM AHMAD, Sr. Assistant Professor at Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi.

Studentsof today, especially at the school level, perceivescienceasacollectionoffactstobememorized,whereas,in reality, it is constantly changing as new informationaccumulates and new techniques develop every day. Theobjectiveofteachingisnotrestrictedtoimpartingscientificinformation to students, but also to help them applythese principles in their daily lives. This comprehensivebook, written in an easy-to-understand language, coversthe entire syllabus of teaching of Biological Sciences inparticular and Science Teaching in general. In so doing,it takes into account the needs of teacher-trainees andin-service teachers.

Organized into 20 chapters, the book discusses in detailthemany facetsandaspectsofBiology/ScienceTeaching.Thetext introducesmodernapproaches to teaching,withthe aim of improving student learning throughout theircourse.Itemphasizestheneedforpedagogicalanalysisvis-à-vis subject teaching, constructive approach, laboratorywork, Continuous and Comprehensive Evaluation (CCE).In addition, the text highlights the difference betweenmicroteaching and simulated teaching. It also shows how e-learning and co-curricular activities can be successfullyintegrated inbiological sciences teaching.

NEW TO THIS EDITIONInclusion of one chapter on ‘ConceptMapping in BiologyTeaching’. This chapter advocates the popularized

constructivist approach of teaching-learning process.Besides, some figures, tables and flow charts are alsoadded tomake thebookmoreuseful to the readers.

KEY FEATURES• AnalysesConstructivismversusBehaviourism.• Includes self-explanatorymodel lessonplan.• Discusses Information and Communication Technology

(ICT) in the context of Biology/Science teaching-learning.

• Suggests how apparatus and devices can be securedand cultured, and used in classroom demonstrationsand studentprojects.

Primarily intended as a text for students of B.Ed.pursuing course on Teaching of Biological Sciences/Life Sciences, the book should prove equally useful forB.Ed. students following courses on Teaching of PhysicalSciences. In addition, diploma students of ElementaryTeacher Education (ETE) having a paper on Teaching ofEVS (General Science), and M.Ed. and M.A. (Education)students with an optional/elective paper on ScienceEducationwouldfind thebookextremelyuseful.

Contents: Preface. New to This Edition. Acknowledge-ments. Basic Concepts. Nature and Scope of BiologicalSciences. Objective-based Teaching. Curriculum inBiological Sciences. Constructivism versus Behaviourism.Pedagogical Analysis. Methods of Teaching BiologicalSciences. Unit Planning and Lesson Planning. TeachingSkills.MicroteachingandSimulatedTeaching.InstructionalAids or Teaching Aids. General Science and BiologicalSciences Laboratory. Biology through Co-curricularActivities. Information and Communication Technologyin Biology Teaching. E-Learning in Biology. Evaluation inBiological Sciences. Professional Competencies of LifeScience Teachers. Preparation of Slides and Collectionand Preservation of Specimens. Vivarium, Aquarium,Terrarium and Herbarium. Concept Mapping in BiologyTeaching.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-015-2 (e-Book)

DAVARTeaching of ScienceMONIKA DAVAR,Assistant Professor at Maharaja Surajmal Institute, Delhi.

A frequent use of scientific and technical methodologieshasrevolutionizedvariousfieldsofeducation,andscienceeducation is not an exception. This book elaborates onvarious important aspects of science education, andcomprehensivelydealswithitsobjectivesandapplicationsin theclassroomprogrammes.

The purpose of this book is to help the trainee teacherslearn the nitty-gritty of science teaching, and instill inthem the teaching skills and inquiry-based teachingmethodologies, so that they can apply these skills


practically. Divided into six units comprising 23 chapters,the book discusses step-by-step methodologies ofteaching science and the ways and means of preparingthe lesson plans. The chapter on Teaching aids providesuseful tips on using teaching aids to make the teaching-learningprocessmore interactive.

The book is intended for the undergraduate students ofEducation and can also be used as a reference book forthe Science teachers.

KEY FEATURES• Defines the objectives of science teaching as per

the National Curriculum Framework (NCF) 2005, andsimultaneously provides an exposure to other latestpolicyperspectives.

• Provides up-to-date information on new evaluationsystem of CCE and grading for Class X introduced bytheCBSEboard in theyear2010.

• Guides the trainee-teachers in constructing practicalTest Paper, Viva Questions and Multiple ChoiceQuestionsasper the latestCBSEguidelines.

Contents: Preface. Unit 1: Concept and Objectivesof Science—Science: The Basics. Objectives. Unit 2: Pedagogical Analysis—Science: The Basics. Unit 3:Planning forTransactionofCurricularandCo-curricularActivities—Unit Planning. Lesson Planning. Teaching Aids.DevelopmentofDemonstrationExperiments.Co-curricularActivities. Unit 4: Methods of Science Teaching—Teaching-Learning Approaches. Lecture Method. Lecture-demonstration Method. Inquiry Approach. ProjectMethod. Cooperative Learning. Constructivism. HeuristicMethod. Problem-Solving Method. Laboratory Method.Computer Based Teaching. Unit 5: Teaching Skills andImprovisationofApparatus—TeachingSkills.Improvisationof Apparatus. Unit 6: Evaluation—Concept of Evaluation.ToolsandTechniquesofEvaluation.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-137-1 (e-Book)

GOWDALearning and the Learner: Insights into the Processes of Learning and Teaching, 2nd ed.N. SUKUMAR GOWDA is Founder-Director of Centre for Studies in Education, Puttur (D.K.), Karnataka since 1995.The book, in its new edition, continues to discussthe processes and problems of learning in the triadicframework of learner–curriculum–teacher. The purposeof the book is to help the educators develop newerinsights into thenatureandproblemsof the learner, andasaresult,toenablethemdeveloptheirownapproachesto teaching so as to improve learning. The phenomenonand the process of learning has been looked at in acomprehensiveand integratedmanner in thisbook.

The concept of learning is discussed by positing itsmeaning in the wider context of school curriculum andeducation. He attempts to answer the question ‘howpeople learn’ from the philosophical, physiological andpsychologicalperspectives.Pedology and pedagogy are the two major componentsofeducationaltheory.Thechapteron‘CreativePedagogy’outlines the conceptual and practical interrelationshipbetween learning and teaching. This chapter alsooutlinesthe different modes of teaching, and discusses theteacher’s role in fostering creativity and teaching childrenhowtolearn.Learningdisabilitiesparticularlythoserelatedto reading, spellingandcomputationarealsopresented.Finally, the book envisions the future classrooms andstrongly advocates liberated, creative, democratic,collaborativeandhumanisticclassrooms.Herecommendsthat Learning Resource Centres should be preferred tothe traditional classrooms.This book is intended to be a useful handbook for thestudents of education andpsychology, and for educators,atall levels.

NEW TO THIS EDITIONSections on Language and Communication, Reading andWriting, Orthographic bases of Dyslexia and Dysgraphiaand Collaborative Classrooms, are added to update thestudentwith the latestdevelopments in thefield.Contents: Preface. Introduction. How People Learn.Psychological Correlates of Learning. Intelligence,Creativity and Learning. Language and Communication.Language, Literacy and Learning. Reading and Writingas Modes of Learning. Creative Pedagogy. LearningDisabilities. Desiderata. Endnotes. References. NameIndex. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-186-9 (e-Book)

KALRAScience Education for Teacher Trainees and In-service Teachers: Learning to Learn Modern ScienceR.M. KALRA, formerly Adjunct Professor in the Faculty of Health Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada.

KEY FEATURES• Focuseson innovativemethods for science teaching.• Discussesscienceeducationinthecontextofglobalization.• Includesinteresting,thought-provokingquestionsatthe

endofeachchapter toencouragegroupdiscussions.

This book is intended for the students undergoingelementary teacher training courses, nursery teachertraining courses, and courses in B.Ed., B.A. (Education)and M.A. (Education). It will also be immensely helpful


to in-servicescienceteachersfortheeffectiveteachingofscience.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Science and TechnologyEducation in the 21st Century. Recent Advancesin Science Technology and the Motivation ProcessEncouragingCreativity.ObjectiveBasedScienceEducation.Development ofNational Science Standards at the SchoolStage in India. Developing an Inventory for Determiningthe Attitude of Students Towards Science. Teaching ofScience and Inculcation of Values. Methods of ScienceTeaching. Professional Growth and Competencies ofScience Teachers. Interdisciplinary Approach in ScienceTeaching. Curriculum Development in Science Education.Science Education and Action Research. Development ofScientificTemper.ScienceBlockinaHighSchool.Evaluationand Examination in Science Education. Assessment ofElementary and Nursery Level Students. School Science:Psychological Basis of Learning. Co-Curricular Activities inScienceEducation.SchoolScienceEducationintheContextofHigherEducation.SuggestedReading. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-251-4 (e-Book)

KALRA & GUPTATeaching of Science: A Modern ApproachR.M. KALRA, formerly Adjunct Professor in the Faculty of Health Sciences, Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia, Canada.VANDANAGUPTA, Assistant Professor at Maharshi Valmiki College of Education (University of Delhi).

This well-organized book emphasizes the various aspectsofscienceeducation,viz. theuseofcomputers inscienceeducation, software programs, the Internet, e-Learning,multimedia, concept mapping, and action research. Itintroduces students to the latest trends in the methods of teaching. The book also strives to foster scienceeducation through non-formal approaches, such asdistance education with special reference to common-wealth of learning model, or academic games.

Whatdistinguishesthistextisitsemphasisonmakingtheteachers understand that learning students’ psychologyis the prerequisite for the success of any educationprogramme. Keeping this view inmind, the text explainsthe well-known theories of learning of Piaget, Ausubel,Bruner and Gagne—which are closely related to scienceteaching.

Primarily intended as a text for the undergraduatestudents (degree and diploma) of Education (B.Ed. andD.Ed.), this could serve as a source book for in-serviceteachers and science educators. In addition, curriculumdevelopers and policy makers working in the field ofscience education having an abiding faith in mouldingyoungsters to face the challenges of 21st century shouldfind thisbookusefuland stimulating.

KEY FEATURES• Laysemphasisoninculcatingvaluesorthedevelopment

of scientific temper in students.• Cites a number of examples related to teaching

methods from both urban and rural areas to illustratetheconceptsdiscussed in the text.

Contents: Preface. Teaching of Science at the School Level in the 21st Century. Science and TechnologyEducation in Modern India. Aims and Objectives ofTeaching Science. Curriculum Development in ScienceEducation. Teaching Aids in Science: Audio and VisualAids. Using Computers in Science Education. ConceptMapping: A Tool for Effective Science Teaching. ModernMethods of Science and Technology Teaching. Planningfor Classroom Instruction: Lesson Planning and UnitPlanning. Science Laboratory. Non-Formal Approaches inScience and Technology Teaching. Distance Learning with Special Reference to Commonwealth of Learning Mode.Evaluation and Examination in Science Education. ActionResearch in Science Education. Microteaching. Theoriesof Learning Relevant to Science Education. Science Fairand Academic Games in Science Teaching. Teaching ofScience and Values. Inculcation and Implementation ofHuman Values in Science Education at the School Level.Development of Science Temper. Suggested Reading/References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-259-0 (e-Book)

MANGAL & MANGALEmotional Intelligence: Managing Emotions to Win in LifeS.K.MANGAL, has been Principal, and Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana. SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

Emotional Intelligence (EI) is a personality developmenttool which can be developed at any stage of life toenhance one’s ability and get desired success in variouslife pursuits. This book is conceived to prove as aneffective source of motivation and know-how of gettingimbibedwith theEI skills.

The book describes emotional intelligence as a keyto attain success in life. It highlights how managingemotionaltraits likeanger, jealousy,empathy, loveandsoon can help a person to be a better human being andemerge as a winner in life. Organized well, the chapterscomprehensively explain the concept of emotionalintelligence with relation to its development andutilization for getting desired success in one’s personal,social andprofessional life.

The book, thus, have the needed potential to equip thereaders with the knowledge, skills and applied aspects


of EI and its measure, EQ, for deriving rich dividendsthrough the development and application of EI skills(mostly emotional and social in nature). The book alsohelpspeoplewithhigh IQtoanalyzethatEQand IQgoeshand-in-hand, and by developing the EI skills they canexcel in those spheres of life, where they otherwise failtoexcelwith IQalone.

The book is designed for the postgraduate students ofPsychology, Education and Management. Besides, thebook is also useful for the professionals and generalreaders. It is going to prove an asset for those who aresuffering from failuresand lackof confidence.

KEY FEATURES• Provides an easy workable model of EI for utilizing EI

skills askey to success.• Includes reader-friendly features like key ideas (within

boxes), figures, tables, case studies and illustrationsfromdaily lifeandPanchatantra storiesand folk tales.

Contents: Preface. List of Tables. List of Figures. Unit I:Emotional Intelligence-Composition and Contribution toSuccess—Concept of Emotions. Concept of EmotionalIntelligence. Success and Emotional Intelligence.Working with Emotional Intelligence. Unit II: Intra-personalAwareness—Emotional Self-Awareness.AccurateSelf-Assessment. Self-Confidence. Unit III: Intra-personal Management—Emotional Self-Control. StressTolerance. Independence. Self-Regard. Assertiveness.Self-Actualization. Optimism. Unit IV: Inter-personalAwareness—Awareness about Others. Empathy. RealityTesting. Unit V: Inter-personal Management—ManagingInterpersonal Relationships. Flexibility. Problem Solving.Conflict Management. Cooperation and Collaboration.Inspirational Leadership.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-335-1 (e-Book)

MANGAL & MANGALPedagogy of Social Sciences, 2nd ed.S.K.MANGALhas been Principal, and Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana. UMA MANGAL, formerly Principal, Vaish College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana.

Written inaneasy-to-understand style, the texthasbeenthoroughlyrevisedintunewiththespiritandneedofthenew nomenclature Pedagogy of Social Sciencesinplaceofthe old designation Teaching of Social Studies. It reflectson the theoretical knowledgeandpractical skills requiredto teachSocial Sciences inaneffectivemanner.

Introducingnewchapters,thesecond editionofthebookmainlyfocusesonimprovingthemethodologicalconceptsof the Social Sciences teachers. In doing so, it coversvariousstrategiesanddevicesof teachingSocialSciences,e-learninginSocialSciences,e-learningresourcesinSocialSciences, and professional growth of the Social Sciences

teacher. Besides, the chapters of the previous editionhave been updated, with the required information giveninvariousnewsections.

This book is suitable for a course on Pedagogy of SocialSciences for the students of B.Ed. and M.A. (Education).It can also be used for the in-service teacher educationprogrammesorganizedbytheCentralandStateeducationboards.

NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION

In addition to the four new chapters, the book nowincorporates severalnewsections:

• Concept and meaning of the term Social Sciences;distinguishing the subject Social Sciences fromNatural Sciences and the subject Social Studies;justification for using the term teaching/pedagogyof Social Sciences in place of teaching/pedagogy ofSocial Studies (Chapter1)

• Bloom’s revised taxonomy,2001 (Chapter4) • Views of NCF and Focus Group (NCERT) about

curriculumat the various stages of school education(Chapter5)

• Surveymethodand cooperative learningmethod forthe teachingof Social Sciences (Chapter7)

• Referencebooks inSocial Sciences (Chapter9) • Atlases, newspapers, digital audio recorders and

players and documentaries as instructional materialor teachingaids (Chapter11)

• Question banks, grading system, open bookexaminations and use of rubrics as the means andways for improving the evaluation programmes inSocial Sciences (Chapter23)

Also, the chapter on ‘Relationship of Social Studieswith other Subjects’ has been replaced with a morecomprehensive and detailed chapter on ‘Correlation inSocial Sciences’ (Chapter6).

KEY FEATURES

Chapter-end summary and study questions to helpreaders review the important topics and drill theconceptdiscussed, respectively.

Numerous figures and tables to facilitate easyunderstandingof theconcepts.

References and Suggested Readings to provide scopefor further reading.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. SocialSciences:Meaning,Nature,ScopeandImportance.Valuesor Advantages of Social Sciences Teaching. Aims andObjectives of Teaching Social Sciences. Formulation ofInstructionalObjectives in Social Sciences. Social SciencesCurriculum. Correlation in Social Sciences. Methodsof Social Sciences Teaching. Strategies and Devices ofTeaching Social Sciences. Social Sciences Textbook. SocialSciences Room or Laboratory. Instructional Material orTeachingAids inSocialSciences.UtilizationofCommunityResources in Social Sciences Teaching. Organization ofCo-Curricular Activities in Social Sciences. e-Learning in


Social Sciences. e-Learning Resources in Social Sciences.Team Teaching in Social Sciences. Social Sciences Teacher. Professional Growth of The Social Sciences Teachers.Individualized Self-Instruction Through ProgrammedLearning. Development of Teaching Skills ThroughMicro-Teaching. Pedagogical Analysis of the Contents in SocialSciences.UnitPlanningandDailyLessonPlanninginSocialSciences. Evaluation in Social Sciences. Diagnostic Testingand Remedial Teaching in Social Sciences. References.SuggestedReadings. Index.


ISBN-978-93-87472-26-6 (eBook)

esgrk'kSf{kd izca/unhik esgrk] f'k{kk ladk;] cukjl fganw fo'ofo|ky; esa ofj"B izoDrk ds :i esa dk;Zjr gSaA

orZeku vk/kqfud lekt esa izca/ku ,d uohu vo/kkj.kk ugha jg xbZ gS] vfirq thou ds laiw.kZ igyqvksa esa bldk iz;ksx vfr vko';d gSA f'k{kk esa izca/ku dk rkRi;Z ,slh izfØ;k ls gS ftlesa laLFkk ds mís';ksa dks /;ku esa j[krs gq, mfpr fu;kstu] funsZ'ku] ,oa fu;a=.k fd;k tkrk gS rkfd laLFkkxr y{;ksa dh izkfIr lqfuf'pr dh tk ldsA izLrqr iqLrd esa 'kSf{kd izca/ku dh ewy vo/kkj.kkvksa dks foLr`r :i ls Li"V fd;k x;k gS rFkk izca/ku laca/kh ladYiukvksa dh v|ru lkexzh iznku djus dk iz;kl fd;k x;k gSA

;g iqLrd u dsoy 'kSf{kd izca/ku ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa gsrq cfYd blds vH;kldrkZvksa gsrq Hkh mi;ksxh fl) gksxhA f'k{kk ds Lukrd ¼ch-,M-] ch-,-½] ijkLukrd ikB~;Øe ¼,e-,M-] ,e-,-½ ds vfrfjDr izfrLi/khZ ijh{kkvksa ¼;w-th-lh- usV ds oSdfYid fo"k;] izkpk;Z] izoDrk ,oa fo|ky;h iz'kklfud] mPp f'k{kk iz'kklfud in½ gsrq Hkh ;g iqLrd mi;ksxh gSA 'kSf{kd izcaèku esa fganh esa xq.koRrkijd lkexzh dh deh dh iwfrZ gsrq izLrqr iqLrd ,d lkFkZd iz;kl gSA ,u-lh-Vh-bZ- }kjk izLrkfor f}o"khZ; ch-,M- ,oa ,e-,M- ikB~;Øe ds vkyksd esa Hkh iqLrd ykHkizn fl) gksxhA

fo"k; lwph% HkwfedkA 'kSf{kd Áca/ku dh ladYiukA 'kSf{kd Á'kkluA 'kSf{kd Áca/kdA Áca/ku ds fl)karA Hkkjr esa 'kSf{kd iz'kkluA 'kSf{kd fu;kstuA 'kSf{kd foÙk izca/kuA 'kSf{kd usr`RoA usr`Ro dh 'kSfy;k¡A usr`Ro dk ekiuA 'kSf{kd i;Zos{k.kA dk;ZØe ewY;kadu ,oa iqujh{k.k rduhdhA fu.kZ;uA lgHkkxh izca/kuA dqy xq.koÙkk izcaèkuA y{; iz/kku izca/kuA laxBukRed fodklA laLFkkxr vkns'kkuqikyuA cgqfodYih; iz'uA lanHkZ xzaFkA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-5443-865-3 (e-Book)

ik.Ms;fgUnh Hkk"kk vkSj bldh f'k{k.k fof/k;k¡%fgUnh Hkk"kk vkSj f'k{k.k fof/k;ksa dh ifjpk;dJqfrdkUr ik.Ms;] ih,p-Mh-] vflLVs aV Ák sQslj] ,feVh fo'ofo|ky;] uks,MkA

fgUnh Hkkjro"kZ dh jktHkk"kk vkSj jk"VªHkk"kk gSA ;g ns'k ds yxHkx 42 djksM+ ukxfjdksa dh ekrHkk"kk rFkk d'ehj ls dU;kdqekjh vkSj vle ls xqtjkr rd cgÙkj Hkkjr esas tulkekU; dh lEidZHkk"kk gSA ns'k ds vU;kU; fgLlksa esa blds mPpkj.k] 'kCn&iz;ksx] okD;&foU;kl] orZuh vkSj O;kdj.k esa Hkjiwj fofoèkrk vkSj foÑfr;k¡ ikbZ tkrh gSaaA ;g fLFkfr fgUnh Hkk"kk ds 'kq) iz;ksx ij ,d iz'u fpUg gSA

vkt f'k{kk] tulapkj] O;kikj] i;ZVu] flusek tSls vusd ek/;eksa ls fgUnh iwjs ns'k vkSj nqfu;k esa QSy jgh gSA {ks=h; rFkk fons'kh Hkk"kkvksa ds 'kCnksa vkSj 'kSfy;ksa ds vifeJ.k ds dkj.k fgUnh dk fut:i misf{kr gks jgk gSA bu ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa fgUnh Hkk"kk ds ekud Lo:i dks l¡tksuk vkSj fodflr djuk vius vki esa ,d pqukSrh gSA blds izfrdkj ds fy, gkyk¡fd lekt ds lHkh oxks± dk ;ksxnku visf{kr gS] fQj Hkh fgUnh Hkk"kk ds v/;srkvksa vkSj v/;kidksa dks bldh vfLerk dh j{kk ds fy, fo'ks"k ft+Eesnkjh fuHkkuh gksxhA fgUnh vè;kidksa vkSj fo|kfFkZ;ksa dh ekSf[kd vkSj fyf[kr Hkk"kk esa 'kq)rk vkSj ekudrk ds fodkl ds mn~ns'; ls gh bl iqLrd dk ltu fd;k x;k gSA

izLrqr iqLrd dh jpuk f'k{kd f'k{kk ds lHkh fMIyksek] fMxzh vkSj LukrdksÙkj ikB~;Øeksa&ch-,M-] ch-,y-,M-] Mh-bZ-Vh-Vh-] Mh-,M-] ,e-,M-] ,e-,-&,tqds'ku vkfn ds Nk=k/;kidksa] dk;Zjr fgUnh f'k{kdksa vkSj fgUnh f'k{k.k fof/k;ksa dks tkuus ds bPNqd fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds mi;ksx gsrq fy[kh xbZ gS rkfd os vius fo|kfFkZ;ksa s a ds vk/kkjHkwr Hkk"kk&dkS'kyksa esa lq/kkj ds fy, izsfjr vkSj l{ke gks ldsaA iqLrd esa fgUnh Hkk"kk ds Lo:i dks lgt cks/kxE; cukus vkSj fo|kfFkZ;ksa rd mlds vUrj.k dh izfØ;k dk foospu fd;k x;k gSA

izLrqr iqLrd dh o.;Zlkexzh vusd fo'ofo|ky;ks a ds f'k{kd&izf'k{k.k ikB~;Øeksa dks /;ku esa j[kdj pquh xbZ gSA ;g iqLrd v/;srkvksa dks fgUnh ds lkekU; Lo:i] Hkk"kk& vf/kxr izfØ;k] vk/kkjHkwr O;kdj.k] f'k{k.k&fu;kstu] f'k{k.k& fof/k;ksa] ewY;kadu Áfof/k;ksa] fØ;kRed vuqlU/kku bR;kfn ls voxr djkrh gSA lkFk gh iqLrd esa vk/kqfud fgUnh] fgUnh ds foLrkj] izHkko] cnyrs Lo:i vkSj lEHkkoukvksa dk Hkh mYys[k gSA ;g iqLrd fgUnh ds laj{k.k] f'k{k.k vkSj izlkj esa fuf'pr :i ls mi;ksxh fl) gksxhA

fo"k; lwph% fuosnuA Hkk"kk dk ifjp;A fgUnh Hkk"kk dk mn~Hko vkSj fodklA vkèkqfud Hkkjr esa fgUnh dh fLFkfrA fgUnh lkfgR; dk laf{kIr bfrgklA fgUnh dh fyfi&nsoukxjhA fgUnh dk O;kdj.kA fgUnh O;kdj.k dh o.kZ O;oLFkkA fgUnh O;kdj.k dh 'kCn O;oLFkkA fgUnh esa 'kCnl`tu dh izfØ;k&lfUèk rFkk leklA fgUnh esa 'kCnl`tu dh izfØ;k&milxZ rFkk izR;;A mPpkj.k vkSj orZuh dh v'kqf);k&dkj.k vkSj fuokj.kA fgUnh O;kdj.k


dh okD; O;oLFkkA ekr`Hkk"kk fgUnh f'k{k.k dh mi;ksxh fofèk;k¡A ek=ksrj Hkk"kk ds :i esa fgUnh f'k{k.k dh mi;ksxh fofèk;k¡A fgUnh f'k{k.k esa izR;; lajpukokn ¼daLVªfDVfoT+e½ dk iz;ksxA f'k{k.k fu;kstu&bdkbZ ;kstuk vkSj ikB;kstuk fuekZ.kA lw{e f'k{k.k vkSj lw{e ikB;kstuk,¡A i| ¼dfork½ f'k{k.k izfofèkA x| f'k{k.k izfofèkA O;kdj.k f'k{k.k izfofèkA ekSf[kd Hkk"kk&f'k{k.k izfofèkA fyf[kr Hkk"kk&f'k{k.k izfofèkA Hkk"kk f'k{k.k esa ekiu rFkk ewY;kaduA ikB~;oLrq dk f'k{k.k'kkL=h; fo'ys"k.kA Hkk"kk&f'k{k.k esa lgk;d midj.kksa dk iz;ksxA Hkk"kk&f'k{k.k esa funkukRed ijh{k.k ,oa fpfdRldh; f'k{k.kA fgUnh f'k{k.k esa fØ;kRed vuqlUèkkuA fgUnh ikB~;iqLrd dk ewY;kaduA fgUnh f'k{k.k&,d lrr izfØ;kA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-5443-820-2 (e-Book)

RADHA MOHANInnovative Science Teaching: For Physical Science Teachers, 4th ed.RADHAMOHAN, former Principal, Rajalakshmi College of Education, Thandalam, Chennai.

Science teaching has evolved as a blend of conventionalmethods and modern aids owing to the changing needs andtechniquesofeducationwithanobjectivetodevelopscientificattitudeamongthestudents.ThisFourthEditionof Innovative Science Teaching aims to strike balancebetween modern teaching methods and time-testedtheories.

FEATURES OF THE FOURTH EDITION• Chapters3,8and13havebeenthoroughlyrevisedand

updated in the light of advancementsof applicationoftechnology in teaching.

• Chapter 13—New Technology to Promote Learning—hasbeenexpandedtoincludetheimpactoftechnologyon teaching and learning.

• E-learningmaterials andwebsite addresses relevant toscience teachinghavebeenupdated.

• All chapters have been revised and extensive coverageofall aspectsofmodern teachinghasbeen included.

This edition of Innovative Science Teaching is designedfor the undergraduate and postgraduate students ofEducation specializing in science teaching. It can alsoprove useful as a reference book for administrators,researchersand teacher-trainers.Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:Background for Teaching of Physical Science—Nature and Scope of Physical Science. Theories of Learningwith Special Reference to Science Education. Aims andObjectives of Teaching Physical Science. Curriculum inPhysical Science. Models of Teaching. Constructivism in Science Education. Part II: Techniques and Methodsof Teaching Physical Science—Microteaching . Methods of Teaching Physical Science. Part III: Planning forInstruction—Unit Planning. Lesson Planning. The Science

Laboratory. Educational Aids to Science Teaching. NewTechnology to Promote Learning Part IV: Evaluation inScience Teaching —Tools and Techniques of Evaluation inPhysical Science. Statistics for the Science Teacher. TheScienceTeacher.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-09-8 (e-Book)

VYAS & PATELTeaching English as a Second Language: A New Pedagogy for a New Century, 2nd ed.MANISH A. VYAS, Senior Lecturer with the Department of English, VPMP Polytechnic, Gandhinagar, Gujarat. YOGESH L. PATEL, Controller of Examination, Shree Somnath Sanskrit University, Veraval-Somnath, Gujarat.

English Language Teaching (ELT), especially English as aSecond Language (ESL) and English as a Foreign Language (EFL), has been witnessing unprecedented changes incurriculum, teachingmethodology, and the applicationoflearning theories. This has created a demand for teachers who can teach English to learners of varied cultural,socio-economicandpsychologicalbackgrounds.

The book, in its second edition, continues to discuss themoderntrends, innovations,aswellasthedifficultiesandchallenges in teaching and learning ESL in a non-nativecontext. Thebook,with contributions frommanyexperts(eachonespecializing inaparticularfield) fromcountriessuch as UK, USA, Australia, New Zealand, India, Nigeria, Sri Lanka, China, and Japan, provides new methods,strategiesandapplication-oriented solutions toovercometheproblems inapracticalway.

The book deals with all topics pertinent to English as aSecond Language or English for the non-native speakers,and these are further reinforced by a large number ofexamplesandquotations fromdifferent sources.

Theneweditioncomesalongwiththoroughly improvisedchapters on Narrative Inquiry for Teacher Development (Chapter 13) and Mass Media, Language Attitudes and Language Interaction Phenomena (Chapter 23):to provide an insight on the innovative approaches inTeacher training and in classrooms, and new approachesand changing language dimensions in the world of media, and in general.

What distinguishes the text is its focus on moderninnovations and use of technology in ELT/CLT (Communi-cativeLanguageTeaching).

Postgraduate Students of English, teachers, teacher-trainees (B.Ed./M.A. Education/M.Ed.), and teacher-educators who are concerned with teaching English as a Second Language (ESL) should find this book immenselyhelpful.

Contents: Preface. List of Contributors. English: AnAlladin’sLamp.Part1:CommunicativeLanguageTeaching


in ESL Context—What Can We Learn from ClassroomObservations?: A study of CLT in a Chinese UniversityContext. Communicative Language Teaching and EnglishLanguage Teaching in Nigeria. Communicative LanguageTeaching: An Indian Teacher Resolves a MethodologyDilemma. Integrating ICT in the Language Classroom: AnInterculturalJourney?Part2:MultimediainELT—Computer-Assisted Language Learning: Its Future. Podcasting as anEffective Tool for Language Learning. Making LanguageTeaching Relevant for the Digital Age. Part 3: ContentBased Instruction—Content-based Instruction. Familiarityand Planning in Task-based Learning. A Fine ‘How DoYou Do’: Contextual Factors within English Greetings.Part 4: Factors Affecting ESL Teaching—Motivation andDemotivation Factors in Language Learning. NarrativeInquiry for Teacher Development. Redefining LearnerAutonomy in the Indian ESL Context. Teaching English atthe Undergraduate Level: Groping in the Dark? ApplyingKnowledge of Psycholinguistics in Language Teaching andLearning.Part5:GamesandActivities inESLClassroom—Language-based Games and Motivation: Using Gamesin the ESL Classroom. Dynamic, Interactive ClassroomActivities. Games and Students’ Motivation in ForeignLanguage Learning. Part 6: Vocabulary Development—Vocabulary Learning throughExperienceTasks. EnhancingESLLearners’ LexicalCompetence.MorphologicalAnalysisandVocabularyDevelopment:CriticalCriteria.MassMedia,LanguageAttitudesandLanguageInteractionPhenomena.Part 7: Pedagogical Reorientation of Grammar—RevisingOur Paradigm: Teaching Grammar as Text Inquiry.A Reflection of Pedagogic Value on Swan’s DesignCriteria and Westney’s Approach to Grammar Teaching. Part 8:DevelopingCommunication Skills—Developing theSpeaking and the Writing Skills at Technical Institutes:A Classroom Investigation with Suggestions. IntegratingSkills: Business Presentations for Business Students. Part9:Multiculturalism inESL—LinguisticMigrations:TeachingEnglish in Multicultural Contexts. Identity MaintenanceforNon-nativeSpeakersofEnglish.EnactingaPlurilingualPedagogy: English Language Policy and Instruction inIndia. Investigating Linguistic Diversity in AmericanClassrooms. Crosstalk in Multilingual Interactions amongNon-native Speakers of English. Part 10: CurriculumDevelopment—Universals in the Process of CurriculumDevelopment in ELT. Communicative Language Teaching:ProblemsofDesigningSyllabusesandProducingMaterials.ConstructingCurriculumforan IntensiveEnglishProgram.Part 11: Language Testing—Testing CommunicativeCompetence. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-756-4 (e-Book)

Research/Statistics in Education

ASTHANA & BRAJ BHUSHANStatistics for Social Sciences (with SPSS Applications), 2nd ed.HARI SHANKAR ASTHANA, Professor, Department of Psychology, Banaras Hindu University, Varanasi.BRAJ BHUSHAN, Professor, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur.Designedasatextfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsofpsychology,education,sociology,demographyand economics, this comprehensive book explains thetheoretical and computational aspects of statistics. Sincethe students of social sciences often find it difficult tocomprehend the statistical techniques due to complexmathematical steps involved, this book explains eachconcept and related statistical derivations or formulae ina simpleandclearmanner.The text provides solutions to basic concepts andproblems using a number of illustrations. In addition, itdemonstratesthesimplestwayofusingSPSSsoftwareforstatisticalanalysis.SPSS screen images are used to make the ideas moreclear to the readers. This is preceded by theoreticaldetails and solved examples so that even those havingminimal knowledge of computer can use SPSS easily andcomprehend the complex intermediate steps involved instatisticalanalysis.Besides the undergraduate and postgraduate students ofsocial sciences, the researchers and professionals in thisfield shouldfind thisbook immenselyuseful.The Second Edition of the book has been prepared onthe basis of the feedback received from the readers. Asper their demand, a new chapter based on multivariateanalysis, i.e., Factor analysis has been introduced. Manyother chapters have been modified and updated makethem more effective and simple for the readers. Mostimportantly, screenshots of the latest version of SPSShave been incorporated in the relevant chapters to keepthe students abreastwith the developments in tools andtechniquesof statistics.

KEY FEATURES• Demonstrates the simplest way of using SPSS for

statisticalanalysis.• Provides solved examples throughout the text in a

graded manner.• Gives chapter-end exercises and key terms for better

graspof the topics covered.Contents: Preface. Introduction. Sampling. NormalProbabilityCurve.ClassificationandGraphingTechniques.Measures of Central Tendency. Measures of Dispersion.Chi Square Test. Hypothesis Testing. Correlation. AnalysisofVariance(ANOVA).RegressionAnalysis.FactorAnalysis.Non-ParametricAnalysis. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-008-4 (e-Book)


MANGALStatistics in Psychology and Education, 2nd ed.S.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana).

This extensively revised and fully updated second editionis designed as a textbook for M.A. (Education), M.Ed.,M.A.(PsychologyandSociology)andforresearchstudentspursuing courses in Statistics related to these subjects.It takes into account the present syllabi of variousuniversitiesandinstitutesofeducationacrossthecountry.

WHAT’S NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• Six new chapters added with emphasis on advanced

statisticalconceptsandtechniquessuchasthefollowing: – Biserial correlation, point biserial correlation,

tetrachoric correlation, phi coefficient, partial andmultiple correlation.

– Transfer of raw scores into standard scores, T, C and Stanine scores.

– Non-parametric tests like the McNemar test, Signtest, Wilcoxon test, Median test, U test, Runs test,and KS test.

– Analysisof covariance.• Some chapters modified and reshuffled to reflect the

newemphasis.• Entire text thoroughly checked and marked improve-

mentsmade tobring the topicsup-to-date.

KEY FEATURES• Statisticalproceduresandmethodshavebeensimplified

to facilitateunderstandingof the subject, andonly theminimumnecessarymathematics ispresented

• Gives detailed discussion on parametric tests using very small samples for drawing valuable statisticalinferences.

• Numerous solved examples and assignments areprovidedforpracticeandto illustratetheconceptsandapplications.

Contents:Preface.PrefacetotheFirstEdition.Statistics—Meaning and Use. Organization of Data. GraphicalRepresentation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency.Percentiles and Percentile Rank. Measures of Variability.LinearCorrelation.TheNormalCurveanditsApplications.SignificanceoftheMeanandOtherStatistics.Significanceof the Difference between Means. Chi Square andContingencyCoefficient.FurtherMethodsofCorrelations.PartialandMultipleCorrelation.RegressionandPrediction.Scores Transformation. Non-Parametric Tests. Analysis ofVariance. Analysis of Covariance. Answers. Appendices.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-72-1 (e-Book)

MANGAL & MANGALResearch Methodology in Behavioural SciencesS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

The quality and productivity of a research work verymuch depends on the competency of the researchers.Such competency needs to be generated and nurturedproperly among the researchers from the very beginningof their research career. This comprehensive book onresearch methodology discusses in detail how to carryout research studies in various disciplines of behaviouralsciences inanorganizedmanner.

The book is meant for the postgraduate students ofEducation(M.Ed.),Sociology,PsychologyandManagement.In addition, it will also be useful to research scholars inlearning the art of doing qualitative and quantitativeresearch studies inbehavioural sciences.

Contents: Preface. Research Nature and Fundamental Concepts. Research in Behavioural Sciences: Nature andTypes. Historical Research. Descriptive or NormativeSurvey Research. Developmental Research. ExperimentalResearch and Designs. Quasi-experimental Research. Ex-post Facto Research. Qualitative Research. EthnographicResearch. Case Study and Single Subject Study Research.Documentary Analysis Research. Research Problem:IdentificationandWritingaResearchProposal (Synopsis).Searching and Reviewing the Related Literature.Research Hypotheses. Sampling. Data Collection Toolsand Techniques. Data Collection Tools Observation. DataCollection Tools Questionnaire. Data Collection ToolsInterview. Data Collection Tools Rating Scales. DataCollection Tools Attitude Scales. Data Collection Tools Achievement Tests. Data Collection Tools Sociometry orSociometric Techniques. Data Collection Tools Personalityand Adjustment Inventories. Data Collection ToolsProjective Techniques. Construction and Standardizationof Research Tools. Interpretation of Test Scores ScoresTransformation and Development of Test Norms.Reliability of Research Tools. Validity of Research Tools.Quantitative Data Analysis. Qualitative Data Analysis.Writing Research Report. Using Computer Technology inResearch.Appendix.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-327-6 (e-Book)


eaxy ,oa eaxyO;kogkfjd foKkuksa esa vuqla/kku fof/k;k¡(Research Methodology in Behavioural Sciences),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaA'kqHkzk eaxy] lh-vkj-,l- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku] uks,Mk esa izkpk;Z ,oa izksQslj in ij lsokjr gSaA

vuqla/kku dk;Z dk mfpr fØ;kUo;u vkSj mldh xq.koÙkk iwjh rjg ls vuqlaèkkudÙkkZvksa dh vuqla/kku vfHk{kerkvksa ij fuHkZj djrh gSA vuqla/kku lEcU/kh bl vfHk{kerk rFkk dkS'ky ds fodkl dk dk;Z vuqla/kkudÙkkZvksa ds fo|kFkhZ thou ls gh izkjEHk fd;k tkuk pkfg;s rkfd os le; ls gh vuqlaèkku dh okLrfod izÑfr rFkk mlds fØ;kUo;u ds oSKkfud <ax ls HkyhHkk¡fr ifjfpr gksdj vius 'kks/k dk;ks± dks mfpr vatke ns ldsaA izLrqr iqLrd esa O;kogkfjd foKkuksa ds vuqla/kku v/;;uksa ds fØ;kUo;u ls lEcfU/kr fofHkUu igyqvksa ij foLrkj ls izdk'k Mkyrs gq, ;gh iz;Ru fd;k x;k gS fd fo|kFkhZ 'kksèkdÙkkZvksa rFkk 'kksèk ds bPNqd O;olkf;;ksa ds fy;s 'kks/k vè;;u djus gsrq vko';d vkèkkjHkwfe ,oa fofèkrU= dh tkudkjh mfpr :i esa miyC/k gks ldsA

;|fi ewy:i ls bls f'k{kk] lekt'kkL=] euksfoKku] izcU/ku rFkk 'kkjhfjd f'k{kk vkfn fo"k;ksa ds LukrdksÙkj d{kkvksa esa v/;;u rFkk 'kks/kjr fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds fy;s fy[kk x;k gS] ijUrq ;g O;olk;jr O;fDr;ksa dh vuqla/kku vko';drkvksa dks Hkh iwjk djus esa ;Fks"V :i ls l{ke gSA

eq[; vkd"kZ.k• O;kogkfjd foKkuksa esa vuqla/kku djus ds fy;s vko’;d

dk;ZÁ.kkyh dk fooj.k iznku djus okyh fo"k;oLrq dk rkfdZd ,oa Øec) izLrqrhdj.kA

• ikB~;lkexzh ds mfpr izLrqrhdj.k ,oa cks/kxE;rk gsrq] n`"Vkarks a ] rkfydkvks a] js[kkfp=ks a] vkjs[kk s a ,oa dk;Zdkjh mnkgj.kksa dk lekos'kA

• ifjek.kkRed ,oa xq.kkRed vuqla/kku v/;;uksa esa iz;qDr vko';d iznÙk ladyu midj.kksa ds mi;ksx] fuekZ.k rFkk ekudhdj.k dk foLr`r ifjp;A

• ifjek.kkRed ,oa xq.kkRed vuqla/kkuksa ds ÁnÙkksa dk fo'ys"k.k djus gsrq iz;ksx esa ykbZ tkus okyh rduhdksa ,oa fof/k;ksa dh mi;ksxh vkSj dk;Zdkjh tkudkjhA

• ifjek.kkRed ,oa xq.kkRed vuqla/kku djus gsrq daI;wVj rduhdh ds mi;ksx ij vk/kkfjr ,d lEiw.kZ v/;k; dh izLrqfrA

fo"k; lwph% fp= lwphA rkfydk lwphA vkeq[k. vuqlaèkku% izÑfr ,oa vkèkkjHkwr voèkkj.kk;saA O;kogkfjd foKkuksa esa vuqlaèkku% izÑfr ,oa izdkjA ,sfrgkfld vuqlaèkkuA o.kZukRed ;k uksesZfVo losZ{k.k vuqlaèkkuA fodklkRed vuqlaèkkuA izk;ksfxd vuqlaèkku ,oa vfHkdYiA vèkZ-Ák;ksfxd vuqlaèkkuA ?kVuksÙkj vuqlaèkkuA xq.kkRed vuqlaèkkuA tkfro`R;kRed vuqlaèkkuA O;fDrxr vè;;u vkSj ,dy iz;ksT; vè;;u vuqlaèkkuA Áys[kh; fo'ys"k.k vuqlaèkkuA vuqlaèkku leL;k% igpku ,oa vuqlaèkku ÁLrko ys[kuA lEcfUèkr lkfgR; dh [kkst ,oa iquohZ{k.kA vuqlaèkku ifjdYiuk,¡A izfrn'kZ izfrp;uA iznÙk ladyu% midj.k ,oa rduhdsaA iznÙk ladyu midj.k%

izs{k.kA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% Á'ukoyhA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% lk{kkRdkjA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% fuèkkZj.k ekiuhA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% vfHko`fÙk ekiuhA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% miyfCèk ijh{k.kA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% lektfefr ;k lektferh; rduhdsaA iznÙk ladyu midj.k% O;fDrRo ,oa lek;kstu ifjlwfp;k¡A iznÙk ladyu midj.k% iz{ksih rduhdsaA vuqlaèkku midj.kks a dk fuekZ.k ,oa ekudhdj.kA ijh{k.k izkIrkadksa dh O;k[;k% izkIrkadksa dk :ikUrj.k ,oa ijh{k.k ekudksa dk fodklA vuqlaèkku midj.kksa dh fo'oluh;rkA vuqlaèkku midj.kksa dh oSèkrkA ifjek.kkRed ÁnÙk fo'ys"k.kA xq.kkRed ÁnÙk fo'ys"k.kA vuqlaèkku Áfrosnu dk ys[kuA vuqlaèkku esa daI;wVj rduhdh dk mi;ksxA ifjf'k"VA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-5443-826-4 (e-Book)

Teaching Methods/ Educational Technology

MANGAL & MANGALEssentials of Educational TechnologyS.K.MANGAL, formerly Principal, and Professor and Head, Department of Post Graduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana. UMA MANGAL, formerly Principal, Vaish College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana.

Useof technologyhaspermeatedallareasofknowledge,and Education is no exception. This accessible andeasy-to-read book, emanating from an author who hasdistinguished himself as teacher and able administrator of education, and devised several educational andpsychological tests, encompasses a broad spectrum ofareasineducationaltechnology.Itfocusesonthemoderntrends and innovations in Educational Technology toequip the teacher trainees and in-service teachers withthenecessary skills in thisarea.

The book not only covers the objectives, concepts, useand management of Educational Technology, it alsoemphasises the role of education and various othertechniques thathelp in teaching–learning.

KEY FEATURES• The coverage is quite comprehensive and elaborate

catering to the needs of the students of most Indian universities.

• Theconceptsgivenareillustratedwithplentyoftables,figures, andexamples tomake the reader comprehendthe subjectbetter.

ThisbookisideallysuitedforthestudentsofB.Ed.,M.Ed.,BA/MA (Education) courses. Besides, the text can beprofitably used by in-service teachers, teacher educators,educational technology-resource personnel, and schooladministrators.


Contents: Preface. Educational Technology: Meaning,Nature and Scope. Psychological Basis for the Useof Hardware and Software Technologies. HardwareInstructional Aids. Software Instructional Aids. Conceptof Teaching and Learning. Task of Teaching. Theories ofTeaching. Principles and Maxims of Successful Teaching.Formulation of Teaching or Instructional Objectives.Teaching Strategies and Devices. Communication andTeaching-Learning. Management of Teaching-Learning.Modification of Teacher Behaviour and InteractionAnalysis. Action Research. Microteaching. Role Playingand Gaming. Teacher Evaluation. Systems Approach.Programmed Learning or Instruction. Learner ControlledInstruction (LCI). Personalized System of Instructions(PSI). Computer-Assisted and Managed Instruction.Training Psychology. Cybernetics. Models of Teaching.Lesson Planning. Team Teaching. Audio-tutorialSystem, Language Laboratory and Teleconferencing.Cooperative Learning. Information and CommunicationTechnology (ICT). Computers: Operation and Networking. ResourceCentresofEducationalTechnology.VirtualClass-rooms and e-Learning. Distance Education. Bibliography.Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-89-9 (e-Book)

eaxy ,oa eaxy

f'k{kk rduhdh(Educational Technology),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,twds'ku] jksgrd ¼gfj;k.kk½ ds izkpk;Z] izksQslj ,oa foHkkxkè;{k in ls lsok-fuo`Ùk gSaAmek eaxy] izkpk;kZ in ls lsok-fuo`Ùk] f'k{kk txr dh ,d tkuh&ekuh f'kf{kdk] iz'kkld] ysf[kdk rFkk 'kks/kd=hZ gSaA

izLrqr iqLrd lqlaxfBr fo"k;oLrq ds lkFk jkspd 'kSyh esa fy[kh x;h gSA bldh Hkk"kk vR;ar ljy] cks/kxE; rFkk ifjekftZr gSA blesa f'k{kk rduhdh ls lacafèkr lHkh vkèkkjHkwr Ádj.kksa ij mfpr Ádk'k Mkyk x;k gSA fo"k;oLrq dks lkjxfHkZr rFkk jkspd cukus ds fy, blesa ;FkklEHko rkfydkvksa] fp=kas rFkk mnkgj.kksa dk lekos'k fd;k x;k gSA ;g iqLrd Mh-,M-] ch-,M-] ,e-,M-] ,e-,- ¼f'k{kk'kkL=½ rFkk ,e-fQy- ¼f'k{kk'kkL=½ ds fy, vR;ar mi;ksxh gSA blds vykok] ;g vè;kidksa] vuqlaèkkudÙkkZvksa rFkk fo|ky;ksa ,oa dkWystksa ds iz'kkldksa ds fy, Hkh ykHkdkjh gksxh lkFk gh f'k{k.k laLFkkuksa }kjk lsokjr vè;kidksa ds Áf'k{k.k ds fy, le;≤ ij vk;ksftr dk;Z'kkykvksa ds fy, Hkh ;g mi;ksxh lkfcr gksxhA

f'k{kk rduhdh ds {ks= esa lHkh izdkj ds vk/qfudre fopkjksa rFkk uohure iz;ksxksa] tSls&fo|kFkhZ fu;af=r vuqns'ku] O;fDrxr vuqns'ku iz.kkyh] fofue;kRed fo'ys"k.k lfgr d{kk&d{k var%fØ;k fo'ys"k.k dh fofHkUu rduhdsa] lkbcjusfVDl] izf'k{k.k euksfoKku] Vksyh f'k{k.k] lgdkjh vfèkxe] vkWfM;ks V~;wVksfj;y iz.kkyh] Hkk"kk iz;ksx'kkyk] VsyhdkaÝsaflax] bZ&yfuZax] daI;wVj lgk; rFkk izcaf/kr vuqns’ku] lwpuk ,oa laizs"k.k rduhdh] vokLrfod d{kk&d{k rFkk nwjorhZ f'k{kk vkfn dk blesa ;Fkksfpr o.kZu fd;k x;k gSA

fo"k; lwph% izkDdFkuA 'kSf{kd rduhdh&vFkZ] izÑfr ,oa {ks=A vk/qfud rduhfd;ksa ds iz;ksx gsrq euksoSKkfud vkèkkjA gkMZos;j ;k dBksj midj.kA lkW¶Vos;j ;k e`nqy midj.kA f'k{k.k ,oa vfèkxe dh voèkkj.kkA f'k{k.k dk;ZA f'k{k.k fl)kUrA f'k{k.k ds izfu;e ,oa lw=A f'k{k.k ;k vuqns'kukRed mn~ns';ksa dk fuekZ.kA f'k{k.k O;wg jpuk;sa rFkk izfofèk;k¡A laizs"k.k ,oa f'k{k.k&vfèkxeA f'k{k.k&vfèkxe dk izc a/kuA f'k{kd O;ogkj dk ifjektZu ,oa vUr%fØ;k fo'ys"k.kA fØ;kRed vuqla/kkuA lw{e f'k{k.kA Hkwfedk fuokZg ,oa ØhM+uA f'k{kd ewY;kaduA iz.kkyh mikxeA vfHkØfer vfèkxeA fo|kFkhZ fu;af=r vuqns'kuA O;fDrxr vuqns'ku iz.kkyhA daI;wVj lgk; ,oa daI;wVj izcafèkr vuqns'kuA Áf'k{k.k euksfoKkuA laizs"k.k fu;a=.k foKkuA f'k{k.k ÁfrekuA bdkbZ ;kstuk ,oa ikB ;kstukA Vksyh f'k{k.kA vkfM;ks&V~;wVksfj;y Á.kkyh] Hkk"kk Á;ksx'kkyk ,oa VsyhdkaÝsaflaxA lgdkjh vf/kxeA lwpuk ,oa laÁs"k.k rduhdhA daI;wVj dk;Ziz.kkyh ,oa usVofd±xA 'kSf{kd rduhdh ds lalkèku dsanzA vokLrfod d{kk&d{k rFkk bZ&yfuZaxA nwjorhZ f'k{kkA ys[kd vuqØef.kdkA fo"k; vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-5443-825-7 (e-Book)

MANGAL & MANGALLearning and TeachingS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

This book comprises an organised comprehensive textfor the in-depth understanding of various theories andconceptsinthefieldoflearningandteaching.Itdealswithalltheimportanttopicsofthesubjectbyusingdescriptiveanalytical approach and methodology. The book is anall-in-one source to meet the requirements of studentsconsidering their course content, and help them improvetheir teaching skills asan integratedpartof their study inaccordance with the guidelines of NCTE. Beginning withthenatureandimportanceoflearning,thebookdiscussesall the popular theories propagated by behaviourists,cognitivists and humanists. It also focuses on pedagogy,andragogy, models of teaching, tasks and process oflearning, strategies of teaching, learning styles, conceptsofe-learningandm-learning in theapplicationsof ICT.

KEY FEATURES• Full coverage of syllabi of all the Indian universities

serving thepurposeof students/teachers• Meticulous explanation with illustrative examples and

case studies• Thoughtfully sequenced chapters/topics for easy

inference• Neatfigures,tables,anddiagramsforobservantreading• Chapter-end summary for recapitulation

Contents: Preface. Learning: Concept, Nature, Types andImportance. Factors Affecting Learning. Behaviourism


and Behaviouristic Theories of Learning. Cognitivismand Cognitivistic Theories of Learning. Humanism andHumanistic Theories of Learning. Constructivism andConstructivistLearning.CognitionandLearning.LearningasConstruction of Knowledge. Learning Strategies. LearningStyles: Concept, Types and Implications. E-learning andM-Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Motivationin Teaching–Learning. Teaching: Concept, Nature andImportance. Phases and Levels of Teaching. Variables inthe Teaching Process. Principles andMaximsof Teaching.Theories of Teaching. Teaching Strategies. Simulated Teaching. Team Teaching. Models of Teaching. Micro-Teaching. Interaction Analysis. Pedagogy and Andragogy.Role of Teacher in a Teaching–Learning Context. TeachingEffectiveness and Effective Teachers. Teaching Professionand Professional Ethics. Information and CommunicationTechnology. Diverse Teaching Strategies for DiverseLearners.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-19-6 (eBook)

eaxy ,oa eaxy

vf/kxe ,oa f’k{k.k (Learning and Teaching),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,twds'ku] jksgrd ¼gfj;k.kk½ ds izkpk;Z] izksQslj ,oa foHkkxkè;{k in ls lsok-fuo`Ùk gSaA

mek eaxy] izkpk;kZ in ls lsok-fuo`Ùk] f'k{kk txr dh ,d tkuh&ekuh f'kf{kdk] iz'kkld] ysf[kdk rFkk 'kks/kd=hZ gSaA

fdlh Hkh ns”k ds fy; f”k{k.k&vf/kxe izfØ;k leqfpr #i ls fu;ksftr ,oa laxfBr fd;k tkuk vko”;d gSaA vius bl mÌs”; dh iwfrZ gsrq ikB~;iqLrd esa of.kZr fo’k; oLrq dks 30 fofHkUu v/;k;ksa esa foHkkftr fd;k x;k gSA vf/kxe dh vo/kkj.kk] izd`fr] izdkj rFkk egÙo ds ckjs esa ppkZ djrs gq, bldks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdksa ,oa vf/kxe fl)kUrksa dk foLrkj esa o.kZu fd;k x;k gSA blesa O;kogkjoknh ,oa laKkukRedrkoknh euksoSKkfudksa }kjk izfrikfnr vf/kxe fl)kUrksa dh ppkZ dh xbZ gS rFkk vf/kxe dk;Z vkSj izfØ;k dks jpukRedoknh ifjizs{; esa le>kus dk iz;Ru fd;k x;k gSA pw¡fd izR;sd fo|kFkhZ@vf/kxedÙkkZ dh vius vf/kxe gsrq ,d fof”k’V vf/kxe “kSyh gksrh gS bl n`f’V ls fofHkUu izdkj dh vf/kxe “kSfy;ksa dh ppkZ foLrkj ls dh xbZ gSA

var esa fHkUu ;ksX;rkvksa ls ;qDr fof”k’V vf/kxedÙkkZvksa ds fy;s mi;ksx esa ykbZ tkus okyh fHkUu izdkj dh vf/kxe “kSfy;ksa dh ppkZ djrs gq, iqLrd dks iw.kZ :i nsus dh ps’Vk dh xbZ gSA fo|kfFkZ;ksa ds f”k{k.k&vf/kxe esa lwpuk ,oa laizs{k.k rduhdh (ICT) ds mi;ksx dks Hkh “kkfey fd;k x;k gSA ,slh egÙoiw.kZ f”k{k.k O;wg jpukvksa dk o.kZu fd;k x;k gS tks f”k{kdksa dks vius f”k{k.k dks lgt] jkspd rFkk mi;ksxh cukus ds dke vkrh gSaA

var esa nks egÙoiw.kZ ckrksa lwpuk ,oa laizs{k.k rduhdh ds f”k{k.k& vf/kxe esa mi;ksx rFkk fHkUu ;ksX;rkvksa okys vf/kxe dÙkkZvksa ds

f”k{k.k&vf/kxe gsrq viukbZ tkus okyh fof”k’V f”k{k.k O;w jpukvksa@fof/k;ksa dk o.kZu fd;k x;k gSA

fo"k; lwph% izLrkoukA vf/kxe&vo/kkj.kk] izÑfr ,oa vuq{ks=A vf/kxe dks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdA O;ogkjokn vkSj O;ogkjoknh vf/kxe fl)kUrA laKkuokn vkSj laKkuoknh vf/kxe fl)kUrA ekuorkokn vkSj ekuorkoknh vf/kxe fl)kUrA jpukRedrkokn ,oa jpukRedrkoknh vf/kxe fl)kUrA laKku vkSj vf/kxeA vf/kxe Kku dh l`f"V vFkok jpuk ds :i esaA vf/kxe O;wg jpuk;saA vf/kxe “kSyh&vo/kkj.kk] izdkj ,oa fufgrkFkZA bZ&yfuZx rFkk ,e&yfuZxA lh[kus vFkok izf'k{k.k dk LFkkukUrj.kA O;ogkj dk vfHkizsj.kkRed i{kA f”k{k.k&vo/kkj.kk] izÑfr ,oa egÙoA f”k{k.k dh voLFkk;sa rFkk LrjA f”k{k.k izfØ;k ds pjA f”k{k.k ds izfu;e ,oa lw=A f”k{k.k fl)kUrA f”k{k.k O;wg jpuk,¡A vuq:i.k vkSj vuq:fir f”k{k.kA Vksyh f”k{k.kA f”k{k.k izfrekuA lw{e f”k{k.kA f”k{kd O;ogkj dk ifjektZu ,oa var%fØ;k fo'ys"k.kA f”k{k.k foKku vkSj o;Ld f”k{k.k foKkuA f”k{k.k vf/kxe ifjfLFkfr;ksa esa v/;kid dh HkwfedkA f”k{k.k izHkko'khyrk vkSj izHkko”kkyh v/;kidA f”k{k.k O;olk; ,oa O;olkf;d vkpkj lafgrkA lwpuk ,oa laizss"k.k rduhdhA fof”k’V vf/kxedÙkkZvksa ds fy, fof”k’V f'k{k.k O;wgjpuk,¡A vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-88028-54-7 (e-Book)

RADHA MOHANTeacher EducationRADHAMOHAN, former Principal, Rajalakshmi College of Education, Thandalam, Chennai.

Teachereducationisatthebaseofalleducationalsystems.To make it effective, we need an education system thatequips the teacher trainees with the necessary skills toperform their tasks effectively in the classroom. Thisbook discusses how to train teachers, improve teachereducationprogrammes,and impartqualityeducation.

The book, now in its second edition, emphasizesdevelopment of skills in teachers, keeping in mindthe rapid use of technology and changes in educationpolicies, procedures and provisions. Each chapter hasbeen carefully revised as per the latest NCTE norms andstandards recommendedby JusticeVermaCommission.

This well-organized book is primarily intended for thepostgraduate students of Education—M.A. Education andM.Ed. Besides, teacher trainees enrolled in B.Ed. andDiploma in teaching programmes, teacher educators,distance education school-based administrators andpolicymakerswill alsofind thebookuseful.

KEY FEATURES• Deals with necessary pedagogical skills and compe-

tenciestomaketheteachersprofessionallycompetent.• Provides a comparative study of teacher education

of a number of countries to put things in the rightperspective.


• Makes extensive use of flowcharts and diagrams toenable the readers to understand the topics discussedwith great ease.

Contents: Preface.PartI:ReflectionsonTeacherEducation—Stakeholders. Distance Education. Part II: Process andPractice—Microteaching. Interactional Analysis. PracticeTeaching. Part III: Stages and Phases—Pre-Service TeacherEducation.Induction.In-ServiceTeacherEducation.PartIV:Methods and Techniques: General and Modern—GeneralMethodsofTeaching.ModernTechniquesinUseinTeacherEducation.PartV:PerformanceandEvaluation—Evaluationin Teacher Education. Central Agency for Accreditation.Part VI: Professional Practice and Ethics—Characteristicsof a Profession. Professionalism in Teacher Education. PartVII: Research and Action—Research in Teacher Education.Action Research. Part VIII: Way Forward—Current IssuesandProblems inTeacherEducation. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-05-0 (e-Book)

English Literature, Linguistics, Phonetics and Grammar

European Literature

CHOUDHURY (Ed.)Charles Dickens—Great ExpectationsBIBHASH CHOUDHURY (Ed.), Reader, Department of English, Gauhati University, Guwahati (Assam). Among all the genres of literature, the novel has alwaysheld a fascination for the readers over the centuries.Rightly so, because it tells a story in a gripping anddramatic style, which often reminds them of their lives,sometimes transporting them into an imaginaryworld ofentertainment and escape, and enabling them to forgettheir worries and concerns. The 19th century England was prodigious for theproduction of novels with such luminaries as WilliamMakepeace Thackeray, Charles Dickens, the famousBronte sisters—Charlotte Bronte, Anne Bronte and EmilyBronte—George Eliot and Thomas Hardy adorning thehorizon. Among these, Dickens certainly holds a pride ofplace: his prodigious writings, predominantly novels, andhis inimitable stylebear testimony to this.

The child figure is ubiquitous in all his novels—fromOliver Twist, Dombey and Son to Hard Times and Great Expectations. The child is sometimes the victim andsometimes the reminder of the innocence lost in amaterialistic world. Great Expectations is a fascinatingnovel told with remarkable drama, humour and irony.It is a gripping story, the story of Pip, the orphan boyadopted by Mr. Joe Gragery, a blacksmith. Pip has bothgoodluckandgreatexpectations;butthenhelosesboth.

Throughhisriseandfall,Piplearnshowtofindhappinessand, intheprocess, falls in love.Pip isneitheraheronoran antihero. He is just an ordinary human being whoexperiences myriad emotions—fright, love, grief, miseryand happiness. As in his other novels, Dickens drawsmemorable and haunting characters in this novel, too,andalsoexposestherampantcorruptionprevalentduringtheperiod.

Besides a comprehensive Preface by the Editor, thebook gives the actual text, followed by specially writtencritical essays on the novel by experts in the field, eachoffering insightsondifferentaspectsofnarrative, themesand culture. Undergraduate and postgraduate studentsof English Literature as well as researchers in the field should find this book extremely useful and immenselyreadable.

Contents: Introduction—Bibhash Choudhury. Text:Great Expectation by Charles Dickens. Critical Essays on Great Expectations. History in the Letter of the Text:Reading Great Expectations—Himansu S. Mohapatra. TheRepresentationof‘Childhood’inGreat Expectations—Dipti R. Pattanaik. Great Expectations as an Anti-ComicNovel—Pradipta Borgohain. The Dialectic of Inner andOuterSpace:AReadingof‘Home’inGreat Expectations—SanghamitraDe. Anticipation and Realization: A Readingof Great Expectations—Pronab JyotiNeog.


ISBN-978-93-5443-337-5 (e-Book)

CHOUDHURY (Ed.)William Shakespeare—The TempestBIBHASH CHOUDHURY (Ed.), Professor, Department of English, Gauhati University, Guwahati, Assam.

Performed variously as escapist fantasy, celebratoryfiction, and political allegory, The Tempest is one of theplays in which William Shakespeare’s genius as a poeticdramatist found its fullest expression. Critics see TheTempest as explicitly concerned with its own nature asa play, frequently drawing links between Prospero’s artand theatrical illusion, and early critics saw Prospero asa representation of Shakespeare, and his renunciation ofmagicas signallingShakespeare’s farewell to the stage.

THE PLAY The play is set on a remote island, where the sorcererProspero, rightful Duke of Milan, plots to restore hisdaughter Miranda to her rightful place using illusionand skillful manipulation. He conjures up a storm, theeponymoustempest,to lurehisusurpingbrotherAntonioand the complicit King Alonso of Naples to the island.There, his machinations bring about the revelation ofAntonio’s lowly nature, the redemption of the King, andthemarriage ofMiranda to Alonso’s son, Ferdinand. TheplayportraysProsperoasa rational, andnotanoccultist,magician by providing a contrast to him in Sycorax: hismagic is frequently described as destructive and terrible,where Prospero’s is said to be wondrous and beautiful.


Theplay is furthercriticallyanalyzedthrough its twoveryimportantessays—TheOtherinTheTempest:TheCaseofCaliban;andCentralityofProspero.

The book comes along with

• Acomprehensive introduction to theentireplay• Simpleyetdescriptiveexplanatorynotes• Original text• IllustrativeSummary to theentireplay (Act-wise)• Criticalessaysgivingapost-modernoutlooktotheplay

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary. Critical Essays—The Other in the Tempest:TheCaseofCaliban.TheCentralityofProspero:AReadingofTheTempest.Bibliography.


ISBN-978-93-90669-97-4 (e-Book)

DUA (Ed.)William Shakespeare—As You Like ItKASHISH DUA (Ed.) is Assistant Professor at the Department of English, Jesus and Mary College, Delhi University. She is currently engaged in research on gender studies.

A pastoral comedy written by William Shakespeare, As You Like It is regarded as one of his greatest comedies for more than four centuries now. The play is set upmostly in the Forest of Arden, and it narrates the storyof Rosalind and Celia’s experiences with disguises anddesires. While the readers also remain engagedwith theissues of primogeniture and exile informing the tensionsbetween the two sets of brothers Oliver-Orlando andDuke Senior (Ferdinand)-Duke Frederick, respectively, theplay’s true captivating nature is lent by characters likeAudrey, Silvius, Phoebe and Adam, who come from thelowersocialstrata.Theplayendsonanoteofforgiveness,reunion and understanding.

Theanalysisof‘Theideaofthepastoral’and‘Theoperationsof gender’, both the primary subjects of criticism, havebeengivenaspecialfocusinthetwoextremelyinformativecriticalessays includedat theendof thebook.

KEY FEATURES• Fully-annotatedtextexplainedinaneasy-to-understand

language.• Detailed introduction to the play encourages readers

to critically examine the background and the variousaspectsof theplay.

• Act-wiseSummarygivenat theendofeachAct.

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary. Critical Essays—The Golden Arden:Pastoralism and Comedy in As You Like It. Gendering As You Like It: TextandPerformance.References.


ISBN-978-93-87472-48-8 (e-Book)

MITRA (Ed.)William Shakespeare—Julius CaesarZINIA MITRA (Ed.), Head, Department of English, Nakshalbari College, Darjeeling.

Shakespeare, in Julius Caesar, a history play, veryeffectively portrays the Assassination episode of theKing Caesar, and how it was avenged byMark Antony, afaithfulSoldierofCaesar’sSecondtriumvirate.TheessaysonRoleofWomeninJuliusCaesarandImportantThemesinQuestionhelp inanalyzing theplay,appropriately.

THE PLAY Caesar returns to Rome after defeating Pompey, butconspirators plan to assassinate him. Caesar’s wife,Calphurnia, has nightmares and tries to persuade Caesarnot togo to theCapitol.Buthegoesand isassassinated.Caesar’s friend Antony rouses the crowd by his orationand Brutus and Cassius have to flee to Rome. Antonyforms a triumvirate with Octavius Caesar and Lepidus,and plans deaths of the conspirators by forming anarmy.Brutus andCassius agree tofight them together atPhilippi. Messala brings in news from Rome and reportsthat Portia, Brutus’ wife has committed suicide. Caesar’sghost visits Brutus at night and warns him that he willmeet him at Philippi. In the battle, Brutus and Cassiusare defeated and power passes on to the hands of thesecond triumvirs.

The book comes along with• Acomprehensive introduction to theentireplay• Simpleyetdescriptiveexplanatorynotes• Original text• Illustrative summary to theentireplay (Act-wise)• Criticalessaysgivingapost-modernoutlooktotheplay

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary. Critical Essays—Major Themes in JuliusCaesar.MajorCharacters in JuliusCaesar.RoleofWomenin JuliusCaesar. FurtherReading.


ISBN-978-93-90669-07-3 (e-Book)

SENGUPTAMyriad-Minded Shaw: Perspectives on Shavian Drama (Politics, War and History)GAUTAM SENGUPTA (Ed.) is former Professor and Head, Department of English, Gurudas College, Kolkata. Presently, he is Visiting Faculty at Shri Shikshayatan College under University of Calcutta and Department of English, and School of Women’s Studies, Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata.

Sir George Bernard Shaw’s contribution to the Westerntheatre isunparallel,andhence, is imitated, rememberedand readby literature loverseven today.Over thecourse


of his life he wrote more than 60 plays, and nearly allhis plays address prevailing social problems, but eachalso includes a vein of comedy that makes their starkthemes more palatable. In these works, Shaw examinededucation, marriage, religion, government, health care,andclassprivilegeasprimary themesofhisplays.

This book is an anthology of some of Shaw’s importantplays, which aremuch talked about, and also prescribedin the English Literature syllabuses of all premier Indianand International Universities. As the title suggests, thebook focuses on three important social components ofthatperiod—Politics,WarandHistory.Theplaysdiscussedand critically analyzed are both in terms of Shaw’sinterpretation of his times, and the author’s research onthe subject.

This book is suited for the undergraduate and post-graduate studentsof English. Besides, the studentsdoingresearch work in Shaw’s plays will be benefitted readingthisbook.

Contents: Preface. Beyond Socialism: Shaw and Contem-poraryPolitics.Shaw’sHistoryPlays:ABriefGlimpse.Warand Peace: A Shavian Perspective. Highlighting a FewShaw Plays and Essay on Freedom. Conclusion. Works Cited. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-703-8 (e-Book)

SENGUPTA (Ed.)William Shakespeare—HamletGAUTAM SENGUPTA (Ed.) is former Professor and Head, Department of English, Gurudas College, Kolkata. Presently, he is Visiting Faculty at Shri Shikshayatan College under University of Calcutta and Department of English, and School of Women’s Studies, Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata.

The Tragedy of Hamlet, shortened to Hamlet, isShakespeare’slongestplay,andisrankedamongstthemostpowerfuland influential tragedies inEnglish literature.

THE PLAY Prince Hamlet is summoned home to Denmark fromschool in Germany to attend his father’s funeral. Uponreaching, he is shocked to find his mother Gertrudealready remarried to Claudius—Hamlet’s uncle and thelate King’s brother. The incident agitates Hamlet to thecore, making him angry and depressed. To worsen hisplight, his father appears as a ghost and reveals thathe was murdered by Claudius, to seize the throne. Theepisodes prompt Hamlet to swear a revenge against hisfather’smurderandmother’s infidelity.

The book comes along with

• Fullyannotatedandcomplete text• Clearplot-summary inbrief• Act-wiseandscene-wise,to-the-pointcriticalcommentary

• Student-friendly introduction toall important issues• Essay on Hamlet: Through the Critic’s Lens provides

different perspectives of criticism on Hamlet, fromthe early days till date, and another one on Hamlet:The Themes in Question highlights the key questionspertinent to theplay,andare stillunanswered.

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary. General Summary of the Plot. CriticalEssays—Hamlet: Through the Critics’ Lens. Hamlet:EmergingThemes.Bibliography.


ISBN-978-93-90669-15-8 (e-Book)

SENGUPTA (Ed.)William Shakespeare—The Tragedy of MacbethGAUTAM SENGUPTA (Ed.) is former Professor and Head, Department of English, Gurudas College, Kolkata. Presently, he is Visiting Faculty at Shri Shikshayatan College under University of Calcutta and Departmentof English, and School of Women’s Studies, Rabindra Bharati University, Kolkata.

The Tragedy of Macbeth is the shortest tragedy writtenby William Shakespeare. Macbeth, the protagonist of the play, is portrayed as a successful Scottish generalin the army of King Duncan. Macbeth, one day, getspolitically instigated by a trio of witches that he wouldbecometheKingofScotlandsoon.Encouragedbyhiswife (Lady Macbeth) and taken over by greed and action,MacbethmurdersKingDuncan, andbecomes theKingofScotland.

KEY FEATURES• Clear languagewith completeannotations.• Act-wiseScene-wisesummarygivenattheendofevery

Act.• Plot-wiseCommentarygivenat theendof the text.• Critical Essay explaining ‘Themes that emerge out

of Macbeth’ and ‘Under the Critics’ Lens’ have beenprovided.

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary.CriticalEssays—ThemesthatEmergeOutof‘Macbeth’.Under theCritics’ Lens.Bibliography.

160 pp. (approx.) / 13.9 × 21.6 cm / Forthcoming ISBN-978-93-87472-45-7 (Print Book)

978-93-87472-46-4 (e-Book)

SINGH (Ed.)William Shakespeare—A Midsummer Night’s DreamISHITA SINGH (Ed.) is an Assistant Professor at Jesus and Mary College, Delhi University.


A Midsummer Night’s Dream is William Shakespeare’sfourth comedy and is ranked amongst his best and most complex comedies. The metadramatic features and the centrality of labouring class characters makes this comedy different from his others. It was written in1596.

THE PLAY A Midsummer Night’s Dream, a romantic comedy, isa dramatic text that draws attention to the very finebalance between tragedy and comedy, order and chaos,reality and illusion, romance and violence and tyrannyand rebellion. The action of the play takes place over two days and four interwoven plots: the wedding ofHippolyta, the Amazonian queen and Theseus, Duke of Athens; the discord in the Athenian forest dueto Titania and Oberon, the Fairy Queen and Kingrespectively; the inconstant love of young AtheniansHermia,Helena,DemetriusandLysander;andthepracticeandperformanceoftheplay-within-the-playbyQuiceandcompany.

The book comes along with:

• Acomprehensive introduction to theplay• Fullyannotatedandcomplete text• Act-wiseplot-summary• CriticalEssays

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary. Critical Essays—Rebellious Daughters andDutiful Wives: Gender and Power in Midsummer Night’sDream. Weapons of the Weak: Rank and Rebellion inMidsummerNight’sDream.FurtherReading.


978-93-87472-50-1 (e-Book)

SINGH (Ed.)William Shakespeare—The Merchant of VeniceLOVELINA SINGH (Ed.), Professor at the Department of English and Cultural Studies, Panjab University, Chandigarh which was her Alma Mater as also Sacred Heart College, Dalhousie.

William Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice is oftenconsideredtobeoneofhismostcontroversialplays.Thisstudent’s Edition tries to explicate the core elements ofthe play with clear and well-defined annotations as wellas exhaustive Critical Appreciations on interesting topicssuch as Shakespeare’s treatment of Fools and Comedy;the Role of Portia’s Ring; and the Art of Rhetoric in theplotdevelopmentof theplay.

THE PLAY The Merchant of Venice is a story of love, romance,revenge and religious fanaticism set in the backdrop of16th Century Venice. Not only is the play an intricatemeld of various plots involving a gallery of the mostfascinating characters in literature, but it is also imbued

with a rich andpotentpoeticexpression. It encompassesa wide range of themes and makes a very powerfulcomment on the human condition. The dramatic forceof the play continues to resonate with audiences acrosstheworldandmakes it a favouritepick forperformanceseven in thecontemporary context.

The book comes along with• Acomprehensive introduction to theentireplay• Simpleyetdescriptiveexplanatorynotes• Original text• Illustrative summary to theentireplay (Act-wise)• Criticalessaysgivingapost-modernoutlooktotheplay

Contents: Introduction. Text with Annotations andCommentary.CriticalEssays—Portia’sRing:AnIndeterminateTheatrical Sign in The Merchant of Venice. Folly Fooleryand the Fool: The Strange Case of Launcelot Gobbo inTheMerchantofVenice.ShakespeareanArgot:TheArtofRhetoric inTheMerchantofVenice.


ISBN-978-93-5443-627-7 (e-Book)

Grammar

GUPTACurrent English Grammar and Usage, 2nd ed.S.M. GUPTA, Emeritus Professor of English at Sobhasaria Group of Institutions, Sikar, Rajasthan.

In the present age of Information and CommunicationTechnology (ICT) revolution and social networkingscenario, fast and precise communication has becomethe need of the hour. But in the whirlwind of fluency,accuracy cannot be sacrificed. Sometimes, adequateattention is not paid to the use of grammar and usage,which leaves a very bad impression on the readers.This book on English grammar presents the topics in aninnovative way and meets the long-felt need of a gooduser-friendlygrammarbook.

The book makes the study of grammar very interesting,challenging and exciting. It discusses grammaticalcategories, processes and principles of sentenceconstruction inaverysimpleand lucidmanner.Thebookstarts with the discussion of word classes and goes on to describe phrases and sentences. More importantly,it deals with the problem areas of tenses, modal verbs,articles, determiners, prepositions, passive constructionsand direct and indirect narration in a novel way. Thecomposition section of the book includes a very usefulpresentation of letter-writing, precis-writing, reportwriting, reading comprehension and, above all, the useof vocabulary. The Appendices on how to avoid spellingerrors and a complete list of the types of sentences areveryuseful.


This comprehensive and well-researched book shouldprove very valuable for undergraduate students of allstreams. Besides, professionals, those preparing forcompetitive examinations and even any lay reader whowishes to possess the essentials of English grammar andusage will find the book useful and interesting. In theSecond Edition of the book the introduction of two newchapters on error analysis and functional grammar willproveveryuseful to intervieweesandcompetitors..

KEY FEATURES• Explains difficult grammatical concepts in a simple and

lucid language.• Providesmodels foreverywritingactivity.• Incorporates latest linguisticresearch intheconceptua-

lizationandpresentationof thegrammaticalmaterial.• Contains lotsofexerciseswith solutions.• Adds comprehensive material on error analysis and

functional grammar.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Acknowledgements.WordClasses.Phrases.TheSentence:Different Types. Sentence Patterns. Compound andComplex Sentences. Conditional Sentences. IndirectSpeech. The Uses of Articles. Determiners. Prepositions.Tenses. Modal Auxiliaries. Passive Voice. Letter Writing.Precis Writing. Reading Comprehension. Report Writing.Vocabulary. Common Errors. Functional Grammar.Appendices: 1. Types of Clauses. 2: Rules for SpellingChanges. 3: Punctuation Review. 4: Concord. 5: Forms ofVerbs.References. Index


ISBN-978-93-88028-70-7 (e-Book)

SETHIStandard English and Indian Usage: Vocabulary and Grammar, 2nd ed.J. SETHI, Formerly Professor of English at Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages (CIEFL)—Deemed University—Hyderabad.

The Second Editionof this text continues to build on thethree aspects of the language discussed in the previousedition—vocabulary, grammarand idioms.

Divided into two parts—Part One: Vocabulary and Part Two: Grammar—the book in Part One deals with‘Words Often Confused’, ‘Indianisms’, ‘Indian Coinages’,‘Idioms’, and ‘Archaisms’. Part Two takes up those areasof grammar in which divergences from Standard Englishare very common—articles, prepositions, tenses, verbpatterns,and soon.

Theemphasis in theGrammar section is not somuchonformasonusage.Thecommentsoneachdivergent iteminclude its Standard English equivalent (and sometimesits origin as well), together with the author’s opinion onwhether the item should be retained at least within thecountry.

WHAT’S NEW TO THE EDITION• In Chapter 3, new items on ‘balance’/‘change’ and

‘marketing’/‘shopping’areadded.• Additionalexampleshavebeenprovidedfordependent

questions inChapter11.• Explanations and comments have been made clear

at many places and a few items transferred to placeswhere they seemed tofit inbetter.

With such contents and features, the book should provevery valuable to a large cross-section of the educatedpopulation—students, English teachers, professionals andbusinessmen.

Contents: Preface. Abbreviations Used. Introduction. Part One: VOCABULARY—Introduction to Part One:Vocabulary. Words Often Confused: Some ImportantDistinctions. Indianisms. Indian Coinages. Idioms,Idiomatic Expressions, Collocations. Archaisms, Style,Cultural Implications. Part Two: GRAMMAR—Introductionto Part Two: Grammar. Subject-Verb Agreement. Articles.Inversion. Prepositions. Question Tags. Structure Words.Tenses.VerbPatterns.Miscellaneous.Bibliography. Index.

Latest Print 2011 / 180 pp. / 16.0 × 24.1 cm / 150.00 ISBN-978-81-203-4274-3 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-5443-704-5 (e-Book)

Indian Writings in English

CHAKRABORTY (Ed.)Indian Drama in English, 2nd ed.KAUSTAV CHAKRABORTY (Ed.), Assistant Professor, Department of English, Southfield (formerly Loreto) College, Darjeeling, West Bengal.

The new edition incorporates two new essays on verypopularplaysofalltimes—one,ManipuridramatistRatanThiyam’s Chakravyuh, and the second, Maharashtrian playwright, Mahesh Elkunchwar‘s Desire in the Rocks. The essays added give a panoramic view of the plays insuccinct styleand simple language.This edited volume on Indian Drama in English, includingIndianplaysinEnglishtranslation,withcontributionsfromexperts specializing on the different playwrights, coverstheworksofmajordramatistswhohavegivenadistinctiveshape to thisenormousmassof creativematerial.This comprehensive and well-researched text explores the major Indian playwrights in English. It encompasses suchworksasRabindranathTagore’sRed Oleanders;VijayTendulkar’s Silence! The Court is in Session, Kanayadan, The Vultures, and Kamala; Girish Karnad’s Hayavadana, Tughlaq, Naga Mandala, and The Fire and the Rain;MahaswetaDevi’sThe Mother of 1084;MaheshDattani’sFinal Solutions, Tara, Dance Like a Man, and Bravely Fought the Queen; Habib Tanvir’sCharandas Chor; IndiraParthasarathy’sAuranzeb;andBadalSircar’sEvam Indrajit. The book focuses on different aspects of their plays andshows how the Indian Drama in English, while maintaining


its relationwith the tradition,hasmadebold innovationsand fruitful experiments in terms of both thematic andtechnicalexcellence.The book is intended for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of English literature. Besides, it willalsobevaluable for thosewhowish todelvedeeper intotheplays coveredandanalyzed in the text.

Contents: Preface. Contributors. Introduction:Representative Playwrights of Indian English Drama—Kaustav Chakraborty. Tagore’s Red Oleanders: A ThematicStudy—AnandaLal. Translationof Symbols and Other Tropes and Schemes in Red Oleanders—BasudebChakraborti. The Outsider’s Vision: Samant in Silence! The Court is in Session—Amrit Sen. De-Silencingthe Silence: Legal Institutionalization of a Woman’sVictimization—Shyista Aamir Khan. “Wound that’sborn to bleed”: Critiquing Women’s Position in IndianSociety through Vijay Tendulkar’s Silence! The Court is in Session—Tandrima Guha. Vijay Tendulkar’s Kanyadaan: Negotiating Social ‘Truth(s)’—Joydeep Bhattacharyya. Vijay Tendulkar’s The Vultures (Gidhade): A Studyin Violence—Rosy Chamling. Vijay Tendulkar’s The Vultures: An Interface between Feminist Critique andExistential Angst—Shubho Ray. Panopticons of Power:The Infusion of Family, Gender and Social OpportunisminVijayTendulkar’sKamala—RatulNandi.GirishKarnad’sHayavadana Revisited—Fr. K.L. George. Hayavadana: A Theatre-goer’sResponse—DattatreyaDatta. Casteism and Karnad’s Hayavadana—Kaustav Chakraborty. Reluctantto Be Framed: Reading Tughlaq as a Medley of VoicesandConflictingPersonas inGirishKarnad’sTughlaq—RajaBasu. “And Why Should I Deserve That Madness?” TheStrangeCaseofKarnadianTughlaq—Abhishek Jha. A Tale ofSubversionwithaConundrumofMask:AReading intoGirish Karnad’sNagamandala—ZiniaMitra. Desires from the World beyond and the Women in Nagamandal—Paramita Ghosh. Conflict between Natural Law andMoral Rectitude: Girish Karnad’s The Fire and the Rain—Antara Saha. ‘Fire’ and ‘Rain’ inThe Fire and the Rain—Payel Sinha. Terror of Immortality in Girish Karnad’s The Fire and the Rain—Shreyashi Chettri. The Mother of 1084: Political Drama Redefined—Gautam Sengupta. The Personal isPolitical:Re-readingMahaswetaDevi’sMother of 1084—JaydipSarkar.MaheshDattani’sFinal Solutions: A Reconsider-ation—Ketaki Datta. History throughModernity: An Analysis of Final Solutions—SamipendraBanerjee.Multiple Appropriations:Writing the ContestedBody in Dattani’s Tara—Pathik Roy. Form and Content in Mahesh Dattani’s Dance Like a Man—Indranee Ghosh. Dance Like a Man: Revisiting the Title—Nilanjana Sen. TheIronicGaze:AReadingofDattani’sBravely Fought the Queen—Anindya Sen. Charandas Chor: Re-imagining the‘Fold’—AnshumanSingh.RereadingIndiraParthasarathy’sAurangzebasReligio-PoliticalDiatribeBeneathaHistoricalFaçade—Nitai Chandra Saha. Asif Currimbhoy: India’sFirst Authentic Voice? Indrani Chakraborty. Songs and Poems in Evam Indrajit: Towards a New Hermeneuticsof Entrapment and Alienation—Rajadipta Roy. Listening to ‘the still, sad music of humanity’: An appraisal ofBadal Sircar’s Evam Indrajit—Archana Biswas. The

Poetics of Protest in Ratan Thiyam’s Chakravyuha—Anirban Chakraborty. “AndWhat Sin Am I Guilty OF?”:Stereotyping the ‘Destereotype’ in Elkunchwar’ Desire intheRocks—AmritaSarkar. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-264-4 (e-Book)

CHOUDHURY (Ed.)Amitav Ghosh: Critical Essays, 2nd ed.BIBHASH CHOUDHURY, Associate Professor, Department of English, Gauhati University, Guwahati, Assam.

Indian Writing in English has proliferated over the lastfew decades and has made a huge impact on Englishreaders. Not only do theworks of Indian authorswritinginEnglishfindaplaceonthebest-seller list,theyarealsoreceiving critical acclaim across the world. Starting fromRabindranath Tagore, Sarojini Naidu, R.K. Narayan, RajaRao, Mulk Raj Anand to V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie,Vikram Seth and Amitav Ghosh, we have an array ofwritersadorningtheliteraryhorizon.Allthesewritershaveconsiderable following in the English speaking countries,and Amitav Ghosh certainly occupies an important placeamong them, and ismuch acclaimed for his literary styleand content.

One of the most prolific postcolonial writers writingtoday, Amitav Ghosh has received many awards: The Circle of Reason winning the Prix Medici Etranger(one of France’s top literary award), The Shadow Lines winning the Sahitya Akademi Award, and The Calcutta Chromosome bagging the Arthur C. Clarke Award for1997. His later novels, Sea of Poppies, River of Smoke and Flood of Fire showcase his capacity for epic narration, with each of these texts in the Ibis series,exploring the layered dimensions of identity and culturalform.

This book, in its second edition, continues to be ananthology of critical essays, and deals with fictional aswell as non-fictional works of Amitav Ghosh. It focuseson Ghosh’s idea and theory of the novel, postcolonialrationality in The Circle of Reason, nationalism in thecontext of Partition in The Shadow Lines, and the East-West encounter in The Calcutta Chromosome. Besides,it also discusses power structure operating within thenarrativeofThe Glass Palace, and thequestionof space,identity and cultural difference in The Hungry Tide. Though different from each other, some of the essaystake up common themes for discussion and offer newinsights intoGhosh’sworks.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• This edition introduces critical analyses of Ghosh’s

threemuch talked-about books from Ibis Triology: Sea of Poppies (2008),River of Smoke (2011)andthemostrecent one Flood of Fire (2015). The essays examinethe plots of the two novels highlighting the OpiumculturebeingcultivatedinIndiabythecolonialpowers.


• This book is meant for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of English literature. Besides, allthosereaderswhowishtodelvedeeperintotheworksof Amitav Ghosh will find reading the text extremelyinformative,anduseful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Amitav Ghosh,Modernity and the Theory of the Novel—BibhashChoudhury. Police and Postcolonial Rationality in AmitavGhosh’s The Circle of Reason—Yumna Siddiqi. NationalAllegory and Partition in The Shadow Lines—ThomasF. Halloran. Postcolonial Melancholy: An Examinationof Sadness in Amitav Ghosh’s The Shadow Lines—IanAlmond. The Calcutta Chromosome: Re-reading WesternCultural Hegemony—Isabella Bruschi. In An Antique Land:AFragmentaryHistoryof the IndianOcean—ClaireChambers. The Suave Steps of Memory and Rebirth:Dancing in Cambodia, Stories in Stones, At Large in Burma—Andrea Duranti. Mapping of Power Discoursein The Glass Palace—N.K. Rajalakshmi. ‘You and YourStories’: Narrating the Histories of the Dispossessed inAmitav Ghosh’s The Hungry Tide and Salman Rushdie’sMidnight’s Children—Hywel Dix. Rethinking ‘Diaspora’:A Postcolonial Reading of The Hungry Tide and A Fine Balance—Debashree Dattaray. The Cult of the Bomb:Amitav Ghosh’s Countdown—Sandip Ain. Fraught with a Background: Identity and Cultural Legacy in Sea of Poppies—BibhashChoudhury.SeaofPoppies:TheMyriadShifts of Colonialism in Transit—Prasenjit Das. CriticalTheory,History and Fiction: A Reading of AmitavGhosh’sRiver of Smoke—LalanKishoreSingh.FromRecuperationto Enactment of History: Amitav Ghosh’s Flood of Fire—SandipAin. The Contributors. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-338-2 (e-Book)

GOSWAMIMulk Raj Anand—Early NovelsKETAKI GOSWAMI, Reader in English, East Calcutta Girls’ College, Kolkata. Today, Indian writing in English or Indo-Anglian writinghas certainly come of age,with the novel having a prideofplaceandnamessuchasSalmanRushdie,V.S.Naipaul,Vikram Seth, Kiran Desai, Amitav Ghosh, Arundhati Roy,andArvindAdigaprominently figuring in the list. But thecredit for placing Indo-Anglianwritingon a high pedestalshouldgotoearlierwriterslikeRabindraTagore,MulkRajAnand, R.K. Narayan and Raja Rao. Among these, MulkRaj Anand has a unique place because of the ideals andideasheespoused throughhisnovels.ThisconcisebookdealswithAnand’sthreeearlynovels—Coolie, Untouchable, and Two Leaves and a Bud—anda few short stories, which were conceived, written andpublished during the colonial period—the Raj. It also includes critical essays on such themes as Life and Art,ThemesandApplications,AnandandHisUseofLanguageanda studyon theWomen inAnand’sShortStories.

Dr. Ketaki Goswami, with her erudition and scholarshipand research findings on Mulk Raj Anand’s works,brings out the quintessential Anand—the messiah ofthe downtrodden, the unwanted and the unloved. For,Anand intricately weaves through his novels, the themeof exploitation and the apathy, the indifference andthe condescending attitude of the affluent towards themarginalized sections of the society whose pangs andpainswrenched his heart. Anand’s life-long questwas toshowloveandcompassiontothepoorasalsotoalleviatetheir pains and give a magic touch to the downtroddento make their lives bearable. In all the three novels andtheshortstoriesdiscussed inthebook, theauthorshowsthat the novelist believed that the Summum bonum of a human being is living a life with dignity which has beendenied to the lower castes and the outcasts—the lowerdregs of humanity—because of the repulsive attitude ofthe rich. Being a humanist of the highest order, Anandconcerns himself with the whole man, his development,senseofdignityanddecency in living.

This book should be extremely useful and invaluable tothe students of English Literaturewho opt for the paperonIndianWritinginEnglish.Theacademiccommunityalsowill find reading the book highly interesting, stimulatingandennobling.

Contents: Preface.LifeandArt.ThemesandApplications.Coolie: A Socio-realistic Novel. Untouchable: A JourneyfromDespair toHope.RageandHumour inCombination.Two Leaves and a Bud: An Assessment. GenderedAssessment. Anand and His Use of Language. Colonialism and Literature. Appendix: ‘A Parrot in the Cage’: A Studyof the Claustrophobic Existence of Women in Anand’sShort Stories. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-170-8 (e-Book)

MITRA (Ed.)Indian Poetry in English: Critical Essays, 2nd ed.Edited by ZINIAMITRA, Head of the Department of English at Nakshalbari College, Darjeeling, India.

Indian poets who wrote in English—a small middle classminority—weredivided from the regional languagepoetsby more than just language for long. The English poetshad a selected readership,were knownunto themselves,in academic circles if they were widely published, butwere looked down upon with a kind of derision by theregionalwriters.However, thescenariohaschangednow.From English being spurned as a colonizer’s tongue thatwas nobody’s language, it has now become everybody’slanguage with popular English medium schools, Englishmovies, Socialnetworking sites,and soon.

Forageneration living inaglobalvillage,genuinereader-ship and appreciation of English poetry is no longer anencumbrance. This book, in its second edition, continues


to educate the students with its diverse and thought-provokingessaysthatvaryfrompersonaltoargumentativeto objectively discursive. It is for the students of Englishliterature and for them who are genuinely interested inIndian English poetry. The Fourteen poets selected inthis anthology areMichaelMadhusudan Dutt, Toru Dutt,Rabindranath Tagore, Aurobindo Ghosh, Sarojini Naidu,Jibanananda Das, Nissim Ezekiel, Jayanta Mahapatra,A.K. Ramanujan, Arun Kolatkar, Rajagopal Parthasarathy,Kamala Das, Dilip Chitre and Eunice De Souza. The poetsincludedareallonthesyllabiofmajoruniversitiesinIndia.

NEW TO THIS EDITION• The new edition has been thoroughly revised and

updated as per the require-ment of Indian university’sundergraduateandpostgraduateEnglish syllabus.

• InclusionofanewpoetEuniceD’Souza.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Contributors. Introduction.I: Michael Madhusudan Dutt (1824–1873). II: Toru LataDutt (1856–1877). III: Rabindranath Tagore (1861–1941). IV: Aurobindo Ghose (1872–1950). V: SarojiniNaidu (1879–1949). VI: Jibanananda Das (1899–1954). VII: Nissim Ezekiel (1924–2004). VIII: Jayanta Mahapatra(born 1928). IX: AttipatiKrishnaswami Ramanujan (1929–1993). X: Arun Kolatkar (1932–2004). XI: Kamala Das(1934–2009). XII: Rajagopal Parthasarathy (born 1934).XIII:PurushottamChitre(1938–2009).XIV:EuniceD’Souza(born1940). Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-509-6 (e-Book)

PUTATUNDAR.K. Narayan: Critical EssaysSARBANI PUTATUNDA, Lecturer in English, East Calcutta Girl’s College Kolkata.

R.K. Narayan is one of the best Indian English novelistswhose works have been under public scanner for long.His contribution to Indian English writing is huge. Thequintessence of his narrative art lies in metamorphosingthe mundane into something extraordinary. This editedvolume presents numerous useful essays written byvariouspersonseminentinthefield.ItincludesimportantMalgudi novels and short stories. All these works bringout Narayan’s viewpoint regarding the psyche of theeducated section of the Indian populace and present aninteresting case study. Besides, the essays deal with thesubjectsofutmost importance to the student.

Thetextisprimarilyintendedforbothundergraduateandpostgraduate level studentsofEnglish Literature.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Overview—Introduction. Ageneral survey of Indian English writings in English.R.K. Narayan_and_Graham_Greene. Part II: The Art ofNarayan—The Art of R.K. Narayan. Narratology and R.K.Narayan’sShortStories.Narayan’sartofCharacterization.HybridityandHumour:APostcolonialReadingofMalgudiDays. Part III: The Cultural Milieu of Malgudi—Yesterday

Today and Tomorrow in the Fiction of R.K. Narayan.Narayan’sConceptofMalgudi.Fractures,Heterotopologiesand the In-between Spaces of Malgudi(s). The culturalmilieuofMalgudi:ThemaritallifeoftheMalgudians—The Dark Room and The English Teacher. The Cultural Milieu ofMalgudi: The Theme of Renunciation–The Bachelor of Arts, The Guide and Waiting for Mahatma. Swami and Friends: The Odyssey of an Indian School Child. Part IV:Narayan’sFeminism—Narayan’sWomen:ATaleofMaritalBliss? AreNarayan’sWomenReally Emancipated? Caughtwith the Crossroads of Tradition andModernity: A Studyof Narayan’s Savitri and Rosie. A Romantic Betrayal:Rosie’s Case–Part V: Myths and Symbols in Narayan—Use of Myth in the Novels of R.K. Narayan. SymbolicConnotations inR.K.Narayan’sNovels.


ISBN-978-93-5443-433-4 (e-Book)

Linguistics

AKMAJIAN, et al.Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication, 7th ed.ADRIAN AKMAJIAN, formerly Professor of Linguistics, University of Arizona.RICHARD A. DEMERS, Professor Emeritus of the Department of Linguistics, University of Arizona.ANNK.FARMER, Information Engineer at Google.LEE BICKMORE, Professor, Department of Anthropology and Director of the Program in Linguistics and Cognitive Science, University at Albany, State University of New York. ROBERT M. HARNISH, Formerly Professor Emeritus of Philosophy and Linguistics, University of Arizona.

The latest edition of a popular introductory linguisticstext,nowincludingasectiononcomputational linguistics,new non-English examples, quizzes for each chapter, andadditional special topics.

This popular introductory linguistics text is unique forits integration of themes. Rather than treat morphology,phonetics,phonology,syntax,andsemanticsascompletelyseparate fields, the book shows how they interact.The authors provide a sound introduction to linguisticmethodology, focusingonasetof linguisticconceptsthatare among the most fundamental within the field. Bystudying the topics in detail, students can get a feelingforhowwork indifferentareasof linguistics isdone.As in the last edition, part I covers the structural andinterpretive parts of language—morphology, phonetics,phonology, syntax, semantics, variation, and change.Part II covers use and context of language and includeschaptersonpragmatics,psychologyof language, languageacquisition, and language and the brain. This seventhedition has been extensively revised and updated; newmaterial includes a chapter on computational linguistics,morenon-Englishexamples,andawiderangeofexercises,quizzes,and special topics.


Contents: Acknowledgments. Note to the Teacher. PARTI: The StructureofHuman Language—Introduction.WhatIsLinguistics?.Morphology:TheStudyof theStructureofWords.PhoneticsandPhonemicTranscription.Phonology:The Study of Sound Structure. Syntax: The Study ofSentence Structure. Semantics: The Study of LinguisticMeaning. Language Variation. Language Change. PART II:Commumcation and Cognitive Science—Pragmatics: TheStudy of Language Use and Communication. Psychologyof Language: Speech Production and Comprehension.LanguageAcquisitioninChildren.LanguageandtheBrain.Appendix.Glossary. Index.


AKSHAR BHARATI, CHAITANYA & SANGALNatural Language Processing: A Paninian PerspectiveAKSHAR BHARATI, VINEET CHAITANYA and RAJEEVSANGAL, all of Department of Computer Science and Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Kanpur.This book is on Natural Language Processing presentedwith a Paninian perspective. Panini (circa 500 B.C.) wasa grammarian and well known for his contribution tothe grammar and structure of the language. In this book the reader is first introduced to Natural LanguageProcessingandthentoPaniniangrammarandframeworkfor processing of modern Indian languages using thecomputer. Thereafter, a comparison of Paninian grammarframework with that of modern western computationalgrammars ispresented.ThisbookisusefulforcoursesinComputational Linguistics in the linguistic departments, and for NLP in computersciencedepartments.

KEY FEATURES• This book is the first of its kind in presenting a

comparisonofPaninianGrammar(PG)withtheexistingmodernwesterncomputationalgrammars.

• Introduces three western grammar frameworks usingexamples from English: Lexical Functional Grammar(LFG), Trees Adjoining Grammar (TAG), and Govern-ment and Binding (GB). The presentation does notassume any background on part of the reader regard-ing these frameworks.

• Eachpresentationalsodiscusseseithertheapplicabilityof the framework to free word order languages, or a comparisonwithPG framework.

• It is a single source in path-breaking research onNaturalLanguageProcessingusingtheclassicandtime-testedPaninian framework.

Contents: List of Figures. preface. Acknowledgements.Introduction to NLP. Language Structure and LanguageAnalyzer. Words and Their Analyzer. Local WordGrouping. Paninian Grammar. Paninian Parser. MachineTranslation. Lexical Functional Grammar. LFG and IndianLanguages.TreeAdjoiningGrammar.ComparingTAGwith

PG. Government and Binding. Comparing GB with PG.Appendices:A—Panini’sGrammarandSanskrit.B—RomanNotation forDevanagri.Bibliography. Index.Glossary.


ISBN-978-93-5443-135-7 (e-Book)

PRASADCourse in Linguistics, A, 3rd ed.TARNI PRASAD, Associate Professor, Department of Linguistics, Addis Ababa University, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.

TThis compact and student-friendly text, now in its ThirdEdition, continues tocover ina singlevolume thediverseaspects of Linguistics, such as phonetics, phonology,morphology, syntax, semantics, historical linguistics, andlanguage families. It also deals, in detail, with AppliedLinguistics,Sociolinguistics,Psycholinguistics,andStylistics.Written inaclearandeasy-to-understandstyle, thisbookis thoroughly practical and should be of great help tostudents inunderstanding thebasic conceptswithease.

ThethirdeditionincorporatesanewchapteronCognitiveLinguistics, an interdisciplinary branchwhich explains themental processes involving language acquisition, storage,comprehension of speech, production of speech andwriting.The book is intended as a text for senior undergraduateand postgraduate students [BA (Hons.) and MA] ofEnglish, and undergraduate and postgraduate students[BA (Hons.) andMA] of Linguistics. In addition, this bookwould be of great help to all those who wish to have ageneral knowledgeofEnglish linguistics.

KEY FEATURES• All the concepts of linguistics are discussed in a single

book.• Linguisticconceptsareexplainedindetail,withexamples,

diagrams, and tables for better comprehension of thesubject.

Contents: Preface. Introduction. Section 1: DescriptiveLinguistics—Phonetics. Phonology. Morphology. Syntax.Syntactic Analysis. Semantics. Section 2: Comparative andHistoricalLinguistics—ComparativeandHistoricalLinguistics.LanguageFamily.Borrowings.Section3:AppliedLinguistics—Applied Linguistics. Sociolinguistics. Psycholinguistics.Stylistics.SuggestedFurtherReading. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-96-7 (e-Book)

SYAL & JINDALIntroduction to Linguistics, An: Language, Grammar and Semantics, 2nd ed.PUSHPINDER SYAL, Professor, Department of English, Panjab University, Chandigarh.D.V. JINDAL, Former Faculty Member, Postgraduate Department of English, Government College, Ludhiana.


This compact and engagingly elegant text, now inits Second Edition, continues to provide a succinctintroduction to Linguistics. The aim of the book is to introduce basic concepts in Linguistics, and to familiarize the students with the fundamentals ofmodernLinguistics ina clearand simplemanner.Each chapter is expository as well as explanatory withexamples.Mostoftheexamplesingrammarandsemanticsare based on the structure of the English Language, buttheprinciplesof language studydiscussed in the text areapplicable toany language ingeneral.Divided into three sections, Section I: The Study ofLanguage; Section II: The Study of Grammar; and Section III: TheStudyofSemantics,eachchapter,besidesdetailing with the concepts, contains Summary andComprehensiveQuestionsforbetterunderstandingofthesubjectandenhancingcomprehension skills.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• AnexclusivechapterontheStudyofLanguageVariation

(Chapter 5) with important terms such as Dialect,AccentandStylistics.

• Moreexamplesgiven in thegrammar section.• Devotes an entire chapter to a new topic—Supra-

sententialGrammar—amust forLinguisticsstudytoday.

Students of Linguistics and postgraduate students ofEnglish pursuing courses in Linguistics should find thistexthighlyusefulandahandycompanion for their study.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Section I: THE STUDYOF LANGUAGE—Language.What isLinguistics? SomeFundamentalConcepts andDistinctionsin Linguistics. ModernLinguistics:AHistoricalSurvey. The Study of Language Variation. Section II: THE STUDY OF GRAMMAR—What is Grammar? Morphology and WordFormation. Basic Sentence Patterns. Structuralist View ofGrammar and IC Analysis. Transformational GenerativeGrammar. Supra-sentential Grammar. Section III: THE STUDY OF SEMANTICS—What is Semantics? Theories of Semantics. Semantics, Pragmatics and Discourse.Principlesof Lexicography.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-23-3 (e-Book)

Literature

CHOUDHURYEnglish Social and Cultural History: An Introductory Guide and Glossary, 2nd ed.BIBHASH CHOUDHURY, Department of English, Gauhati University, Guwahati, Assam.

The second edition of the book, with its emending andupdated text,providesa glimpse into theEnglish life andculture, starting from themiddle ages to the twenty-firstcentury. As the English life and culture are inextricably

interwoven with the literary traditions of England anditsmyriad aspects, this study provides significant insightsinto the field of English literature and the contexts itemerges from. ThetextbeginswithadescriptionofEnglishlifeandculturefromtheMedievalperiodto theRenaissance.Theauthorgives a masterly analysis of such subjects as Feudalism,Medieval Drama and literature, the Renaissance, theReformation and most significantly, the ElizabethanTheatre. A new sub-section on 'Women Writers of theRenaissance' has been added to this chapter. Then, thetext goes on to describe in detail about the RestorationPeriod and the Age of Reason. Besides, the bookgives a wealth of information on important topics likeRomanticism, the Industrial Revolution, Victorianism andVictorian literature. The text concludes with a chapterthat deals on Modernism, Literature and Culture in the PostmodernWorld,andAspectsofContemporaryCultureand Society. In the last chapter, two sub-sections havebeen introduced on 'British Fiction in the Twenty-FirstCentury'and 'Brexit'.Whatdistinguishes the text is theprovisionof aGlossaryat the end of each chapter, which gives not only themeaning and definition of the terms but also providestheentire cultural backgroundand thehistory that theseterms are associated with. Students of English literature—both undergraduatehonours and postgraduate students—will find this bookhighly informative, enlightening, and refreshing in itsstyle. In addition, all thosewho have an abiding interestin English life and culture will find reading this text astimulatingand rewardingexperience.Contents:Preface. FromtheMedieval to theRenaissanceIn Transition: From the Restoration to the Age of ReasonEnglish Society and Culture in the Nineteenth CenturyFrom The Modern to the Postmodern: The TwentiethCenturyandBeyond.Bibliography.


ISBN-978-93-88028-86-8 (e-Book)

NIAZI & RAMA GAUTAMHow to Study Literature: Stylistic and Pragmatic ApproachesNOZAR NIAZI, Head of the Department of English literature, Lorestan University, Iran.RAMA GAUTAM, Professor and Head of the Department of Communication at the International Institute of Information Technology, Pune.

This concise and compact text shows how studying ofliterature can be an ennobling and enjoyable experiencethrough a better understanding of the function andsignificance of the language employed in the literaryworks studied. Divided into two parts—Part One: AStylisticApproachtoLiteratureandPartTwo:APragmaticApproach to Literature—, the text analyzes these two


approaches in considerable detail as they have gainedimportance in recentdecades in the studyof literature.

Dr. Nozar Niazi and Dr. Rama Gautam, with their richexperience in the field, give a stylistic and pragmaticanalysisofsomeselectedworks—novels,poemsandshortstories.While analyzing the novels, the authors examinesuch aspects as use of symbols and metaphor, structureof words, the plot, setting, characterization, themes andimagery.Similarly,whileanalyzingthepoems,theauthorsexamine aspects such as imagery, syntax, grammar,semantics, and cohesion. Finally, while examining theselected short stories, they consider aspects like thesetting, character,plot, themes,andcontext.

Part Two of the text dealing with A Pragmatic Approachto Literature explores the role of situational context in the formulation of meaning. Pragmatics studieslanguagenot in isolationbut in its socio-cultural context.The text analyzes various theories and principles oflanguageand shows thatapragmaticapproachenhancesunderstandingandenjoymentof literaryworks.

The book would be extremely useful to postgraduatestudents of English literature and linguistics. Besides,research students and academics would find the bookquitevaluable.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Part I: A Stylistic Approachto Literature—Introduction. Theoretical Framework. AStylistic Analysis of D.H. Lawrence’s Sons and Lovers. AStylisticAnalysisofHemingway’sAFarewell toArms.AStylisticAnalysisofSelectedPoems.AStylisticAnalysisofSelected Short Stories. Conclusions. Part II: A PragmaticApproach to Literature—Introduction. Theoretical Frame-work.TheNovelandtheFiveMajorSpeechActs.TheRoleofIndirectSpeechActsintheNovel.OtherSpeechActsintheSelectedNovels.Conclusions.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-432-7 (e-Book)

PANNEERSELVAMELIMAIKKURALR. PANNEERSELVAM, Professor of the Department of Management Studies, School of Management, Pondicherry University, Pondicherry.

Since the birth of mankind, people started living ingroups, further they produced their necessary goodson their own. In the process of coexistence, there is anecessity for understanding others and also practicingof give and take policy. Among the relatives, a perfectunderstanding in terms of helping each other emanatedautomatically. After the emergence of civilization, peoplestarted living in villages and latermigrated to towns andcities. Then the formation of countries and continentsmade people to connect internationally. In this process,their characteristics, living styles and business practiceshave improved to thecurrent stateofmoderncivilizationacross theworld. There is a necessity to have guidelines

for our life and culture, socialization and businessorganizations. In this respect, this text, “Elimaikkural” isfullydevelopedbasedonauthors39yearsofteachingandresearch experience, andhis global societal observations.This text forms as a guide for the society at large andlearning text for students at various levels starting fromschool topostgraduate level.

FEATURES OF THIS BOOK• Contains one hundred and forty four (144) headings,

eachcontaining10 simplekurals.• Total number of elimaikkurals in this text is one

thousandand fourhundredand forty (1440).• The one hundred and forty four headings are grouped

into10majorheadings: oDevotion oWealth oEducation oRelation o Character oFamily oCountry oBusiness o Time o Nature• Full literature isdevelopedwithVenbagrammar

Contents: Devotion. Wealth. Education. Relation.Character. Family.Country.Business. Time.Nature.

Latest Print 2020 / 180 pp. / 12 × 14.6 cm / ` 250.00 ISBN-978-93-89347-43-2 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-89347-42-5 (e-Book)

Phonetics

GANGALPractical Course in Spoken English, A 2nd ed.J.K. GANGAL, Director of the Centre for Creativity and Human Resource Development (CCHRD), Delhi, is a well-known ELT expert.

This well-established and highly successful book, now inits SecondEdition,buildson the strengthof thepreviousedition, retaining many of the topics and incorporatingsome new topics in consonance with the present-dayneeds.

The accompanying CD contains all the attributes of agood speech—proper stress, intonation and correctpronunciation—to enable better comprehension of thetopics. Some of the conversations and Words OftenMispronouncedarealso included in theCD toemphasizeon the correctness of learning and enrich the learners in language skills.

Primarily intended for studentsand learnerswhowish toenhancetheirspokenEnglishskills,thisbookwillbeusefulalso for those who have long-felt need to communicate


in English. It has all the rich ingredients to facilitate the learners talkeffectivelyandconfidently:

• About50real-lifeconversationstoimproveone’sspeech• Extensive listof vocabulary toaid ingroupdiscussions• Severaluseful languagetips topursue theglobalquest

forpersonalandacademicexcellence

NEW TO THIS EDITION• Discusses theneedof thebody language• Givesdosanddon’ts foraneffectivecommunicator• Providesalistofafewnon-verbalbehavioursandtheir

universal interpretation

KEY FEATURES• Applicationofidiomsforeffectiveandcreativespeaking• Learningofexpressionsandphrasesforbetterpractical

presentation• Numerouswordmeanings to clarifydoubts• Grammarandusage inalmostall thechapters tograsp

thecorrect syntax• Activity to instil confidence inpublic speakingContents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Acknowledgements. Key to Phonetic Symbols. Part I:Phonetics—Sounds of English Language. Stress andIntonation. Part II: English Conversations—IntroducingYourself. Introducing Another Person. Meeting a PersonFirst Time. Meeting a Stranger in a Familiar Situation.Meeting People after a Long Time. Asking for aWay andGiving Directions. At the Railway Reservation Counter.Buying a Railway Ticket and Boarding a Wrong Train. Atthe Airport. Travelling by State Bus. Giving a Messageon Phone. Attending an Interview for a Job. At theBank. At the Hospital. At the Departmental Store. Atthe Cinema. At the Public Library. At the Bookshop. Atthe Dining Table. At the Hotel. Asking for Information.Making a Request. Taking Leave of Somebody. Makingan Appointment. Accepting an Invitation. Decliningan Invitation. Apologising. Appreciating Something.Expressing Disapproval. Meeting a School Friend after aLong Time. At the Parent–TeacherMeeting. Interview forChild’sAdmission inSchool.TellingtheTime. Interviewinga Celebrity on Television [Rendezvous with Pradeep].Expressing Condolences. Grading System vs. MarkingSystem (A Panel Discussion). Planning a Vacation. Atthe Green Grocer’s. At the Post Office. Lodging anFIR with Police. Ordering a Meal at the Hotel. At theBeauty Parlour. Life in Metropolis. Talking about People.Talking about Newspapers. Talking about Computers.Talking about Television. Talking about Weather andTemperature. Talking about Art and Music. Interviewing a National Awardee Teacher. Part III: Essentials of Spoken English—Idiomatic Expressions. Words OftenMispronounced.Expressions forEffectiveCommunication.The Body Language. Part IV: Self-Evaluation—Self-Evaluation. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-31-8 (e-Book)

SETHI & DHAMIJACourse in Phonetics and Spoken English, A, 2nd ed.J. SETHI, formerly Professor of English, Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages (CIEFL), Hyderabad.P.V. DHAMIJA, Professor, Department of Phonetics and Spoken English, CIEFL, Hyderabad.

This much improved revised edition of the book takesinto account the needs of the student in the contextof the present curricula followed in various universities and English language teaching institutes. This editiontherefore devotes a new chapter to Assimilation, asection to Tones in relation to Attitudes, and highlightscertain important aspects of pronunciation, such as rulesofwordaccentuation.

Startingwithgeneralphonetics, thebookgoeson togiveabrief functional accountof generalphonologyand thena selective and yet fairly exhaustive description of thephonetics and phonology of English. It also provides anumber of conversational passages in phonetic script aswell as in ordinary spelling for practice in reading aloud.What sets this text apart is its novelty of approach andlucidityof treatment.Englishpronunciation is followedasper the“ReceivedPronunciationofEngland”.

This text is specially designed for postgraduate studentsof English, undergraduate and postgraduate studentsof linguistics, and for those undergoing secondary andtertiary level teachers’ trainingprogrammes inEnglish.

KEY FEATURES• Suitable and adequate practice material has been

included.• Numerous exercises are given at the end of each

chapter,whicharegearedtoteachingaswellastesting.• A revised IPAchart isprovided.

Contents: Preface to the First Edition. The Organs ofSpeech. The Description and Classification of SpeechSounds.TheDescriptionandClassificationofConsonants.The Description and Classification of Vowels. PhoneticTranscription. The Phoneme. The Syllable. VariousAccents of English. The Sounds of English—Vowels. TheSoundsofEnglish—Consonants.PhonemeSequencesandConsonant Clusters in English. Word Accent. Accent andRhythm in Connected Speech. Assimilation. Intonation.Conver-sationalPassages forPractice.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-90-5 (e-Book)


SETHI & JINDALHandbook of Pronunciation of English Words, A (with two CD-ROMs)J. SETHI, Formerly, Professor of English, Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad.D.V. JINDAL, Former Faculty Member, Postgraduate Department of English, Government College, Ludhiana.Addressed to an educated user of English, the book,together with a set of two CDs, offers a ‘Teach Yourself’course in the pronunciation of English words. Written in a non-technical language, it contains considerableamountofpracticematerials too.Part Idealswith important factsabout thepronunciationof English words and the principal attributes of goodspeech;Part IIcontainsapronouncingdictionaryofsome2,500 commonly used, but often mispronounced, wordsof English and about 60 foreignwords andphrases oftenusedinEnglish.Theselectionofthewordsandphrasesisbased partly on research and partly on the authors’ longexperience.

KEY FEATURES• The book takes into account the socio-linguistic

realitiesoftheuseofEnglish,andaccordinglyattemptsthe taskof remediationofEnglishpronunciation.

• AcharthighlightstheproblemsfacedbyIndianlearners.• It provides an exhaustive treatment of the relationship

betweensoundand spelling inEnglish.• Achapter is speciallydevoted tosomegeneral rulesof

pronunciation includingthetreatmentofdouble lettersand ‘silent’ letters, and the pronunciation of the pastand plural suffixes and contracted forms such as I’ve, she’d, shan’t, mightn’t.

• TheDictionaryismeantnotonlyforreference,butalsofor regular learning.

• Both the practice materials and the Dictionary arerecordedon twoCDsavailablewith thebook.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Pronunciation of EnglishWords—Introduction. English Sounds and Symbols. SomeGeneral Rules of Pronunciation. Word Accent in English.Attributes of Good Speech. Part II: Dictionary—TheDictionary. SelectBibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-883-7 (e-Book)

SETHI, SADANAND & JINDALPractical Course in English Pronunciation, A (with two CD-ROMs)J. SETHI, Formerly Professor of English, Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad.K. SADANAND, Formerly Professor and Head, Department of Phonetics and Spoken English, Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages, Hyderabad.D.V. JINDAL, Former Faculty Member, Postgraduate Department of English, Government College, Ludhiana.

English enjoys a preeminent position today among worldlanguages. However, even the large populations that areproficient in the vocabulary and grammar of English arenotequallyproficientinthepronunciationofthelanguage.Thisadultpopulation is the targetaudienceof thisbook.

Based on the RP (Received Pronunciation) model—themostwidely understood English pronunciation across theworld—this systematically organized and lucidly writtentext covers the entire range from sound to connectedspeech, i.e., dialogues, anecdotes, passages and shortspeeches. The book is in two parts: Part I deals withall important aspects of English pronunciation; Part IIcomprisesapronouncingdictionary.

Intended for adult learners of English, the book chieflyaims at remediation, and most of the practice materialsand exercises are given with this end in view. Besides,with the help of numerous listening exercises, thecourse sharpens the learners’ ability to comprehendspoken English with ease, thereby training them to face real-life situations (for example, interviews) withconfidenceandcompetence.

KEY FEATURES• Givesafairlycomprehensiveaccountoftherelationship

betweensoundand spelling.• A whole chapter is devoted to Stress in English

compounds.• The Dictionary—a Dictionary with a difference—

consists of words that are commonly used in thelanguage but are often mispronounced. The entireDictionary is recorded on CD with spaces for learnersto repeateachwordafter the teacher.

• The two CDs accompanying the book help the learnerin speakingaswell as listening.

With its emphasis on practice, the bookwill prove to beof great value to postgraduate students of English andlinguistics, teacher-trainees in colleges of education andinstitutes of English, college faculty and school teachers,institutes offering courses in spoken English, candidatespreparing for various competitive exams, and radio andTV newsreaders.Contents: Preface.Part I:PRONUNCIATIONOFENGLISH—Introduction. Problems of Pronunciation. EnglishConsonants. EnglishVowels. SomeGeneralGuidelines forCorrect Pronunciation. Word Stress. Stress in CompoundWords. Sentence Stress and Rhythm. Intonation.Additional Attributes of Good Speech. Practice inConnected Speech. Part II: THE DICTIONARY—About theDictionary. The Dictionary. Section A: General EnglishVocabulary. Section B: Some Common Personal Names,Names of Days, Months and Literary Characters. SectionC: Some Common Geographical Names. Section D:Foreign Words and Phrases Commonly Used in English.SelectBibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-629-1 (e-Book)


Translation Studies

SHASTRIFundamental Aspects of TranslationPRATIMA DAVE SHASTRI,Assistant Professor, Department of Applied Linguistics, Shreemati Nathibai Damodar Thackersey (SNDT) Women’s University, Mumbai.

This concise and well-written text provides a deeperinsight into the discipline of translation and discusses allthecomplexities involved in translation.

The book discusses in detail the process of translation,different types of translation, and theory and principlesof translation. It alsodealswithdifferent interdisciplinarysubjects such as semiotics, linguistics, lexicography andsocio-linguistics that contribute to effective translation.Finally, it explains the problems of translation and thetechniques for evaluating translation. The book providesplentyofexamples tomake theconcept clear.

The book is intended as a text for the undergraduatestudents of translation studies and postgraduatestudents of English, Applied Linguistics, and English andComparativeLiterature.Contents: Foreword. Preface. Nature and Scope ofTranslation. Process of Translation. Types of Translation.Theory of Translation. Principles of Translation.TranslatingPoetry:AProcessofTranscreation.Translationand Culture: A Semiotic Perspective. Linguistics andTranslation. Lexicography and the Tools for Translation.Sociolinguistics and Translation. Problems of Translation.EvaluationofTranslation.SpecimenExampleofEvaluationofTranslation.References. SuggestedReading. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-735-9 (e-Book)

Women’s Writings in Nineteenth and Twentieth Century

ABRAHAMWomen’s Writings in the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries—Short StoriesTAISHA ABRAHAM, Associate Professor, Department of English, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi. Intended as a text for undergraduate students of Englishfor their course on Women’s Writings in the NineteenthandTwentiethcenturies, thiscompactandwell-organizedbookprovidesboththehistoryofthedevelopmentoftheshort story in America and Britain and a comprehensiveintroduction to the modes on critical practices based onfeminst thinking. It takes intoaccount thestrategiesusedby the women writers of the period in the backdrop ofthe gender issues that agitated their minds.

Thetextisdividedintothreeparts—PartI:Introduction—containing two chapters that deal with the developmentoftheAmericanshortstoryandtheresurgenceofradicalfeminism in America. These provide the historical andthe feminist frame within which the short stories bythe Anglo American Women’s Writers should be read. Part II gives four short stories: Kate Chopin—The Storyof An Hour; Charlotte Perkins Gilman—The YellowWallpaper; Willa Cather—Coming, Aphrodite!; andKatherine Mansfield—Bliss. Each short story is precededby a critical introduction, detailed references for furtherreading, and a biographical time line. Part III comprisesthreecriticalessayswhichprovide sharp insights into theperiod inwhich the fourwomenwriterswerewriting.This book will be treasured not only by students butalso by those who wish to study critically the feministwritings of the period. In addition, it will enrich readers’understandingofAmericanandBritishliteraryhistoryandculture.SALIENT FEATURES• The critical introduction to each short story traces the

developmentof the form from itsorigins, bothhistori-callyandintermsoffemale literarycontributionsto itsdevelopment.

• The chapter on Radical Feminism is mapped in thecontextof social,politicalandculturaldevelopment.

• The book provides historical, literary and biographicalcontextsof thewritersand their short stories.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I: Introduc-tion—TheDevelopmentof theAmericanShort Story. TheResurgence of Radical Feminism in America: Mappingthe Field. Part II: Short Stories—Kate Chopin (1850–1904). Charlotte Perkins Gilman (1860–1935). WillaCather (1873–1947). Katherine Mansfield (1888–1923).Kate Chopin’s Canonical and Market Place: Authorship,Authorization and Authority—Bonnie James Shaker. Bibliography. Women Readers and Reading in VictorianBritain and America—Catherine J. Golden. Gay LiteraryTraditions—JohnP.Anders.


ISBN-978-93-5443-181-4 (e-Book)

Law

Administrative Law

JAYAKUMARAdministrative LawN.K. JAYAKUMAR, Professor and Head, Department of Law, and Dean, Faculty of Law, University of Kerala.

This concise yet comprehensive book covers the entirerange of topics on administrative law prescribed forundergraduate students of Law (LL.B./B.A., LL.B.) andpresentsthemwithgreatclarityandcommendableinsight.


The book begins by describing the reasons for the rapidgrowth and tremendous development of administrativelaw in modern times and goes on to discuss delegatedlegislation, principles of natural justice, contractual andtortuous liability of the State, and remedies available to the individual against the State with relevant caselaws. Comparison with the systems prevailing in othercountries puts the topics in the right perspective.Recent developments including legitimate expectation,proportionality, and misfeasance in public office arediscussedatappropriateplaces.

The most remarkable feature of the book is that it hastransformed the complex subject of administrative lawinto an easily understandable subjectwithin the grasp ofeven an average student. The compact size of the bookand simple treatment of the subject make this text thebest introduction toadministrative law.

Contents: Preface. TableofCases. Introduction.DelegatedLegislation. ThePrinciplesofNatural Justice.DiscretionaryPowers of the Administration. Judicial Control ofAdministrative Action. Remedies against AdministrativeAction. Liability of the State in Tort. Liability of the Statein Contract. Government Privileges in Legal Proceedings.ServicesundertheUnionandtheStates.Maladministrationand ItsRemedies.PublicEnterprises. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-428-0 (e-Book)

Business Law

BHATIA & SETHICorporate and Compensation LawsNISHWAN BHATIA, Associate Professor, Department of Commerce, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi. JYOTSNA SETHI, Associate Professor, Department of Commerce, Jesus and Mary College, New Delhi. Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate studentsof Commerce, this book gives a comprehensive analysisof the legalaspectsof corporateandcompensation laws.The book begins with an overview of the nature, kind and formation of a company and different kinds ofcompanies.ThenitgoesontogiveadetaileddiscussiononMemorandum of Association, Articles of Association andProspectus.Besides,itenumeratesthewaysbywhichonebecomesamemberofacompany,anddiscussesthelegalprovisions concerning share capital, shares, dividends,interest and bonus shares. Furthermore, it dwells oncompany management, meetings and proceedings, andprovisions regarding investigation of company affairs, theconduct and consequences of winding up of a companyand the concepts of corporate governance and producercompany. The book concludes with a discussion on thedevelopments in corporate laws, the Depositories Act,1996, the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923, and theEmployees’ State Insurance Act, 1948. The Appendicescover Corporate Governance-Voluntary Guidelines 2009,

the Workmen’s Compensation Act, 1923-Schedules I-IVand the Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948-SchedulesII and III.Besides students of Commerce, those pursuing MBA,ICWA, Chartered Accountancy and Company Secretary-shipwill alsofind thebookextremelyuseful.

KEY FEATURES• Givesuptodate informationon the subject.• Incorporates all the amendments including the latest

amendmentregardingcorporateandcompensationlaws.• Illustrationswith relevantCaseLawreinforce the text.• ProvidesTestQuestionsandPracticalProblems.

Contents: Preface. Nature of A Company. Kinds ofCompanies. Formation of A Company. Memorandum of Association. Articles of Association. Prospectus.Membership in a Company. Share Capital. Shares.Dividends, Interest and Bonus Shares. CompanyManage-ment. Meetings and Proceedings. Investigation. WindingUp.CorporateGovernance.ProducerCompany.SignificantDevelopments In Corporate Laws. The Depositories Act,1996.CompensationLaws:TheWorkmen’sCompensationAct, 1923. Compensation Laws: The Employees’State Insurance Act, 1948. Appendices—A: CorporateGovernance-VoluntaryGuidelines2009.B:TheWorkmen’sCompensationAct,1923-SchedulesI-IV.C:TheEmployees’State InsuranceAct,1948-Schedules II and III. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-223-1 (e-Book)

CHANDRA BOSEBusiness Law, 2nd ed.D. CHANDRA BOSE, Professor Emeritus of Commerce and formerly Principal, Sree Narayana College, Chengannur (Kerala), a constituent college of the University of Kerala.

The Second Edition of the book continues to explainthe legal aspects of the different business laws of theland to help students understand and gain knowledge ofthe legal environment in which the businesses operate.The knowledge of the business laws is of paramountimportance to every business manager and charteredaccountant,whoneedtodealwithlegalmattersregularly.

Thisbookisspecificallydesignedtointroducethestudentsto the legal environment and thus includes all importantActs, such as the Law of Contracts, the Sales of GoodsAct,1930, theNegotiable InstrumentsAct,1881, theLawof Insurance, the Company Law, the Factories Act, 1948,the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, the Trade Unions Act,1948, the Minimum Wages Act, 1948, the Employees’State Insurance Act, 1948, the Consumer Protection Act,1986, thePollutionControlActs,1974and1981,and theother important legal issues.

The book presents a systematic and in-depth treatmentof the various Acts in a concise, lucid and illustrativemanner, using several suitable practical examples andstudies of different law cases with a view tomaking the


subjectmoreintelligible,interestingandauthentic.Reviewquestions and practical assignments provided at the endof each chapter are designed to help the students graspandapply theprovisionsofdifferentActs.

NEW TO THE SECOND EDITIONThe following new chapters have been introduced in thesecondedition toenrich thecontents:

• CorporateGovernance• IntellectualPropertyRights• Right to InformationAct• TelecomRegulatoryAuthorityof India

In addition, the part three of the book, which is onthe Company Law, has been updated with the latestCompaniesAct,2013.

The book is primarily designed to serve the needs ofundergraduate students of Commerce (B.Com). It isequally useful for BBA and MBA students and thosepursuingprofessionalcoursesatTheInstituteofCharteredAccountants and The Institute of Company Secretaries,besidesmeetingthegrowingneedsofaspirantspreparingfor competitiveexaminations.

Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. Part One: MercantileLaw—Section 1: Law of Contracts—Introduction. Natureof Contracts. Offer or Proposal. Acceptance. Conside-ration. Capacity of Parties. Free Consent. Legality ofConsideration and Object. Contingent Contracts andWagering Contracts. Quasi Contracts. Performance ofContract. Discharge of Contract. Remedies for Breach ofContract. Section 2: Special Contracts—Indemnity andGuarantee.BailmentandPledge.Agency.Section3:OtherLaws—Sale of Goods Act, 1930. Negotiable InstrumentsAct, 1881. Partnership. Part Two: Law of Insurance—Insurance. Life Insurance. General Insurance. InsuranceRegulatoryandDevelopmentAuthority(IRDA).PartThree:CompanyLaw—FormationandIncorporationofCompany.Memorandum of Association. Articles of Association.Prospectus. Membership in a Company. Share Capital.Shares. Application and Allotment of Shares. Calls andForfeitureofShares.ShareCertificateandShareWarrant.Transfer and Transmission of Shares. Borrowing Powers.Directors.BoardMeetingsandCommittees.GeneralBodyMeetings. Disclosure and Transparency. Compliances,Governance and CSR. Dividends. Accounts and Audit.Supremacy of Majority and Protection of Minority. Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement.Compromises, Arrangements and Reconstructions.Winding Up. Compromises, Arrangements andReconstructions.Winding Up. Part Four: Industrial Law—The Factories Act, 1948. The Industrial Disputes Act,1947. The Trade Unions Act, 1926. TheMinimumWagesAct, 1948. The Employees’ State Insurance Act, 1948.Part Five: General Law—The Consumer Protection Act,1986. Pollution Control Act. Corporate Governance. 56.Intellectual Property Rights. Right to Information Act.TelecomRegulatoryAuthorityof India. Index.


ISBN-978-93-87472-24-2 (e-Book)

PADHILegal Aspects of BusinessP.K. PADHI, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations Institute (XLRI), Jamshedpur.

This comprehensive and student-friendly text discussesthe various laws and Acts relating to business laws suchas The Indian Contract Act, The Sale of Goods Act andTheCompaniesAct. Itpresents the topics ina systematicand illustrative manner, providing many case laws witha view to making them more intelligible and authentic.Legal jargon has been completely avoided so that thestudents can understand these laws with ease.

The book is primarily meant for the undergraduateand postgraduate students of law, management andthe undergraduate students of commerce. Besides,students pursuing professional courses such as CompanySecretaryship(CS),CAandICWAwouldalsofindthebookquiteuseful.

Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. 1. The Indian ContractAct, 1872—Of the Communication, Acceptance andRevocationofProposals.OfContracts,VoidableContractsand Void Agreements. Of Contingent Contracts. Of thePerformanceofContracts.OfCertainRelationsResemblingThose Created by Contract. Of the Consequences ofBreach of Contract. Of Indemnity and Guarantee. OfBailment. Agency. 2. The Arbitration and ConciliationAct, 1996—Part I: Arbitration—General Provisions.Arbitration Agreement. Composition of Arbitral Tribunal.Jurisdiction of Arbitral Tribunals. Conduct of ArbitralProceedings.MakingofArbitralAwardandTerminationofProceedings.RecourseagainstArbitralAward.FinalityandEnforcement of Arbitral Awards. Appeals. Miscellaneous.PartII:EnforcementofCertainForeignAwards—NewYorkConvention Awards. Geneva Convention Awards. Part III:Conciliation. Part IV: Supplementary Provisions—3. TheSales of goods act, 1930—Preliminary. Formation ofthe Contract of Sale. Conditions and Warranties. Effectsof the Contract. Transfer of Title. Performance of theContract. Rights of Unpaid Seller against the Goods.Suits for Breach of the Contract. Miscellaneous. 4. TheNEgotiable InstrumentsAct, 1881—Preliminary.OfNotes,Bills and Cheques. Parties to Notes, Bills and Cheques.Of Negotiation. Of Presentment. Of Payment andInterest. Of Discharge from Liability on Notes, Bills andCheques. Of Notice of Dishonour. Of Noting and Protest.Of Reasonable Time. Of Acceptance and Payment forHonourandReferenceinCaseofNeed.OfCompensation.Special Rules of Evidence. Of Crossed Cheques. Of Billsin Sets. Of International Law. Of Penalties in Case ofDishonour of Certain Cheques for Insufficiency of Fundsin the Accounts. 5. TheConsumerProtectionAct, 1986—Preliminary. Consumer Protection Councils. ConsumerDisputes Redressal Agencies. Miscellaneous. 6. The Companies Act, 1956—Meaning and Features. Kinds ofCompany.RegistrationandIncorporation.MemorandumofAssociation.ArticlesofAssociation.Prospectus.ShareandShare Capital. Shareholders and Members. Debentures.Directors.Meetings.MajorityPowersandMinorityRights.


Prevention of Oppression and Mismanagement. WindingupofaCompany.Appendix. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-448-8 (e-Book)

RAOBusiness LawPEDDINA MOHANA RAO was formerly Reader, Department of Commerce, Sri Krushna Chandra Gajapati (SKCG), an Autonomous College in Orissa.

This student-friendly text on Business Law discussesin detail different laws and Acts relating to business,commerce, trade and industry. Divided into six parts, Part I, The Indian Contract Act, 1872 discusses topicssuch as agreement and contract, offer and acceptance,and consideration. Part II, The Sale of Goods Act, 1930deals with formation of contract of sale, conditions andwarranties, and performance of contract of sale. Part III,The Indian Partnership Act, 1932 explains the nature ofpartnershipandregistrationanddissolutionofafirm.PartIV,TheNegotiableInstrumentsAct,1881describespartiesto negotiable instruments, presentation of negotiableinstruments, and so on. Part V, The Indian CompaniesAct, 1956 discusses the formation and incorporation ofa company and appointment of directors and their legalposition. Part VI, General Acts, gives an overview of TheConsumerProtectionAct,1986andTheForeignExchangeManagementAct,2000.

The book is intended as a text for the undergraduatestudents of commerce and postgraduate students ofmanagement. Besides, students pursuing professionalcourses such as CA, ICWA and CS and those appearingfor Judicial Services examination will also find the bookquiteuseful.

KEY FEATURES• Cites examples, wherever necessary, to clarify the

implicationof the law.• Illustrates concepts with the help of worked out

examples.• FurnishesaGlossaryon the legal termsused.• Cites case laws tomake theconcepts clear.• Supplementsthetextwithpedagogicalfeaturessuchas

bird’s-eye view to make the book more practical andeasy tounderstand.

Contents: Preface. Part I: The Indian Contract Act,1872—Law an Overview. Business Laws an IntroductoryView.Nature of Contract. Agreement and Contract. Offerand Acceptance. Consideration. Capacity to Contract.Free Consent. Legality of Object and Consideration.Void Agreements. Performance of Contract. Dischargeof Contract. Breach of Contract. Contingent Contracts.Quasi Contracts. Indemnity andGuarantee. Bailment andPledge. Law of Agency. Part II: The Sale of Goods Act,1930—Formation of the Contract of Sale. Conditions andWarranties.TransferofOwnership inGoods.Performance

of the Contract of Sale. Unpaid Seller and RestorativeMeasures. Part III: The Indian Partnership Act, 1932—Nature of Partnership: A General View. Relations ofPartners to One Another. Registration and Dissolutionof a Firm. Part IV: Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881—Negotiable Instruments: An Introductory View. Partiesto Negotiable Instruments. Negotiation. Presentmentof Negotiable Instruments. Dishonour and Dischargeof Negotiable Instruments. Banker and Customer. PartV: The Indian Companies Act, 1956—Formation andIncorporation of Company. Legal Position of Directors,their Appointment and Remuneration. Meetings andResolutions. Part VI: The Consumer Protection Act,1986—TheConsumerProtectionAct, 1986:AnAggregateView. Part VII: The Foreign Exchange Management Act,2000—Foreign ExchangeManagement Act, 2000: A BriefView. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-655-0 (e-Book)

SULPHEY & BASHEERLaws for Business, 5th ed.M.M.SULPHEY,Professor, Department of Human Resource Management, College of Business Administration, Prince Sattam Bin Abdulaziz University, Al-Kharj, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. AZ-HAR BASHEER,Assistant Professor at TKM Institute of Management, Kollam, Kerala.

The knowledge of business laws is very importantfor the survival and growth of any organisation. Thiscomprehensiveandwell-writtenbook,initsFourthEdition,continues to present a thorough discussion of variouslegal topics such as contract laws, corporate laws, labourlegislations, taxation laws and the related acts, includingthe Sale of Goods Act, 1930, theNegotiable InstrumentsAct, 1881, the Consumer Protection Act, 1986, theInsuranceAct, 1938, the Limited LiabilityPartnershipAct,2008, the Companies Act, 2013, the Foreign ExchangeManagement Act, 1999, the Information Technology Act,2000, theEnvironmentProtectionAct,1986, theRight toInformation Act, 2005, the Right to Education Act, 2009,theCompaniesAct,2013, theNationalFoodSecurityAct,2013andother importantacts.

Thebookcontainsmanypracticalexamplesandstudiesofdifferent law cases, which make it more interesting andauthentic. Inaddition, thebook incorporates chapter-endquestions.Moreover,mindmapsprovided inmostof thechapters give readers a brief idea about the conceptsdiscussed. More practical exercises in the form of casestudies in thequestions section,and formatofanumberofdocumentsmake thebookquite informative.

The book is primarily designed for the undergraduateand postgraduate students of management and otherrelated courses for their subject Business Law. Besides,theprofessionals and legal practitionerswill alsofind thebookveryuseful.


NEW TO THIS EDITION• ChapteronCodeonWages,2019.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Section I: Introduction to Law and Its Implication inBusiness—Introduction. Section II: Law of Contracts—IndianContractAct,1872.SpecialContracts.SaleofGoodsAct, 1930. Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. ConsumerProtection Act, 1986. Insurance Act, 1938. IndianPartnership Act, 1932. Limited Liability Partnership Act,2008. Section III: Corporate Laws—Companies Act, 2013.Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999. CompetitionAct, 2002. Securities and Exchange Board of India Act,1992. Section IV: Administrative Law—AdministrativeLaw. Section V: Labour Legislations—Factories Act, 1948.Trade Unions Act, 1926. Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.Employees’ Compensation Act, 2009. Employees’ StateInsurance Act, 1948. Employees’ Provident Funds andMiscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952. Payment of GratuityAct,1972.MaternityBenefitAct,1961.PaymentofWagesAct,1936.MinimumWagesAct,1948.PaymentofBonusAct, 1965. Industrial Employment Standing Orders Act,1946. SectionVI: Taxation Laws—Introduction to TaxationLaw and Income Tax. Wealth Tax. The Central Goodsand Services Tax Act, 2017. Section VII: MiscellaneousActs—Intellectual Property Right. Information TechnologyAct, 2000. Environment Protection Act, 1986. Right toInformation Act, 2005. Right to Education Act, 2009. TheNational Food SecurityAct, 2013. The SexualHarassmentof Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition andRedressal)Act,2013 Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-57-9 (e-Book)

Civil Procedure Code

DASCode of Civil ProcedureJATINDRA KUMAR DAS, Professor, Dean and Secretary, Faculty of Law at the University of Calcutta, Kolkata.

The book written with a rich teaching experience of theauthor at National Law University and State University,attempts to critically analyse Indian High Court andApex Court cases on the Law of Civil Procedure. It alsoevaluates the relation between statutory procedural lawand case laws as subject. Most importantly, the bookpresents recent judgmentsofSupremeCourt,particularlybased on Post Amendment Acts of 1999 and 2002. Also,these cases have been analysed in addition to a criticalexamination of the radical and far reaching effect of theCode.

This lucid and well-organised book is divided into fiveparts. Part I develops theoretical foundations of thereaders on Civil Procedure Code. Part II demonstratescertain important issuesonthe(i)scopeof jurisdictionofcivil courts to entertain disputes, (ii) principles governing

res sub judice, res judicata and foreign judgement, (iii) nature of powers exercised by civil courts inmattersrelating to place of suing, institution of suit, transfer ofcases,withdrawalandcompromiseofsuits, (iv)necessaryconditions for first hearing, interim order, trial as wellas special suits, (v) scope and ambit of law relating topleadings, appearance and non-appearance of parties,discovery, inspection, production of documents, death,marriage, insolvency of parties, judgment and decrees.Part III explores various issues on appeals, reference,review and revision. In this part, an attempt has alsobeen made to discuss different facets of law on firstappeal, second appeals, appeals from orders, appeal byindigentpersons,appealstotheSupremeCourt.PartIVisdevotedtodiscussvariousprinciplesonexecution.PartVdealswithmiscellaneousissuesontheLawofCivilProce-dureand includesAppendixon theLawof Limitation.

The book will prove useful to the students of LLB andLLM for their course study. Besides, the book will be ofimmenseuse to theprofessionals.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Preliminary—TheoreticalFoundations of Code of Civil Procedure. Definitions. Part II: Suits—Jurisdiction of Civil Courts. Res Sub Judiceand Res Judicata. Foreign Judgments. Place of Suing.Institution of Suit, Parties to Suit, Framing of Suit,Recognised Agents and Pleaders. Pleading: Plaint andWritten Statement. Issuing Summons, Appearances ofParties, Consequence of Non-appearance and Remediesagainst ex-parte Decrees. First Hearing. Discovery,Inspection, Admissions, Production of Documents andAffidavits.Trial.Withdrawal,AdjustmentandCompromiseof Suits. Effect of Death, Marriage and Insolvency ofParties. Special Suits andProceedings. Judgment,Decree,Interest and Costs. Interlocutory and Interim Orders. Part III: Appeals, Reference, Review and Revision—Appeals from Original Decrees: First Appeal. Appealsfrom Apellate Decrees: Second Appeal. Appeals fromOrder. Appeals by Indigent Persons. Appeals to theSupreme Court. Reference. Review. Revision. Part IV:Execution—General Principles of Execution. Modes forExecution. Arrest and Detention. Attachment of PropertyandDistribution of Assets. Sale andDelivery of Property. Part V: Miscellaneous—Restitution. Caveat. InherentPowersofCourt.Appendix: Lawof Limitation. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-354-2 (e-Book)

Constitution of India

'kekZ

Hkkjr dk lafo/ku&,d ifjp;] pkSngoka laLdj.kcztfd'kksj 'kekZ] izfrfyI;f/dkj (dkihjkbV) cksMZ ds vè;{k FksA iwoZ esa Hkkjr ljdkj ds fof/ ea=kky; esa vij lfpo FksA

bl iqLrd dh yksdfiz;rk ;Fkkor f'k[kj ij gSA xr o"kZ ds lHkh egÙoiw.kZ fu.kZ;ksa dk bl laLdj.k esa ;Fkks-


fpr lekos'k dj fy;k x;k gSA fof/k ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa vkSj U;kf;d rFkk flfoy lsok dh ijh{kkvksa esa Hkkx ysus okys vH;FkhZ bls vrho mi;ksxh ekurs gSaA mudh lQyrk dk ;g mi;qDr lk/ku gSA oLrqijd vkSj o.kZukRed] nksuksa izdkj dh ijh{kkvksa ds fy, ;g iqLrd mi;ksxh gSA

pkSngosa laLdj.k dh fo'ks"krk1- tEew&d'ehj ds izR;sd igyw ij izdk'k Mkyrs gq,

,d laiw.kZ u;k v/;k;A2- lcjheky eafnj dk oknA3 yksdfgrokn vkSj jk"Vªh; lqj{kk ¼jkQsy lkSnk½—

U;k;ky; fdl lhek rd tkap dj ldrs gSa\4- fuf"Ø; lgte`R;q vuqKs; gSA5- lafonktkr vkSj voS/k fu;qfD;kaA6- vk/kkj dh fof/kekU;rkA7- ,dkarrk ds vf/kdkj ds mYya/ku dk vo/kkj.k

djus ds fy, ijh{k.kA8- udyh bZlkbZ vkSj vYila[;d laLFkk,aA

9- lafo/kku 103oka vkSj 104oka la'kks/ku vf/kfu;eA

fo"k; lwph% rsjgosa laLdj.k dh HkwfedkA izFke laLdj.k dh HkwfedkA fu.kZ; lwphA lafo/ku dh jpuk ds iwoZ dh ?kVuk,aA lafo/ku ds izeq[k y{k.kA ifjla?k iz.kkyhA mísf'kdkA la?k dk jkT;{ks=k vkSj jkT;ksa dk fuekZ.kA ukxfjdrkA ewy vf/dkjA jkT; dh uhfr ds funs'kd rÙoA ewy dÙkZO;A la?k dh dk;ZikfydkA la?k dk fo/ku&eaMyA jkT; dh dk;ZikfydkA jkT; fo/ku&eaMyA U;k;ikfydkA Hkkjr dk mPpre U;k;ky;A mPp U;k;ky;A la?k jkT;{ks=kA LFkkuh; 'kkluA lgdkjh lkslkbVhA la?k vkSj jkT;ksa ds chp laca/A laifÙk] lafonk,a vkSj okn&ljdkj dk nkf;RoA laifÙk dk vf/dkjA O;kikj] okf.kT; vkSj lekxe dh Lora=krkA la?k vkSj jkT;ksa ds v/hu lsok,aA yksd lsok vk;ksxA fuokZpuA jktHkk"kkA vkikr mica/A lafo/ku dk la'kks/uA vuqPNsn 370A ny ifjorZu&nloha vuqlwphA dqN oxks± ds laca/ esa fo'ks"k mica/A izR;k;ksftr fo/kuA uSlfxZd U;k;A yksdfgroknA Hkkjr dk fu;a=kd&egkys[kk ijh{kdA 'kCn lwphA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-90544-16-5 (e-Book)

SHARMAIntroduction to the Constitution of India, 10th ed.BRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, Copyright Board. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust (NBT), India.

Written in a simple and an easy-to-understand language,this comprehensive text gives a broad perspective ofthe framework of the Indian Constitution and its salientfeatures. It gives all provisions and principles of IndianConstitution, and incorporates all important and leadingcases.Alllandmarkjudgementsofthepastyearhavebeenduly incorporated in thepresent edition. The students ofLL.B.andLL.M.andthosewhoappearforjudicialservicesorCivil Servicesexaminationfind itextremelyhelpful.

This book is a key to their success. It is useful for bothtypesofpapers—objectiveaswell asnarrative.

NEW TO THE TENTH EDITION1.A whole new chapter dealing with every aspect of

Jammu and Kashmir.2.SabarimalaTemplecase.3.PIL and national security (Rafale Deal)—How far the

courtswouldgo?4.Passiveeuthanasia ispermissible.5.Contractualand illegalappointments.6.ValidityofAadhaar.7.Tests todetermineviolationofRight toPrivacy.8.FakeChristiansandminority institutions.9.Constitution103rdand104thAmendmentActs.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table ofCases. Events Before the Framing of the Constitution.Salient Features of the Constitution. The Federal System.The Preamble. Territory of the Union and Formationof States. Citizenship. Fundamental Rights. DirectivePrinciples of State Policy. FundamentalDuties. TheUnionExecutive. The Union Legislature. The State Executive.State Legislatures. The Judiciary. The Supreme Court of India. The High Courts. Union Territories. Local Government.TheCooperativeSocieties.Relationsbetweenthe Union and the States. Property, Contract and Suits—GovernmentLiability.RighttoProperty.FreedomofTrade,Commerce and Intercourse. Services under the Unionand the States. Public Service Commissions. Elections.Official Language. Emergency Provisions. Amendment oftheConstitution.Article370.Defections—TenthSchedule.Special Provisions Relating to Certain Classes’. DelegatedLegislation. Natural Justice. Public Interest Litigation.ComptrollerandAuditorGeneralof India. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90544-13-4 (e-Book)

Copyright Law

DASLaw of Copyright, 2nd ed.JATINDRA KUMAR DAS, Professor, Head, Department of Law and Dean, Faculty of Law at the University of Calcutta, Kolkata.

The book attempts to critically analyse the cases on thelaw of copyright aswell as statutory provisions of law ofcopyright.


When the first edition of the book was published in2015, there was no readable and dependable book forthe general reader interested to be acquainted with thechangingfeaturesofthelawofcopyright immediateafterthe enactment of the Copyright (Amendment) Act 2012.Since the publication of this book, the Finance Act 2017hasintroducedAppellateBoardinplaceofCopyrightBoardas well as the Supreme Court and High Courts in Indiahave also delivered a large number of judicial decisionson the law of copyright. In this edition the author hassurveyedallsuchCourtsdecisionsandanalysedthemandinserted them inappropriateplacesof thebookandalsoexamined the impact of the Appellate Board. It presentsnot only the provisions of the Copyright Act 1957 in theform of a normative, but points out the changes madethereonbyformalamendmentsaswellasconflictsoflawwhichhavebeensettledby judicial interpretations.

The book is divided into ten chapters. Chapter 1 isintroductory, while Chapters 2 and 3 discuss the originand development of law of copyright at international aswellasnationallevel.Themostimportantdebatableissuein copyright law is “works in which copyright subsists”,and the Chapter 4 is devoted to this aspect. Chapter 5explores various issues relating to authorofwork, ownerof copyrightand recognised rightsof copyrightowner.

Thetermsofcopyright,licensingofcopyright,internationalcopyright and registration of copyright are the subjectmatter of Chapter 6, while rights of broadcastingorganisation and of performers (neighbouring rights) arethe subject matter of Chapter 7. Internet is the greatestcommunication medium of the contemporary era, andthere is an inherent link between law of copyright andinternet. Therefore, Chapter 8 is devoted to discussvarious issues relating to “protection of copyright ininternet.”While Chapter 9 demonstrates the law relatingto infringement of copyright and defences of copyrightliability.Chapter10,theconcludingchapter,discussestheenforcementof copyright in India indetail.

Though the book is designed for the undergraduate andpostgraduatestudentsofLaw, itwillbeequallybeneficialfor the researchers, academicians, jurists, lawyers, judgesaswell asmembersof civil society.

Contents: Preface.TableofCases.TheoreticalFoundationsof Law of Copyright. Origin and Development of Law ofCopyright at International Level and its Utility in India.Origin and Development of Law Relating to Copyrightat National Level: England, America and India. Worksin which Copyright Subsists. Author of Work, Ownerof Copyright and Recognised Rights of CopyrightOwner. Term of Copyright, Licencing of Copyright,International Copyright and Registration of Copyright.Rights of Broadcasting Organisation and of Performers(NeighbouringRights).ProtectionofCopyrightinInternet.Infringement of Copyright and Defences of CopyrightLiability. Enforcement of Copyright. Appendix: CopyrightAct,1957.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-81-948002-1-7 (e-book)

Cyber Law

HARISH CHANDERCyber Laws and IT ProtectionHARISH CHANDER, formerly Professor-in-Charge, Law Centre II, Faculty of Law, University of Delhi.

India has emerged as a hub of the IT industry due to the phenomenal growth of the IT sector. However, thishuge growth rate has brought with it the inevitable legal complications due to a switch over from paper-based commercial transactions to e-commerce and e-transactions. This book discusses the legal position ofInformation Technology (IT), e-commerce and businesstransaction on the cyberspace/Internet under theInformationTechnology (IT)Act in India.

Divided into five parts, Part I of the text deals with therole of the Internet, e-commerce and e-governance inthe free market economy. Part II elaborates on variouslaws relating to electronic records and intellectualproperty rights with special reference to India. Effortsare being made internationally to rein in cyber crimesby introducing stringent laws, Part III deals with variousrules and regulationswhich have been introduced to getrid of cyber crimes. Part IV is devoted to a discussiononvarious offences committed under the IT Act, penaltiesimposed on the offenders, and compensations awardedto thevictims. Finally, PartVacquaints the studentswiththemiscellaneousprovisionsof the ITAct.

ThisbookisdesignedastextforpostgraduatestudentsofLaw (LLM) andundergraduate andpostgraduate studentsof Information Technology [B.Tech./M.Tech. (IT)] and forMaster of Computer Applications (MCA) wherever itis offered as a course. Besides, it will prove handy forscholars and researchers working in the field of IT andInternet.

KEY FEATURES• IncludesAppendicesontheroleofelectronicevidence,

information technology rules, ministerial order onblockingwebsites, and the rules relating to the use ofelectronic records and digital signatures.

• Providesa comprehensiveTableofCases.• Incorporates abbreviations of important legal terms

used in the text.Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Table of Cases.Abbreviations (Citation of Cases). Part I: Internet, E-commerce and E-governance with Reference to FreeMarket Economy—Understanding Computers, Internetand Cyber Laws. Conceptual Framework of E-commerce:E-governance. The Role of Electronic Signatures in E-commerce with Reference to Free Market Economyin India. Part II: Law Relating to Electronic Records andIntellectual Property Rights in India—Legal Aspects ofElectronic Records/Digital Signatures. The Rules andRegulations of Certifying Authorities in India. Protectionof Intellectual Property Rights in Cyberspace in India. Part III: International Efforts Relating to CyberspaceLaws and Cyber Crimes—International Efforts Related to


Cyberspace Laws. Council of Europe (COE) Conventionon Cyber Crimes. Part IV: Penalties, Compensation andOffences under the Cyberspace and Internet in India—Penalties,CompensationandAdjudicationofViolationsofProvisions of IT Act and Judicial Review. Some ImportantOffences under the Cyberspace Law and the Internet inIndia. Other Offences under the Information TechnologyAct in India. Part V: Miscellaneous Provisions of IT Actand Conclusions—The Role of Electronic Evidence andtheMiscellaneous Provisions of the IT Act. Appendices— I: Information Technology Act as Amended up to 2008. II: The Information Technology (Certifying Authorities)Rules, 2000. III: Ministerial Order on Blocking of Web-sites. IV: The Information Technology (Use of ElectronicRecords andDigital Signatures) Rules, 2004. Bibliography.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-349-8 (e-Book)

Environmental Law

SENGAREnvironmental LawDHARMENDRA S. SENGAR, Vice Chancellor, Indian Law Institute, New Delhi.Today, more than ever before, there is considerableconcern about the deterioration of the environmentarising from environmental pollution—water, air, noise,radiation and others. For, such pollution has a hugeadverse impact on human health, and the hazards it poses are too numerous. There is also a felt-need for environmental protection and management andeffective implementation of environmental laws. Thiscomprehensive book, authored by Prof. Sengar, aneminent academic, with his wealth of experience invarious areas of environmental law and management,brings these issues into sharp focus.The book highlights problems such as public health andsafety, right to carry on trade vis-à-vis duty to protectenvironment, right to information about hazardousinstallations, right to clean environment, and ecologicalbalance for sustainable development. It stresses the need for striking a balancer between environment anddevelopment to bring about sustainable development.Finally, the text showshow important it is to formulatealegal framework forenvironmentalprotection.

KEY FEATURES• While giving a broad conceptual overview of environ-

mental law, the text explains themajor environmentallaws, examines the relevant provisions, and tracesthe origin of constitutional support to environmentalprotection.

• Refers to all leading cases on environmental law andhighlights the role of judiciary on entertaining as wellas restraining public interest litigations (PILs) to stopenvironmental violations.

• Provides Appendices containing various environmentallaws.

• TheaccompanyingCD-ROMcontainstextofallrelevantenvironmental laws—both general and specific—tohelp readershaveaccess to those laws instantly.

Primarily intended as a text for students of law (LL.B./BA LL.B./LL.M., MBL) and management (MBA), thebook should also prove to be an excellent referencefor academics, lawyers, judges, environmental activists,environmental managers and corporates concerned withenvironmentalprotection.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of Cases.Introduction. Industrial Pollution: Causes and Conse-quences. Legal Control of Hazardous Substances andProcesses. Law Relating toWater Pollution. Industrial AirPollutionandLaw.EnforcementMachinery.EnvironmentalIssuesandJudicialTrend.CorporateEnvironmentalLiability. Bibliography. Selected Environmental Statutes. SpecificEnvironmental Legislations and Their Amendments.Appendices. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-085-5 (e-Book)

VENKATEnvironmental Law and PolicyARUNA VENKAT, Associate Professor of Law at NALSAR University of Law, Hyderabad. She is the Centre Head of Centre for Humanitarian and Refugee Laws. She also heads the Centre on Law and Society at NALSAR.

This book presents a comprehensive account of thevarious contours of the environmental jurisprudencein India. It covers the Indian constitutional, legislative,administrative and judicial strategies that have shapedthe Indian environmental jurisprudence against thebackdrop of the various international efforts to controlpollution and preserve the global environment. It dealswith the constitutional framework provided for thepreservation and protection of Indian environment. Inthiscontext,thebookgivesanextensivepictureofIndianadministrativeandlegislativepolicyframeworkalongwiththelatestdevelopmentsinthearea.Thesalientandmostimportant feature of the book is its in-depth account ofthe innovative judicial enforcement of the constitutionaland legislative prescriptions as reflected in the catena ofjudicialdecisionsincludingthelatestones.Inthisrespect,the fundamental right to life guaranteed by Article 21of the Indian Constitution has been given a very liberalinterpretation inorder tomake it the chief constitutionaledifice of the Indian environmental jurisprudence andenvironmental justice in India.

ThebookisintendedforthestudentsofLL.B.andLL.M.Itwouldalsobeusefultofaculty,researchscholars, lawyersandother legalprofessionals.

Contents: Preface. List of Cases. Abbreviations.Introduction. Environmental Protection: InternationalLegislative and Administrative Efforts. Environmental


Protection: Constitutional Perspectives. EnvironmentalProtection:LegislativeStrategies.EnvironmentalProtectionand Administrative Strategies. Environmental Protection,PreservationandRoleof Judiciary:Constitutional Format.Need for Prevention and Control of Water Pollution:Judicial Responses And Strategies. Prevention andControl of Air Pollution Through Judicial Intervention andEnforcement. Protection of Forests and Ecology: JudicialConcern and Perception. Conclusions and Suggestions.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-676-5 (e-Book)

Governance

SINGH & ZAHID (Eds.)Strengthening Governance through Access to JusticeAMITA SINGH, Professor of Law and Governance at the Centre for the Study of Law and Governance, Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. NASIR ASLAM ZAHID, Dean, Hamdard School of Law at the Hamdard University, Karachi.

This book tries to reunite and rebuild faith in publicinstitutions by highlighting the availability of judicialremediesforthepoorandtheexcludedinSouthAsia.Thecentral idea of this book is the inevitable link betweenjudicial capacity and good governance. It criticallydiscusses the state of ‘access to justice’ to the poorand addresses the problems of various structures andprocedures approached by the poor to seek justice. Theformal system remains locked in the whimsical fantasiesof the lawyers and the state structure which aborts theruleof law for theprivilegedandworks inopendefianceof the increasingdisempowermentof thepoordue toanoverwhelming judiciary.

This book highlights the growing need for restorativejustice as against retributive and thus emphasizes amore intensive action research in alternative disputeresolution systems (ADRs). This argument is furtherdeveloped to assess the competence of many people’sled informal institutions of judiciary such as Saalish in Bangladesh, Jirgas in Pakistan or Lok Adalats in India. The book is also radical in its approach towards theuse of alternative dispute resolution systems to supportmarginalized communities, including women in distress,through mediation and arbitration which are gaining anew intellectual space in justicediscourse.

This book is an indispensable guide to administrators,and social scientists interested in governance and legalresearch. Itwouldalsobeuseful for thoseworking in thenon-state sectorofpro-poor reforms.

Contents: Preface. About the Editors. About theContributors. Introduction, Amita Singh. Section I: Just

Space for the Poor in Judicial Systems—Gram Adalatin Bangladesh: Theory and Practice, M. Abdul Wahhab. Panchayats and Jirghas (Lok Adalats): Alternative DisputeResolution System in Pakistan, Irum Ahsan. Lok Adalatsand Judicial Reform in India, Archana Agarwal. Formal PerceptionsofInformalJustice:VillageCouncilsandAccesstoJustice,Kripa Ananth Pur, Anirudh Krishna.PovertyandAccess to Justice:DimensionsofPublic InterestLitigation,Anindita Pujari.RevitalizingJudiciary:EnhancingAccesstothe Poor, Pallavi Bahar. JusticeWithout Lawyers: GettingIdeas from China, Xiong Ying. Section II: Procedural Fairness and Restorative Justice—Gender, Violenceand Power: Retributive versus Restorative Justice inSouth Asia, Ferdous Jahan. Alternatives to the JudicialMess: Suggesting Mediation, Dale Bagshaw. Issues of Equity and Justice in Climate Change: A South AsianPerspective, Angela Williams. Judicial intervention forthe environmentally Distressed in Pakistan, Saima Amin Khawaja. Elusive Justice Denial frame for the Tribal Poorin India, Priti Singh. Governance and Justice: ChallengeofWeaving theSeveredBond in SouthAsia, Justice Nasir Aslam Zahid.

Latest Print 2008 / 188 pp. (Hard Cover) / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / ` 350.00ISBN-978-81-203-3697-1 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-5443-619-2 (e-Book)

Human Rights

DASHuman Rights Law and PracticeJATINDRA KUMAR DAS, Professor, Dean and Secretary, Faculty of Law at the University of Calcutta, Kolkata.

The book, written with a rich teaching and researchexperience of the author, emphasises the criticalevaluation of contemporary human rights law andpractice with special reference to India. It also evaluatesthe ongoing discourse on various issues relating to life,liberty,equalityandhumandignityandtheirreflectionsininternationalhumanrightslawreferringthestatepracticesthrough constitutional guarantees, judicial decisions aswell as throughenactingappropriate legislations.

This lucidly written book is logically organised into ninechapters. Beginning with the theoretical foundationsof human rights law referring to origin, developmentand theories of human rights at preliminary level, thebook proceeds to “International Bill of Human Rights”demonstrating various facets of civil and politicalrights as well as economic, social and cultural rights. It further discusses the importance of human rights lawin protection against inhuman wrongs and examinesa large number of debates concerning human right todevelopment and protection of environment. Then, itmoves on to explore various issues relating to humanrights in IndianConstitutional Law.

The latterpartof thebookemphasiseson theprotectionof rights of women and children, which has been thefocal point of all human rights discussions. It also deals


with the scope and ambit of the rights of indigenouspeoples and minorities including their protection. At theend, the book examines the utility and justifications ofhuman rights law inprotecting the rightsofpersonswithdisabilities (divyang).

Though thebook is primarilydesigned forundergraduateandpostgraduate students of LLB, BALLB and LLM, itwillbe equally beneficial for the researchers, academicians,jurists,lawyers,judgesaswellasmembersofcivilsociety.

Contents: Preface. TableofCases. TheoreticalFoundationsof Human Rights Law. International Bill of Human Rights.Human Rights Law and Protection Against InhumanWrongs. Human Right to Development and Protection ofEnvironment. Human Rights in Indian Constitutional Law.HumanRightsLawandProtectionofWomenandChildren.HumanRights LawandProtectionof Indigenous Peoples.Human Rights Law and Minority Protection. HumanRights Law and Protection of Persons with Disabilities. Appendix I: Universal Declaration of Human Rights.Appendix II: International Covenant on Economic, Socialand Cultural Rights. Appendix III: International CovenantonCivil andPoliticalRights.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-001-5 (e-Book)

RAIFundamental Rights and Their EnforcementUDAI RAJ RAI, formerly Krishna Iyer Chair Professor at National Law School of India University (NLSIU), Bangalore for six years and Visiting Professor, National University of Juridical Sciences (NUJS), Kolkata.

India is creditedwithhavingoneof thefinestdemocraticconstitutionsintheworld.Andrightlyso.For,eventhoughtheIndianConstitutionhasundergonemanyamendmentsandhas been subjected to a lot of criticism, it has stoodthetestoftimeandhasemergedasthebeaconofhope,ensuring liberty,equalityand justice to thecitizens.

It is in this context this comprehensive and systemicallyorganized book on Fundamental Rights and TheirEnforcement, written by Prof. Udai Raj Rai, an eminentacademicwithgreatlegalacumen,becomessosignificant.Thebook isastudyonthefundamentalrightsguaranteedunder Part III of the Constitution. Divided into 15chapters—each chapter is again divided into parts—thebook discusses in detail Liberty-based rights such as rightto freedom of expression and other article 19 rights;life and personal liberty; preventive detention, capitalpunishmentandprisoner’srights;andfreedomofreligion.Then it goes on to give an in-depth analysis of Equality-based rights—equality before law; non-discrimination andequalopportunity;socialreservation;LibertyandEquality-based-rights—socialequalityandrighttoeducationaswellasminority rights to establish and administer educationalinstitutions. The book concludes with a comprehensive

coverage on reach of fundamental rights; its violation;enforcement of the rights; Directive Principles of StatePolicy;and the fundamentaldutiesof citizens.

Thebookbeingajuridicalstudy,theemphasisthroughoutis on analytical and critical study of important SupremeCourt judgments. So, such major judgments as A.K.Gopalan and Maneka are highlighted. The distinctionbetween pre-Maneka and post-Maneka jurisprudence isalso clearly brought out. Besides, there is an elaboratediscussion on the right to information, special problemsregarding media freedom, and the Law of Contempt ofCourt which, the author feels, needs amendment.

This well-balanced and well-researched book is intendedas a text for postgraduate students of law (LL.M.) andas a reference for undergraduate students of law (LL.B.,BA LL.B.). It should also serve as a valuable reference tolawyers, judges,and the teachingcommunity.

KEY FEATURES• Gives ananalytical and critical studyof SupremeCourt

judgments in relation to fundamental rights.• Highlights the need for testing the laws on the

touchstone of Secularism.• Shows the need for balancing the State's regulatory

powerandeducational rightsof theminorities.• Gives recent Supreme Court decisions in the Addenda

at theendof thebook.

Contents: Preface. Table of Cases. Introduction. Liberty-based Rights I: Freedom of Expression. Liberty-basedRightsII:RestofArticle19Rights.Liberty-basedRightsIII:MeaningofLifeandPersonalLiberty.Liberty-basedRightsIV: Punitive Deprivation of Life and Personal Liberty.Liberty-based Rights V: Preventive Detention, DeathSentence and Prisoners’ Rights. Liberty-based Rights VI:Freedom of Religion. Equality-based Rights I: EqualityBefore Law. Equality-based Rights II: (Non-discriminationand Equal Opportunity). Equality-based Rights III: SocialReservation. Liberty- and Equality-based Rights I. Liberty-and Equality-based Rights II: Identity,Minority andOtherPrivate Educational Institutions. Reach of FundamentalRights. Violation of Fundamental Rights. Enforcement ofthe Rights. Directive Principles and Fundamental Duties.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-497-6 (e-Book)

Intellectual Property

PANDEY & DHARNIIntellectual Property RightsNEERAJ PANDEY, Associate Professor at National Institute of Industrial Engineering (NITIE), Mumbai. He is also a Visiting Faculty at IIM Ahmedabad and IIT Bombay.KHUSHDEEP DHARNI, Associate Professor (Business Management) at School of Business Studies, Punjab Agricultural University, Ludhiana.


Creations of mind can vary in its form—from a brilliantthought to a gizmogadget to apopularfiction—all comeunder the legal term called Intellectual Property. In the world of upheaval technology, where information onanythingandeverything is freelyavailableandaccessible,guarding these intellectual properties legally becomes aprerequisite.

This book comprehensively discusses how to manageand secure the intellectual property and the legal normsassociated with it. The book begins with introducing theconcepts related to Intellectual Property and the WTOAgreement. The following chapters explain various typesof Intellectual Property Rights such as Patents, Copyrights,Trade Marks, Industrial Designs, Integrated Circuits, andGeographical Indications. These chapters also provide in-depth and detailed insight on regulations and proceduresforprotectionof IntellectualPropertyRights.The book further explicates the creation of IntellectualProperty and spells out the conceptual framework forcreativity and innovation. Management of IntellectualProperty is as important as its creation, and thereforethe concluding chapters describe the activities formanagement and commercialization of IntellectualProperty Rights, and the emerging issues surroundingthem.Twoseparatecaseshavebeenaddedattheendofthe book, to provide an analytical insight of the subjectto the students. Thebookismeantfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudents of management and technology. Besides, thebookcanbeusefulfortheundergraduatestudentsof lawasa ready reference.Contents: Preface. Introduction to Intellectual Propertyand World Trade Organization. Fundamentals of Patent.Transfer and Infringement of Patent Rights. Copyright.Trade Marks. Industrial Designs and IC Layout Design.Geographical Indications. Creating Intellectual Property.IntellectualPropertyManagement.EmergingIssuesinIPR.Case Study 1: Research and Development in India. CaseStudy2;AppleversusSamsungPatentDispute. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-544-7 (e-Book)

SOPLEManaging Intellectual Property: The Strategic Imperative, 5th ed.VINOD V. SOPLE, Director at ITM-SIA Business School, Dombivli (Mumbai).Thebook,now in itsfifthedition,offersacomprehensivetreatment of Intellectual Property concepts and theirapplications in Indian industry. It provides a strategicframework for IP management, leading to competitiveadvantageforabusinessenterprise.Besidesexplainingtheconceptual framework and practices of IP management,the book discusses IP as a strategic tool, its commercialexploitation and strategies for risk management of IP.Web-based material comprising chapter-wise PowerPoint

Presentations (PPTs) and Multiple Choice Questions isavailableatwww.phindia.com/sople.Thisbook isprimarily intendedasa text forpostgraduatestudents of management, students of engineering and thosewhoarepursuing certificate, postgraduatediplomaor degree courses in IPR. In addition, professionals andcorporatedecision-makers shouldfind the textvaluable.

NEW TO THE FIFTH EDITION• A new chapter has been introduced on Filing Patent

Applications.• Numeroussectionssuchasclinicalresearchregulations,

planned purification, combination therapy, alternatedelivery, trade dress trademark protection, trademarkcaution notice, comparative advertising and trademarkviolation, contributory and vicarious infringement, twostatutes for farmers’ rights, incremental innovation,piracy in fashion design, patentable or not patentablebiotech inventions have now been incorporated in therespectivechapters.

• More cases/caselets have been introduced in thepresentedition.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Intellectual Property—AStrategicTool—IntellectualPropertySystem.IPRightsandMarketing Regulations. IP Management Framework. IPAudits. Part II: Intellectual Property—Legal Protection—Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs). Patents. Trademarks.Copyrights.TradeSecrets.IndustrialDesigns.GeographicalIndications (GI). Semiconductor Integrated CircuitLayout Design Farmers’ Rights. The Protection of PlantVarieties and Farmers’ Rights (PPVFR) Biodiversity andTraditional Knowledge. Part III: Intellectual Property—Industry Practices and Issues—IPRs in Cyber Space. IPRsin Pharmaceutical Sector. IPRs in Fashion Industry. IPRsin Biotechnology Sector. Part IV: Intellectual Property—Exploitation and Risk Coverage—Intellectual PropertyLicensing. Intellectual Property Insurance. Securitisationof IntellectualProperty.Valuationof IntellectualProperty.FilingPatentApplications.Annexures—Glossary.CompanyIndex. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-747-2 (e-Book)

Jurisprudence



ISBN-978-93-5443-833-2 (e-Book)

Labour Law

PADHILabour and Industrial Laws, 4th ed.P.K. PADHI, Professor, Xavier Labour Relations Institute (XLRI), Jamshedpur. Also, he is Advisor to HR Federation of India. This comprehensive and well-organised text, now in itsFourth Edition, explains, with great clarity and precision,the labour and industrial laws such as the IndustrialDisputes Act, the Factories Act, and the Contract LabourAct. While giving a broad perspective of the subject,the text brings out the objectives behind the enactmentof every legislation, discusses the relevant case laws

and shows how the Constitution is related to labourlaws. Formulas for the calculation of compensation forretrenchment, death, permanent disablement are alsoprovided. Legal jargon has been completely avoided sothat anyone who is not expert in this particular subjectcan also understand these laws with ease.

The book is primarily meant for the undergraduateand postgraduate students of law and management aswell as for the postgraduate students of commerce/personnel management and industrial relations. Besides,students pursuing professional courses such as CompanySecretaryship (CS) and ICWA would also find the bookveryuseful.

NEW TO THE FOURTH EDITION• Incorporates amendments made in the Payment of

Wages Act; the Payment of Gratuity Act; and recentjudgement of the Supreme Court on PF, Gratuity, theIndustrialDisputesAct,and theFactoriesAct.

• Introduces a new chapter on Prevention of SexualHarassmentofWorkingWomen.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table ofCases. Introduction. The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947.TheContractLabour(RegulationandAbolition)Act,1970.ThePaymentofBonusAct,1965.ThePaymentofGratuityAct, 1972. The Industrial Employment (Standing Orders)Act, 1946. The Apprentices Act, 1961. The MinimumWages Act, 1948. The Payment ofWages Act, 1936. TheTrade Unions Act, 1926. The Employees’ CompensationAct,1923.TheEmployees’State InsuranceAct,1948.TheEmployees’ProvidentFundsandMiscellaneousProvisionsAct,1952.TheFactoriesAct,1948.TheSexualHarassmentof Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition andRedressal)Act,2013. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-94-3 (e-Book)

SHARMAIndustrial Relations and Labour LegislationR.C. SHARMA, Founder Vice Chancellor, Amity University Haryana (AUH), Professor Emeritus, Amity Business School (ABS), AUH and Advisor to Additional President, RBEF.

This textbook, organised into two parts and comprising20 chapters, maintains the fundamental conceptsof industrial relations and labour legislation in achronological order. The text apprises the reader withthe intricacies of the various concepts, theories, toolsand techniques, approaches, methods, legislations andinterventions and other concerned mechanisms that arerelevant to themaintenance of good industrial relations.While the beginning and middle chapters are based onanatomy of industrial relations, viz. various conceptsand approaches to IR, industrial disputes, collectivebargaining, trade unions, workers’ participation inmanagement, discipline, grievance handling procedure,


wage fixation, technological changes, industrial safety,health and hygiene, workers’ education, quality circles,structuring of jobs, fringe benefits, labour policy of theGovernment of India, and so on, the remaining chaptersgive an analysis of the issues pertaining to the ILO andits impact on Indian labour legislation, the machineryof labour administration in our country, labour reformsbeing undertaken since the NDA Government came inpower, and labour legislation, including protective andemployment legislation, regulatory legislation and socialsecurity legislation.

The book is intended for the postgraduate students ofindustrial relationsand labour legislation/humanresourcemanagement/personnel management and industrialrelations/businesseconomics/socialwork/humanresourceand organisation development/personnel management/public administration and also for the students pursuingpostgraduate diploma courses in labour laws, labourwelfare and personnel management/labour law andadministrative law/personnel management and industrialrelations/human resource and management. It is alsoof immense use to the students opting for executiveprogrammein‘industrial,labourandgenerallaw’(offeredby ICSI), and similar courses at undergraduate anddiploma level.

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES• The book is rich in pedagogical features, including

learning objectives inthebeginningofthechapter,andsummary, key terms, discussion questions, individual and group activities at theendofeachchapter.

• Numerous case studies areprovided in the text.• The text throws light on the recent developments

in relevant topics and the probable management strategies for the same.

• Numerous defining terms, relevant questions and annotations/bird’s-eye views in between the text helpineasygrasping.

• Authentic figures/tables/exhibits are provided toenhance theconceptualunderstanding.

• Annexures provided in some of the chapters giverigorousapproach to thechapters.

• Footnoteswiden the scope for further study.• AuthorandSubject indicesareprovided.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part A: IndustrialRelations—Industrial Relations—A Conceptual andHistorical Overview. Industrial Disputes. CollectiveBargaining. Trade Unions. Workers’ Participation inManagement.DisciplineandDisciplinaryAction.GrievanceHandling Procedure. Employee Compensation: Wages,IncentivesandSupplementaryCompensation.InstitutionalFramework/Systems for Wage Fixation. Fringe Benefitsand IndustrialRelations.TechnologicalChanges, IndustrialAccidents and Safety, Industrial Health and Hygiene andIndustrial Relations. Motivating and Adding Value tothe Workers. Labour Policy and Five-Year Plans. Indiaand the International Labour Organisation (ILO). LabourAdministrationandConsultativeMachinery.PartB:LabourLegislation—Labour Legislation and Labour Reforms.

Protective and Employment Legislation and IndustrialRelations (I). Protective and Employment Legislation andIndustrial Relations (II). Regulatory Legislation. SocialSecurity Legislation.Author Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-720-5 (e-Book)

SIVARETHINAMOHANIndustrial Relations and Labour Welfare: Text and Cases (Rev. ed.)R. SIVARETHINAMOHAN, Director, Department of Management Studies, MIET Engineering College, Trichirappalli and former Professor of Finance, Alliance Business School, Bangalore.

Building good industrial relations is so crucial for anyindustrial organization. Harmonious relationship betweenemployers and employees (who are the best assets ofany organization) contributes to greater productivity and growth. This comprehensive and well-organized textgives an in-depth analysis of the fundamental principlesand practice of industrial relations as well as theimplementation of labour welfare measures, the socialsecuritysystemsandlabourlaws,suchastheTradeUnionAct, 1926, the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, and theMines Act, 1952. It focuses on the Indian context withinthe largerglobal scenario.

Divided into four parts—Part I, Industrial Relations; PartII, Industrial Disputes; Part III, Labour Welfare; and PartIV, Safety and Occupational Health, the book providesa detailed discussion on labour-management relations,different aspects of trade unions, and theirmanagementand legislative background. Dr. Sivarethinamohan givesa masterly analysis of the major areas of industrialrelations,namely, industrialdisputesand their resolution,the philosophy of labourwelfare aswell as the statutoryand non-statutory measures for labour welfare, theGovernmentmachinery for labourwelfare, and collectivebargainingwhichcontributesinasignificantwaytobetterindustrial relations. In the concluding part, the authordwells on industrial accidents and safety for preventingindustrialdisasters,minessafetyandsafetymanagement,industrial hygiene, workplace discipline, counselling andthe legal framework for industrial safetyandhealth.

KEY FEATURES• Eachchapterstartswithacasestudywritten inastory

style forabettergraspof thechapter.• ProvidesCase Studies to illustrate the theories discussed.• Two Appendices at the end of the book provide

the complete text of Child Labour (Prohibition andRegulation)Act,1986,andContract Labour (RegulationandAbolition)Act,1970.

• The book’s website, www.phindia/srm, gives morereal-time cases, experimental cases and cases relatingtothesubjectdecidedbythecourtsof Indiaaswellasthose of other countries.


Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate and post-graduate students of management and commerce, the book would also be useful to the students pursuingcourses in chartered accountancy, ICWA courses, anddiplomacourses in industrialrelationsand labour laws. Inaddition, practising managers should find this book veryuseful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part One:IndustrialRelations—IntroductiontoLabour–ManagementRelations. Trade Unions and Labour–ManagementRelations. Registration and Recognition of Trade Union.LegislativeBackground for IndianTradeUnions.PartTwo:Industrial Disputes—Industrial Conflict and IndustrialAction.StatutoryMachineriesAvailableforthePreventionand Settlement of Industrial Disputes. Industrial DisputesResolution System under the Industrial Disputes Act,1947. Part Three: Labour Welfare—Philosophy of LabourWelfare. Statutory and Non-statutory LabourWelfare forStandard Work Life. Labour Welfare Funds and WorkersEducation Scheme for Harmony. Statutory GovernmentMachineries and Legislations for LabourWelfare in India.Collective Bargaining. Part Four: Safety and OccupationalHealth—Industrial Accident and Safety. Mines Safetyand Safety Management. Industrial Hygiene and Health.Workplace Discipline and Counselling for Employees’Resilience. Legal Framework and Statutory ProvisionsPertaining to Industrial Safety andHealth. Social SecurityforFutureGenerations.Appendices.Glossary. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-691-8 (e-Book)

Legal Language


ISBN-978-93-5443-836-3 (e-Book)



ISBN-978-93-5443-835-6 (e-Book)

Media Law

NEELAMALARMedia Law and EthicsM. NEELAMALAR, Assistant Professor in the Department of Media Sciences, Anna University Chennai, Chennai.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate and post-graduate students of journalism, mass communication,visual communication, electronicmedia and other relatedmedia courses, this compact text provides a detaileddescription of the rules, acts and ethics concerning print,electronic,filmandadvertisingmediaasprevalentinIndia.

The book begins with the history of media law in Indiaand discusses the specific provisions in the Constitution

of India which are essential for a journalist to know.It then goes on to define the concepts of freedom ofmedia, defamation and Intellectual Property Rights.Besides, the text discusses in detail the provisions ofthe Indian Penal Code and the Criminal Procedure Coderelevant to the media. In addition to covering differenttypes of cyber crimes such as hacking, cracking and e-mail bombing, it includes regulations related to filmmedia and advertising. Finally, the book throws light onmedialawconcerningwomenandchildren.Thebookalsoincludes several important cases to enable students torelatevariousactsand regulations to real-life situations.

Besidesstudents,journalistsandothermediaprofessionalswho cover courts and law-related beats would also findthisbook immenselyvaluable.

Contents: Preface. History of Media Law in India. IndianConstitution (Specific Provisions Related to Media).FreedomofMedia.Defamation.ProvisionsofIndianPenalCode and Criminal Procedure Code. Official Secrets Acts1923. The Contempts of Courts Act 1971. Print Media:Acts. Intellectual Property Rights. Advertising. CyberCrimes.MediaLawandWoman.MediaLawandChildren.Broadcasting. Film Media. Media Ethics. Appendix I–III.Reference. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-88-2 (e-Book)

Public International Law and Human Rights

SHARMACharter of the United Nations and The Statute of International Court of JusticeBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, Copyright Board. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust (NBT), India.

TheCharterof theUnitedNations is abold step towardsmaking the world a family of Nations, an attempt toensurethatwarsdonotscourgetheworld,anendeavourtomakethisworldpeaceful,cooperativeandworthliving.

The Charter is of seminal importance to understand theU.N.anditsagencies.Thebookgivesinbriefthehistoricalbackgroundof theU.N.Charter.

InternationalCourtofJusticeisofprimeimportancetoallnations.ThebookgiveshowtheCourt is constitutedandfunctions. It introducestothereadersthosedistinguishedIndianswhosatas judges in theCourt.

The book in its present form is useful to students of Political Science, International Organisation and of Law.It will be great help to all candidates appearing for CivilService examinations conducted by U.P.S.C. and StatePublic ServiceCommissions.


Contents: Preface. Charter of the United Nations—Brief History. Preamble. I. Purposes and Principles. II. Membership. III. Organs. IV. The General Assembly. V. Security Council. VI. Pacific Settlement of Disputes. VII. Action with Respect to Threats to the Peace,Breaches of the Peace and Acts of Aggression. VIII. Regional Arrangements. IX. International Economicand Social Co-operation. X. The Economic and Social Council. XI. Declaration Regarding Non-self-governingTerritories. XII. International Trusteeship System. XIII.The Trusteeship Council. XIV. The International Courtof Justice. XV. The Secretariat. XVI. MiscellaneousProvisions. XVII. Transitional Security Arrangements. XVIII. Amendments. XIX. Ratification and Signature.Statute of the International Court of Justice—BriefHistory and Comments. I. Organization of the Court. II. Competence of the Court. III. Procedure. IV. AdvisoryOpinion.V.Amendment.StatementoftheFourSponsoringPowersonVotingProcedureintheSecurityCouncil—BriefHistoryandComments.


ISBN-978-93-5443-713-7 (e-Book)


ISBN-978-93-5443-841-7 (e-Book)



ISBN-978-93-5443-842-4 (e-Book)

SHARMAHuman Rights Covenants and Indian LawBRIJKISHORESHARMA,Former Chairman, Copyright Board. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust (NBT), India.

TheUniversalDeclarationofHumanRightswas a sincereeffort by the U.N.O. to underscore the acceptance bycivilizednations that all humanbeings areendowedwithcertain inalienable rights which deserve respect by allnationsof theworld.

But this declaration was not a binding treaty. The worldbodyevolvedaconsensustodividethehumanrightsintotwo classes. The rights against the State were collected in the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rightsand the positive rights in the International Covenant onEconomic, Social andCulturalRights.

This book gives parallel provisions contained in theConstitution and various Acts in force in India. It alsorefers todecisionsof theSupremeCourt.

There isnootherbookwhichgives Indian Lawalongwitheacharticleof these twocovenants.

Author’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights and Indian Law together with this books gives a completeview of Human Rights and Indian Law. They form a duo,a set of two.

Contents: Preface. Interrelation of Human Rights withFundamental and Other Rights in India. The Two HumanRights Covenants—An Overview. Optional Protocols.Reservations. The Optional Protocol to The InternationalCovenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights.Preamble. PART I to PART V—Articles. InternationalCovenantonCivilandPoliticalRights(ICCPR).Introduction.Preamble. PART I to PART VI—Articles. Optional Protocoltothe InternationalCovenantonCivilandPoliticalRights.Articles.TheSecondOptionalProtocoltoTheInternationalCovenantonCivil andPoliticalRights.


ISBN-978-93-5443-714-4 (e-Book)



ISBN-978-93-5443-850-9 (e-Book)

SHARMAUniversal Declaration of Human Rights and Indian LawBRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, Copyright Board. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust (NBT), India.

TheCharterof theUnitedNations contained a statement that the people of the United Nations reaffirm theirfaith in certain inalienable Human Rights, in the dignityof human beings and in essential equality of rights ofmen and women. This statement led to the UniversalDeclaration of Human Rights which was adopted by theUnitedNationson10thDecember1948.

This Declaration guided, encouraged and in some casesput pressure on the nations to recognise these rightsand embody them in their Constitution or Acts as rightswhichmaybeclaimedandenforcedbycitizensandotherhumanbeings.

This book contains the text of the Declaration withexplanatorycommentsby theauthor.

India framed its Constitution soon after the Declarationand gave effect to many of the rights contained in theDeclarations. Later some of them form part of a statuteand some have been knit in the Constitution by ourCourts.The book contains references to relevant articles of theConstitutionandsectionsofvariousActs. Italso refers tojudgementsof theSupremeCourtof India.It is theonlybook that givesparallel provisionsof IndianLaw—parallel toeacharticleof theDeclaration.The book will immensely benefit all students of HumanRightsaspartof thecourses inPoliticalScience,Lawandother relatedfields.It will be helpful to all thosewho are appearing for civilservices and other examinations conducted by variousPublic ServiceCommissions.Contents: Preface. Universal Declaration of HumanRights—Preamble. Proclamation by General Assembly—Articles—Freedom and equality in dignity and rights.Prohibition of discrimination on grounds of religion, race,caste, sexorplaceofbirthetc. Right to life andproperty.Prohibition of slavery. Prohibition of inhuman treatment.

Right to recognition as a person. Right to equality beforelaw and equal protection. Right to effective remedy.Prohibitionofarbitraryarrestanddetention. Righttopublichearing. Right to public trial and protection in respect ofconviction foroffences.Right toprivacy.Right to freedomof movement and residence. Right to seek asylum. Rightto nationality. Right to marry. Right to property. Right tofreedom of conscience and religion. Right to freedomof opinion and expression. Right to freedom of peacefulassembly and association. Right to governance anduniversal franchise. Right to social security. Right toworkandequalpay.Right to restand leisure.Right tostandardofliving.Righttofreeeducation.Righttofreelyparticipatein cultural life. Right to social and international order.Dutiesandlimitationsontheexerciseofrights.Prohibitionofactivityagainst thisDeclaration.


ISBN-978-93-5443-719-9 (e-Book)

Philosophy/Religion

Ethics

MANNA & CHAKRABORTIValues and Ethics in Business and ProfessionSAMITA MANNA, Professor in the Department of Sociology, University of Kalyani, West Bengal.

SUPARNA CHAKRABORTI, is with the Department of Humanities, Heritage Institute of Technology, Kolkata.

Primarily intended for undergraduate students of alldisciplines of engineering and students of computerapplications (MCA), this book is a comprehensiveexposition of the values and ethical principles that oneneedstoadopttobecomearesponsibleandaccountableprofessional.

The book is organized in nine chapters that addressesthe three broad areas of concern—values, ethics, andsustainable development. It first discusses the prevalentconcept of values in human society, the various types ofvalues,andthecrisisofvaluesthatseemstobeengulfingthe contemporary society. The concept of ethics, thevarious ethical values, and the ethical requirements fora professional in the modern workplace are highlightedin detail. The ramifications of industrialization, therespective roles of science, technology and engineering,as well as the need for preservation of the environmentand the use of eco-friendly technologies are explained.Finally, the ethical issues involved in themanagement ofresources are discussed.

Anumberofcasestudieshavebeenprovidedinthebookto enable a clear understanding of the topics presented.Eachchaptercontainsshortansweraswellaslonganswer


questions to test the students’ grasp of the underlyingconcepts

Contents: Preface. Values in Human Society. Types ofValues. Value Crisis in Contemporary Society. Ethicsand Ethical Values. Professional Ethics. Industry andIndustrialization. Science, Technology and Engineering.Environment and Eco-Friendly Technology. Ethics andManagementofHumanResources. Index.

Latest Print 2020 / 208 pp. / 13.9 × 21.6 cm / 250.00ISBN-978-81-203-4098-5 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-90464-42-5 (e-Book)

Fundamentals of Religion

BRAHMAFundamentals of Religion, TheNALINI KANTA BRAHMA, was formerly Professor of Philosophy, Presidency College, University of Calcutta and Principal, Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

Wefind today indifferentpartsof theworldfierce feudsand strifes. Religious fanaticism and fundamentalismcontribute in a substantial way to such strifes andconflicts among people. We also find a large number ofpeoplearesteeped insuperstitions, irrationalbeliefs,andindulge in mere ritualism. Where true religion prevails,such fanaticism and fundamentalism find no place. Adeepcomparativestudyofworldreligionsenablesonetodriveawayallsuperstitionsandfanaticism.Forreligion,inthetruesense,isanabidingfaithinthevaluesoflife,andGodistheembodimentofallvalues.Religiousexperienceaccordingly implies the realisationof theAbsolute.

What Prof. Nalini Kanta Brahma tries to do in this well-researched book, written in a clear and straightforwardstyle, is to demonstrate the nobility and positive aspectsof each religion he has discussed. He classifies religionintothreecategories: Impersonal—underwhichhebringsinBuddhism, JainismandConfucianism;Personal—inthiscategoryhedescribesChristianity, IslamandVaishnavism;and Supra-personal—underwhichheanalyzesVedantism,Sufism, Taoism and the Johanine Gospel (the Gospel ofSt. John, oneof the twelvedisciples of JesusChrist). Thefundamentals of each religion are discussed with great clarityandgenuineappreciation.

Knowingverywelltherearealargenumberofopponentsto religion, the author vigorously defends the religiousview. He successfully meets the various objections ofFreud,Marx and Bertrand Russel, among others. For, hesays, agnosticism,atheismand scepticismarebasedonanarrowand limitedviewof life.

Realisation of divinity by man is the universalcharacteristic of all religions, and the author contendsthat it should aptly be called theuniversal religion. This realisation of the divinity is so marked in the supra-personal religions and being a votary of such religions, he stresses that they are on a different level. If a study

of this world religion is included in the course on comparative religion for students, it would certainlyhelp towards dispelling erroneous notions about religion and drive away many superstitions, fanaticism andcommunalism, the last being a cancerous growth thateats into thevery fabricofanation.

Besides students of philosophy who study comparativereligion as one of their subjects, all enlightened personswho have an abiding faith in religion should find readingthis textanexhilaratingandennoblingexperience.

Contents: Preface. IntroductoryNote.TheFundamentalsofReligion. Objections Considered. Confucianism, Buddhismand Jainism. Personal or Theistic Religions: Vaishnavism,Christianity and Islam. The Supra-Personal Religions.ReligionsandReligion:TheOneUniversalReligion.

Latest Print 2009 / 312 pp. (Hard Cover) / 13.9 × 21.6 cm / 325.00ISBN-978-81-203-3303-1 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-5443-150-0 (e-Book)

General

MOSESLast Frontiers of the Mind: Challenges of the Digital AgeA. MOHANDAS MOSES, Retd. IAS.

In this original and brilliantly written book, MohandasMoses has embarked on a daring theme—the challengeof artificial intelligence to the human mind and humancreativity. The mind, he says, is the greatest inventionin the universe; it has created the greatest works of artand science: its dimensions and potential are yet to befathomed. But now the marvellous human mind standschallengedby themachine.

To illustrate the central theme of his book, the authorhas brought together the views of a galaxy of eminentphilosophers, cognitive scientists and neuroscientistswho have explored the phenomenon and evolution ofthe human mind and consciousness, and the growth of Artificial Intelligence. The author describes thecontribution made by the ‘Artificial Intelligentsia’, the human-computer interaction, and emphasizesthe formidable power of the machine mind to usurp the grandeur of the human mind. He has described the manner in which memory, language, creativity,mathematics, teaching-learning and chess-playing couldbe altered by the digital culture. He says that ‘thequestion we need to ask ourselves as thinking men is—would we like to sense sensations, experienceexperiences and think thoughts with understanding ashuman beings should or are our personas to be bluematched to the templateof themachinemind?’

With erudition and wry humour the author takes thereader on a fascinating journey of exploration. Writtenwith brilliance and clarity, there is freshness in hisperspective and a lucid presentation of ideas. This book


willbeofgreatinterestasmuchtoacademics,expertsonartificial intelligence,astothegeneralreaderwhowishestoknowabout thechallenges to thehuman intellectandcreativity in thedigital age.

Contents: Foreword. Prelude. Acknowledgements. Part I: Setting the Scene—The Jeremiah Scenario “2084”:Cargo Pants in the Brain. Methods of Study of CognitiveSciences. Brain Looks at Mind. The Language of theBrain. Brain Research. Part II: Debate on the Brain-Mind—Neuroscientists Look at Brain-Mind. Evolution ofBrain-Mind. Time Looks at Mind. Mind Looks at Mind.Teilhard de Chardin’s Views on the Future of Mind. PartIII: Consciousness—Cognitive Sciences and Metaphysics.Philosophy of the Mind. Darwin, Mendel and the 1%Genetic Difference. The Origin of Consciousness inthe Breakdown of the Bicameral Mind: Julian Jaynes.James Meets Joyce: Views from the Martello Tower.Part IV: Artificial Intelligence and Cognitive Science—C.P.Snow: The Two Cultures—A Second Look. Prophets andVisionaries of the Digital Age. The Architecture of the MachineMind. The Artificial Intelligentsia. The SymbioticAge. TheDrive of Technology. Computer Invasion. Part V:Reclaiming the Human Mind—Lord Macaulay, Tim Lee-Berners and Language Death. Computer and SurrogateMemory. Computer and Education. Computer andReading-Writing. The Future of Books and Libraries inthe Digital Age. Computer and Feel for Numbers. Chessand Computer. Aesthetics and Calligraphy in the DigitalAge. Part VI: Flavour of the DIGital Age—The World ofComputerTycoons.ValuesoftheDigitalAge.PartVII:TheIndividualandCreativity—Is Man the Measure of All Things or Is He a Chimpanzee Putting On Airs. The Individual isAn Embarrassment for Science. The Genius Type. TheWellsprings of Creativity. Challenge to Creativity. TheImportance of the Individual. Forecasts and Prescriptionsfor the Future. Summary. LastFrontiersof theMind.Latest Print 2007 / 440 pp. (Hard Cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cm / 395.00

ISBN-978-81-203-2851-8 (Print Book)ISBN-978-93-5443-917-9 (e-Book)

Hinduism

BASUEssence of Hinduism, The, 2nd ed.ACHARYA DURGA DAS BASU, Sarasvati Vacaspati, Vidyavaridhi, Prajnabharati, Nyayaratnakara, Neetibhaskara, Nyayabharati, Nyaya Sarasvati, Manava Ratna, was National Research Professor of India. A renowned expert in Constitutional Law, he wrote many books including his magnum opus, Commentaries on the Constitutional Law of India.

If any religion in the world has been the least understood, that is the Hindu religion, not because it is inexplicable, not because it is irrational or illogical—but because it is so big.

Thus beginsDr.DurgaDas Basu’s scholarly explorationofthe essenceofHinduism.Abandoninghistorical andnon-essential considerations, the book looks upon Hinduism,

not as a faith, but a set of certain universal principlesof truth, evolved, tested and verified through the agesand on which there is a consensus amongst the variousUpanishads. It is these propositions that have beengathered as the essence of Hinduism in this work. Tounderstand this essence is to grasp simultaneously theultimate aim of a person’s life, which is to achieve themaximumofpurityandperfection.Thediversepathsandthe mental and physical exercises that lead to salvationaredefinedandexplained.Like in his otherworks, the author adopts a comparativeapproach thatmakes this abookon comparative religionwith special reference to the essential doctrines of theHindureligion.Thisapproachalsounderscoresthethoughtthat the surest way to achieve communal harmony is tobring to the followers of different religions, the essentialprinciplesofeach.Extensively explained and well documented, this is afascinatingglimpse into theascentofHinduism.Contents: Preface. Abbreviations and References.Hinduism, an Encyclopaedia of Universal Principles. GodExists. God is All-Pervading. Formless, Yet Manifested inEndless Forms. Immortality and Divinity of the Soul. NoSetFormula.DiversePathsLeadingtotheSameGoal.TheProcess of Deification. The Religion of Service. Appendix:TheReligionofRamakrishna. Index.Latest Print 2016 / 144 pp. (Hard Cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cm / 250.00

ISBN-978-81-203-2140-3 (Print Book)ISBN-978-93-5443-168-5 (e-Book)

BRAHMAHindu Spirituality: An AppreciationNALINIKANTABRAHMA,formerly Professor of Philosophy, Presidency College (now Presidency University), Kolkata, and Principal, Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

Manypeoplehave confusednotionsofHindu spirituality.Inthiscompactbook,Dr.NaliniKantaBrahma,aneruditescholar and a well-known exponent of Hindu spirituality,captures the essence of Hindu spirituality, as embeddedin theVedasand theUpanishads.

Divided into three parts—Part I, Essence of HinduSpirituality; Part II, Vedantic Transcendence; and Part III,Studies in Brihadaranyaka Upanishad, the book gives aclear analysis of the teachings of the Hindu scriptures.The book starts with an Introduction which showsthe greatness of the Brihadaranyaka Upanishad and the validity of the Upanishads, which Shankaracharyaunmistakably showed to be part of the Vedas. The bookthen goes on to give, in the next three sections, studieson Karma Yoga (performing selfless action as a path ofrealization of emancipation), Bhakti Yoga (philosophyand practice of devotion), and Jñna Yoga (knowledge as a means for realization of the Absolute, that is,Brahmavidya):PartIIisdevotedtoadetaileddiscussiononVedanticTranscendenceandVedanticmonismasexpoundedby Shankaracharya. Finally, Part III delves deep into theteachings contained in the Brihadaranyaka Upanishad.


This well-researched and clearly enunciated study wouldbe valuable for postgraduate and senior undergraduatestudents of Philosophy and students of ComparativeReligion. Itwould also be very useful to anyonewhohasakeendesire to studyaboutHindu spirituality.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Essence of Indian Spirituality.Introduction. Section 1: Karma Yoga. Section 2: Bhakti Yoga.Section3:Jñna Yoga.Section4:Conclusion.Part II: Vedantic Transcendence. Part III: Studies in theBrihadaranyaka Upanishad. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-256-9 (e-Book)

BRAHMAPhilosophy of Hindu SdhanNALINIKANTABRAHMA,formerly Professor of Philosophy, Presidency College, University of Calcutta and Principal, Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

None else could have made a better presentation onthe practical side of Hindu religion, with its underliningconcepts of Hindu faith, than Dr. Nalini Kanta Brahma.His classic work, Philosophy of Hindu Sdhan, is now being relaunched in the Eastern Economy Edition for thebenefit of students, researchers, and all those who haveanabiding interest inphilosophyand religion.

TheauthorstressesthosecharacteristicsofHindureligionthat bring out its kinship with the higher religiousthoughts of the world so that the reader can discern a common fabricoforganicunityofhigher religions.

ThetextbringstoforethecorrelationbetweentheoryandpracticeofdifferentHinduphilosophicalsystems.Sdhan, the instrument to attain perfection as propounded inHindu philosophy—being a means to a better end—hasbeendiscussedinthetextinitsvariousformsasfollowedbydifferent religious systemsof theHindus.

PartIofthebookdealswiththefunctionandcharacteristicsof Hindu Sdhan ingeneral.PartIIelucidatesthespecificforms of Hindu Sdhan that includesKarma, thepathofprescribedactions,Jnana,thepathofhigherintellect,andBhakti, the path of devotional worship. The book alsodeals with Yoga, the form of Sdhan as propounded byPatanjali. Finally, it emphasizes the importance and valueof discipline and devotion that are inherent in the goodpracticeofHindu religion.

Contents: Foreword.Preface.Part I:Sdhan inGeneral—The Relation of Philosophy to Religion. Sdhan: ItsPlace in Philosophy and Religion. Distinctive Featuresand the Different Stages of Hindu Sdhan. Different Forms of Sdhan. A Historical Survey of the DifferentForms of Sdhan. Part II: Special Forms of Sdhan—Karma-Mrga or the Path of Action. Karma-Yoga. TheYoga System of Patajali. The Path of Knowledge. Howto Attain Knowledge. The Path of Devotion. The Natureof Devotion. The Determinants of Devotion. The TantraForm of Sdhan. The Different Stages of Sdhan and

theSynthesisof ItsDifferentForms in theBhagavadGt. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-155-5 (e-Book)

Logic

CHAKRABORTILogic: Informal, Symbolic, and Inductive, 2nd ed.CHHANDACHAKRABORTI, Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur.

The Second Edition of this text continues to provide acomprehensive introduction to Logic, a subject that isincreasinglybecomingpopularamongstudents.

What distinguishes the text is its graded step-by-stepapproach to the subject, with informal logic formingthe basis and Symbolic logic and Inductive logic formingthe more advanced steps. The book also uses a hands-on approach to teaching of logic to induce self-learning,as shown in sections such as on how to create a truthtableoratruthtree,onprovidingstrategictipsforformalderivations, and on how to approach symbolization inpredicate logic.

The Appendices, including those on Indian logic and thenature of inference in Indian logic, are designed to create greater awareness about the extent and depth of thefieldamongstudents.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• A new Appendix on Basic Set Theory. It covers all the

fundamental concepts, principles and operations inBasic SetTheory.

• Some sections in Chapter 3 on Fallacies have beenmodified.

• Corrections/Modificationsdonewherever required.

KEY FEATURES• In-depthandextensivecoverageofPredicate logic.• Coversboth InformalandFormal logic.• Each section has many worked-out examples and

exercises.• Worked-out examples given in a step-by-step manner

foreasycomprehension.• Keywordsat theendofeachchapter.

Intended primarily as a text for students of Philosophy,the book would also be useful to students of Mathe-matics,ComputerScienceandEngineeringwhereLogic isofferedaspartof their course.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Acknow-ledgements. Introduction. Preliminaries. Part A: InformalLogic—Informal Logic: Arguments. Informal Logic:Fallacies. Part B: Symbolic Logic—Symbolic Logic: Intro-


duction. Propositional Logic: Syntax and Symbolization.Propositional Logic: Semantics and Truth Tables.Propositional Logic: Truth Trees. Derivations. AristotelianSyllogistic Logic. First Order Predicate Logic: Syntax andSymbolization. First Order Predicate Logic: Semantics.Predicate Logic: Derivation. Part C: Induction—InductiveReasoning. Argument by Analogy. Argument by CausalReasoning.ProbabilityandInduction.Science,Hypothesis,and Induction. Appendices—A. Logical Paradoxes. B. Philosophical Controversy with ‘if-then’ and ‘É’. C. Alternative Logics in Western System. D. Metatheory.E. Indian Logic. F. Inference in the Nyaya System. G.DynamicLogicandTemporalLogic.H.BasicSetTheory.Solutions toSelectedExercises. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-123-4 (e-Book)


ISBN-978-93-5443-859-2 (e-Book)

Western Philosophy

BRAHMACausality and ScienceNALINIKANTABRAHMA,formerly Professor of Philosophy, Presidency College, University of Calcutta and Principal, Hooghly Mohsin College, Kolkata.

Causality and Sciencemay at first sound as abstract and,perhaps, as esoteric subjects. For, while one seems totouchon the transcendental and themetaphysical realm,the other seems to be rooted on terra firma. However,while reading through this compact and concise book,written with great clarity and precision, one comes torealize that there is no clash between these two, andindeed reconciliationbetween them ispossible.

Theauthor,withhisremarkableeruditionandscholarship,contendsthatthewholeconceptionofscienceissomuchbound up with the causal concept that it seems hardlypossible that science could ever be able to do withoutit.Heargues that space,timeandcausalityare the threecategoriesonwhich science isbuilt.

The book also shows that of the four causes—material,formal,efficient,andfinal,howthematerialandefficientcauses are given prominence. In this process, the bookdemonstrates the inadequacy of the empirical view ofcausation, and shows thatmaterial cause combines withthe efficient and final causes, or how these coalesce into one and only the adequate cause remains. There is no antagonism between the noumenon and thephenomenonor theBrahma and the My.

Even though relativity may reign supreme for many,the author says that there is no opposition betweenperfect spontaneity and freedom and law and systemon the one hand, and causality and determinism onthe other. Ultimately, a reconciliation between causalityand freedom can be effected, and the Reality that thereis neither ‘free’ nor ‘unfree’, but transcends both thequalities canemergeas theAbsolutewhich can solve foreveralloppositions.

The bookwould be of interest to students of philosophyand any reader who has a philosophical and scientificbend ofmind to delve deeper into the relation betweencausalityand science.

Contents: Preface. Introduction.ThePrincipleofCausality.TheScientificConceptionoftheCause.TheEffectasFullyContained in theCauseor theCauseasConsciousPowerorEnergy.TheCauseas theAbsolute.Conclusion.


ISBN-978-93-5443-126-5 (e-Book)


Political Science

Comparative Politics

HOODPolitical Development and Democratic Theory: Rethinking Comparative PoliticsSTEVEN J. HOOD, Professor of Politics, Ursinus College, Collegeville, Pennsylvania.More and more nations have embraced democracy over the last few years. Consequently, studies andscholarship on democracy have been increasing.Yet comparative studies on democracy and politicaldevelopment do not seem to come to grips with theproblems of democracy. While the comparativists look at the challenges of democratic transition,consolidation and problems of mature democracies as separate problems, this book contends that theproblems facing democratic regimes remain the same,differingonlybydegree.Theauthorattributesthesuccessofdemocracytostrikingtherightbalancebetweenrightsandvirtues.Byfocusingonlyontheproceduralaspectsofdemocracy, wewould at best invent a symptomatic curefortheailmentsofdemocraticgovernments.Awholesomesolution would be provided only by a redefinition ofthe basic terms and concepts of democracy and areconsiderationofourassumptions regardingdemocracy.In this book, the spirit of democracy and the views ofAlexis de Tocqueville and the founders of the Americansystemofdemocracyareexaminedastheyarerelevanttothecontemporaryworld.Inanalyzingdemocraticregimes,the book goes beyond merely a technical or mechanicalperspective. The influence of various components suchas foreign policies, international rules, economic andreligious factors in the process of democratization hasbeen discussed for a complete study. By combining thebestofcomparativetheoryand liberaldemocratictheory,thebook rediscovers the idealofdemocracy.The extensive list of notes (chapter wise) and thecomprehensiveBibliographygivenat theendof thebookwouldconsiderablyhelpthereadersindelvingdeeperintothe subject. Postgraduate students of Political Science aswell as political analysts would find this book extremelyusefuland interesting.Contents:Preface.TheSpiritofDemocracy.TheTransitionfromAuthoritarianismtoDemocracy.ConsolidatingDemo-cracy. Maintaining Democracy. Conclusion: RethinkingComparativePolitics.Notes.Bibliography. Index.


PALEKARComparative Politics and GovernmentS.A. PALEKAR, Professor, Department of Political Science, Gulbarga University, Karnataka. Considerable changes are taking place today in thestructure and working of governments all over theworld. This, in turn, has necessitated a change in the approach to the study of government and politics. Thiswell-organized and systematic study takes into accountthese developments and shift in approach in the field ofcomparativegovernmentandpolitics.As the empirical study of political processes, structuresand functions forms a major part of comparativepolitical studies, the author examines them in detail. He also analyzes the many variables that are hetero-geneous in nature. The book analyzes in tandemcomparative government—which involves the studyof different political systems with their institutionsand functions—and comparative politics, which coverscomparative governments and non-state politics. Thelatter also studies rule making, rule implementing andruleadjudicating.Since different political systems are governed by theconstitutions of the nations concerned, the book dealsin detail with the constitutions of these countries.Whilethe text gives a comprehensive coverage of constitutionsofdemocracies suchasUK,USA, France, SwitzerlandandJapan, italsodealswiththeconstitutionsofauthoritarianStates likeRussiaandChina.This text should be of great value to undergraduate andpostgraduate students of political science as well asaspirantsof civil services.Contents: Preface.Part I: Introduction—NatureandScopeof Comparative Politics. Part II: Constitution of The UK—Introduction. The Executive—The King and the PrimeMinister. Civil Service in England. The British Parliament.The Judiciary. Party System in England. LocalGovernmentinEngland.Part III:ConstitutionoftheUSA—Introduction.AmericanFederalism.TheExecutive—AmericanPresidency.The Legislature—The American Congress. The Judiciary—The Supreme Court. Political Parties. Pressure Groupsin American Political System. Bureaucracy in USA. PartIV: Constitution of Switzerland—Introduction. SwissFederalism. The Executive—The Federal Council. TheLegislature—TheFederalAssembly.FederalJudiciary.Rightsof Citizens. Direct Democracy. Party System. Governmentof Cantons. Part V: Constitution of Russia—Introduction.Salient Featuresof theRussianConstitution. FundamentalRights and Duties. Federal System. The President. TheParliament. The Judicial System. Interest Groups. PartySystem. Part VI: Constitution of China—Introduction.SalientFeaturesoftheConstitutionofChina.FundamentalRights andDuties. The Legislature—TheNational People’sCongress.TheExecutive—ThePresident,theStateCouncil,andthePremierinChina.TheJudiciary.ChineseCommunistParty. Part VII: Constitution of Japan—Introduction.


Featuresof theConstitutionof Japan.FundamentalRightsandDuties. TheExecutive. The Legislature—TheDiet. TheJudiciary.LocalSelf-Government.PoliticalParties.PartVIII:Constitution of France—Introduction. Salient Features ofthe French Constitution. The Executive—The President.The Legislature—Parliament. The Judiciary—JudicialSystemofFrance.TheLocalGovernment.PoliticalParties.


ISBN-978-93-5443-171-5 (e-Book)

RAYModern Comparative Politics: Approaches, Methods and IssuesSAMIRENDRA N. RAY, Professor of Political Science, University of North Bengal, Darjeeling (West Bengal).

Designed primarily as an introductory textbook forgraduate and senior undergraduate students offeringcomparative politics as a compulsory course, this finelyintegrated text is by far the most comprehensive, yet concise and critical analysis of the contendingapproaches,methods,andmodelsandthetheory-buildingeffortsmade in thesecondhalfof this century.Thebookprovides a lucid and up-to-date presentation of theramifications of the governmental process and politicaldynamics, issues and problems relating to the structure,function, process and operation of governmental andpolitical organizations in a genuinely comparativeperspective.

KEY FEATURES• Emphasizestheemergingconcernsofmoderncompara-

tive politics in dealing with the non-western politicalsystemsand thepoliticsof thedevelopingareas.

• Gives a genuinely comparative analysis of thegovernment and politics in various political systemsprevailingacross theworld.

• Bases theanalysisonauthenticsources,withextensivecitations.

• ProvidesadetailedBibliography.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. UnderstandingComparative Government and Politics. Government inModern Society. Constitutions and Constitutionalism.Distribution of Governmental Functions and Controlof Political Power. Political Dynamics, Systems, Parties,InterestGroupsandtheElectoralProcess.OrganizationofGovernment: Institutions and Procedures. Non-WesternGovernmentandPoliticsandthePoliticsoftheDevelopingAreas.Conclusion.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-882-0 (e-Book)

Constitution of India

SHARMAIntroduction to the Constitution of India, 10th ed.BRIJ KISHORE SHARMA, Former Chairman, Copyright Board. Earlier he was Chairman, National Book Trust (NBT), India.

Written in a simple and an easy-to-understand language,this comprehensive text gives a broad perspective ofthe framework of the Indian Constitution and its salientfeatures. It gives all provisions and principles of IndianConstitution, and incorporates all important and leadingcases.Alllandmarkjudgementsofthepastyearhavebeenduly incorporated in thepresent edition. The students ofLL.B.andLL.M.andthosewhoappearforjudicialservicesorCivil Servicesexaminationfind itextremelyhelpful.

This book is a key to their success. It is useful for bothtypesofpapers—objectiveaswell asnarrative.

NEW TO THE TENTH EDITION1.A whole new chapter dealing with every aspect of

Jammu and Kashmir.2.SabarimalaTemplecase.3.PIL and national security (Rafale Deal)—How far the

courtswouldgo?4.Passiveeuthanasia ispermissible.5.Contractualand illegalappointments.6.ValidityofAadhaar.7.Tests todetermineviolationofRight toPrivacy.8.FakeChristiansandminority institutions.9.Constitution103rdand104thAmendmentActs.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Table ofCases. Events Before the Framing of the Constitution.Salient Features of the Constitution. The Federal System.The Preamble. Territory of the Union and Formationof States. Citizenship. Fundamental Rights. DirectivePrinciples of State Policy. FundamentalDuties. TheUnionExecutive. The Union Legislature. The State Executive.State Legislatures. The Judiciary. The Supreme Court of India. The High Courts. Union Territories. Local Government.TheCooperativeSocieties.Relationsbetweenthe Union and the States. Property, Contract and Suits—GovernmentLiability.RighttoProperty.FreedomofTrade,Commerce and Intercourse. Services under the Unionand the States. Public Service Commissions. Elections.Official Language. Emergency Provisions. Amendment oftheConstitution.Article370.Defections—TenthSchedule.Special Provisions Relating to Certain Classes’. DelegatedLegislation. Natural Justice. Public Interest Litigation.ComptrollerandAuditorGeneralof India. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90544-13-4 (e-Book)


'kekZ

Hkkjr dk lafo/ku&,d ifjp;] pkSngoka laLdj.kcztfd'kksj 'kekZ] izfrfyI;f/dkj (dkihjkbV) cksMZ ds vè;{k FksA iwoZ esa Hkkjr ljdkj ds fof/ ea=kky; esa vij lfpo FksA

bl iqLrd dh yksdfiz;rk ;Fkkor f'k[kj ij gSA xr o"kZ ds lHkh egÙoiw.kZ fu.kZ;ksa dk bl laLdj.k esa ;Fkks-fpr lekos'k dj fy;k x;k gSA fof/k ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa vkSj U;kf;d rFkk flfoy lsok dh ijh{kkvksa esa Hkkx ysus okys vH;FkhZ bls vrho mi;ksxh ekurs gSaA mudh lQyrk dk ;g mi;qDr lk/ku gSA oLrqijd vkSj o.kZukRed] nksuksa izdkj dh ijh{kkvksa ds fy, ;g iqLrd mi;ksxh gSA

pkSngosa laLdj.k dh fo'ks"krk1- tEew&d'ehj ds izR;sd igyw ij izdk'k Mkyrs gq,

,d laiw.kZ u;k v/;k;A2- lcjheky eafnj dk oknA3 yksdfgrokn vkSj jk"Vªh; lqj{kk ¼jkQsy lkSnk½—

U;k;ky; fdl lhek rd tkap dj ldrs gSa\4- fuf"Ø; lgte`R;q vuqKs; gSA5- lafonktkr vkSj voS/k fu;qfD;kaA6- vk/kkj dh fof/kekU;rkA7- ,dkarrk ds vf/kdkj ds mYya/ku dk vo/kkj.k

djus ds fy, ijh{k.kA8- udyh bZlkbZ vkSj vYila[;d laLFkk,aA

9- lafo/kku 103oka vkSj 104oka la'kks/ku vf/kfu;eAfo"k; lwph% rsjgosa laLdj.k dh HkwfedkA izFke laLdj.k dh HkwfedkA fu.kZ; lwphA lafo/ku dh jpuk ds iwoZ dh ?kVuk,aA lafo/ku ds izeq[k y{k.kA ifjla?k iz.kkyhA mísf'kdkA la?k dk jkT;{ks=k vkSj jkT;ksa dk fuekZ.kA ukxfjdrkA ewy vf/dkjA jkT; dh uhfr ds funs'kd rÙoA ewy dÙkZO;A la?k dh dk;ZikfydkA la?k dk fo/ku&eaMyA jkT; dh dk;ZikfydkA jkT; fo/ku&eaMyA U;k;ikfydkA Hkkjr dk mPpre U;k;ky;A mPp U;k;ky;A la?k jkT;{ks=kA LFkkuh; 'kkluA lgdkjh lkslkbVhA la?k vkSj jkT;ksa ds chp laca/A laifÙk] lafonk,a vkSj okn&ljdkj dk nkf;RoA laifÙk dk vf/dkjA O;kikj] okf.kT; vkSj lekxe dh Lora=krkA la?k vkSj jkT;ksa ds v/hu lsok,aA yksd lsok vk;ksxA fuokZpuA jktHkk"kkA vkikr mica/A lafo/ku dk la'kks/uA vuqPNsn 370A ny ifjorZu&nloha vuqlwphA dqN oxks± ds laca/ esa fo'ks"k mica/A izR;k;ksftr fo/kuA uSlfxZd U;k;A yksdfgroknA Hkkjr dk fu;a=kd&egkys[kk ijh{kdA 'kCn lwphA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-90544-16-5 (e-Book)

Government and Politics

GHOSHIndian Government and Politics, 3rd ed.PEU GHOSH, Associate Professor in the Department of Political Science, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata, West Bengal.

After years of subjugation by the British colonial rulers,IndiaattainedastatusofIndependentStateon15August1947, a day to be reckoned with pride by all Indians.Struggling for her Independence, facing the trauma ofpartition, and finally establishing a sovereign democraticstatus for itself, the journey has undoubtedly been aroller coaster ride for India.

This book comprehensively outlines the evolution of theIndian Politics, discussing all the constraints, challengesand shortcomings faced by Indian Polity till date. Thebook shows how State-Society interface, with specialemphasis on civil society activities, can play an integralrole in shaping thepolitical fateof thecountry.

In addition, this book not only presents the institutionalaspects of Indian politics by underlying in details, theprovisions of the Constitution, but also brings out thereal working of the institutional framework in an ever-changing social andpoliticalenvironment.

Organized into 23 chapters, the book discusses, in detail,the Constitutional development, The Preamble, TheFundamental Rights, The Directive Principles of StatePolicy, The Executive, The Legislature and The Judiciaryat national and state levels followed by their criticalappraisals as well as the Centre-State relation with itscontinuing tensions. To give a clear and panoramic viewof Indian Political Scenario the book also focuses onlocal-self governments, national and regional parties inIndia,challengesto Indianpoliticalsystemandnewsocialmovements.

NEW TO THE THIRD EDITION• Thoroughupdationwithcontemporaryevents in Indian

political scenario.• Coverage of General elections to constitute the 17th

LokSabha.• PoliticalDevelopmentsof recenttimes.

Intended as a textbook for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science and Law, thisbook is also useful for the aspirants for Civil Service andcompetitiveexaminations likeNETandSLET.

KEY FEATURES•Givesawidecoverageofconventional topicspertaining

to the Constitution of India, relating them to theworkingof the Indianpolity in the realworld.

•Tackles issuesrelatedtonewsocialmovements in Indiaencompassing environmental movements, women'smovements, human rights movements and anti-corruptionmovement.


• Highlights the continuing challenges to the IndianPolitical System from different social and culturalfactors, like religion, language, caste, tribe, regionalismandalso corruptionandcriminalizationofpolitics.

•Dealswithcurrentdevelopmentsinadministrativepolicies.

Contents: Preface. History of Constitutional Developmentin India. Framing of the Constitution of India—Demand,Formation and Working of the Constituent Assembly.ThePreamble. Fundamental Rights—Part III of the IndianConstitution. Directive Principles of the State Policy—Part IV of the Indian Constitution. The Indian Federation.The Union Executive—The President of India. The UnionCouncil of Ministers and the Prime Minister of India.The Union Parliament. The Governor. Chief Minister andthe State Council of Ministers. The State Legislature. The Judiciary in India. Amendment of the Constitution.Local Government in India. Party System in India—MajorNational Parties. Regional Parties in India. ElectoralProcessinIndia.RoleofPressureGroupsinIndianPolitics.Challenges to the Indian Political System. New SocialMovements in India. Commissions and Functionariesin India. Development in Contemporary AdministrativeStructuresandNewProgrammes/Policies. Index..


ISBN-978-93-89347-86-9 (e-book)

SINGH & SAXENAIndian Politics: Constitutional Foundations and Institutional Functioning, 3rd ed.M.P. SINGH was formerly, Professor in the Department of Political Science, University of Delhi. REKHASAXENA,Professor, Department of Political Science, University of Delhi. Designed as a standard text for undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science and also forthe aspirants of Civil Services Examinations, the thirdedition of the book provides a thoroughly updatedaccount of Indian politics, taking into consideration theIndian constitutional foundations and functioning of thevarious democratic institutions. It gives a holistic viewof the political system of India that includes the State,Government (both central and state governments), themarket,and thecivil society, including infrastructures likethe party systems in the nation and the states that arepartly in thecivil societyandpartly in the state.

NEW TO THE THIRD EDITION • Allnewdevelopmentsintheworkingoftheinstitutions

ofthevariousorgansofthegovernmentsattheUnion,State, and local levels in their internal as well asinteractional settings.

• Perspective of governance that demands attention torelationships among the governments, the civil society,and the market which have acquired a new saliencesince the parameter-altering economic reforms in

1991 but have suffered some reverses since 2008, aphenomenonknownasslowbalizationordeglobalization

• New phase in Indian politics with Narendra Modigovernment since2014.

Contents: Preface.IndianModelofConstitutionalism:FromQuasi-Federal to Federal. TheMaking of the Constitutionand Its Operationalization. A Multicultural-Secularist andDemocratic-Developmental State in a Globalizing-cum-Deglobalizing/’Slowbalising’ World. Parliament: Gulliverin the Land of Lilliputs?. Union Executive: A Cabinet ora Cabal?. Judiciary: The Battle of the Books and Beyond.Towards Greater Federalization?. State Governments andRegional Politics. Local Self-Government—The Third Tierof Multi-Level Governance —An Unexplored InternalFrontier?. Bureaucracy: The Permanent Government?.Elections: An Area of Relative Success?. Whither IndianPartySystem?.CivilSociety:GoingthroughtheProcessof‘Civilianization’?. EPILOGUE: India’s TrystwithDemocracy,Development and Federal-National State. Name Index.Subject Index.


ISBN-978-81-946851-3-5 (e-book)

International Relations

GHOSHInternational Relations, 5th ed.PEU GHOSH, Associate Professor in the Department of Political Science, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata, West Bengal.

What Reviewers have to sayThis book is amongst the best on the subject, and byfar the best by any Indian Scholar as a textbook for thepostgraduate students, and also for those preparing foranycompetitiveexaminations.

—Prof.AshwiniKantaRayFormerProfessor, InternationalRelation

andComparativePolitics, JawaharlalNehruUniversity

Peu Ghosh has brought together an impressive range ofthemes to provide a roadmap to students whowant toinitiate an in-depth study of the subject. It has capturedthe scale and complexity of different concepts, themesandissuesof InternationalRelationscoveredinUniversitycourses today.

—Dr.RumkiBasu,Professor,DepartmentofPoliticalScience, Jamia Millia Islamia

HIGHLIGHTS OF FIFTH EDITION• Newer theoretical perspectives—Post-structuralismand

Constructivism• AnewchapteronMigrationandRefugees• Gender and Development in IR and Sustainable

DevelopmentGoals (SDGs)• Current events in International Relations: India and the

World (including topics like Uri and Pulwama terrorattacks,BREXIT,NorthKoreanpeaceprocessandsoon).


TheFifthEditionofthiscomprehensiveandwell-organizedbookcontinuestodelveintothemultidimensionalaspectsof international relations, taking intoaccount thepresentundergraduate and postgraduate curricula ofdifferentuniversities.

ThebookgivesapanoramicviewofinternationalrelationsandisnotonlyausefulguideforstudentsandteachersofInternational Relations, Political Science, History but alsofor those aspiring for various competitive examinationssuchasNET,SLET,andCivil Servicesexaminations.

Contents: Preface. The Discipline of InternationalRelations:Meaning,Evolution,NatureandScope.Theoriesand Approaches to the Study of International Relations.InternationalSystemandtheRoleofActorsandNon-StateActors. Basic Concepts in International Relations. ForeignPolicy: Concepts and Techniques. ColdWar and Evolutionof Post-Cold War World. The Third World. Non-AlignedMovement. Neo-Colonialism. Regional Arrangements andtheir Role in International Relations. The United Nationsand International Relations. Disarmament and ArmsControl. Globalization. Development and InternationalRelations. Human Rights. Terrorism. International Law,International Morality and World Public Opinion. IndianForeign Policy. Environment and International Relations.MigrationandRefugees.ProminentEconomicInstitutions/Arrangements.CurrentConcernsinInternationalRelations;Indiaand theWorld.Appendices. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-59-3 (e-book)

Political Processes

PRAMANICK & GANGULY (Eds.)Globalization in India: New Frontier’s Emerging ChallengesThe EditorsSWAPAN KUMAR PRAMANICK, Vice Chancellor of Vidyasagar University in Midnapore, West Bengal, India. RAMANUJ GANGULY, Associate Professor and founder head of the Department of Sociology in West Bengal State University, Barasat, West Bengal (India). Since the last decade of twentieth century, India haswitnessed a structural shift in GDP growth, propelledlargely by new investments and the growth of the value enhancing services sector. Long established three-headed social problem—poverty-Illiteracy-unemployment—remains the biggest stumbling block for a post-colonialcountrylikeIndia.Newsetsofproblemshavetakenshapein the last quarter of twentieth century when policymakersandmarketparticipantshaveprioritizedeconomicactivities for short-termgains.This edited volume brings to the fore oft-neglectedinterdisciplinarydiscussionsandanalysis infifteenarticlesto examine the process of globalization in India takinginsightsfromeconomics,politicalscienceandinternational

relations, sociology, cultural anthropology, social ecologyandculturalstudies.Itdiscussestheimpactoftheprocessofglobalizationonsocial institutions likemarriage,family,economy,politics,educationand religion.The book is intended for postgraduate students andresearch scholars. It provides readers with a clearperspective about creating economics, environmentaland social capital that can produce multiplier effect formakingnationalprogressmore inclusiveand sustainable.Contents: Preface. Introduction. Economic Globalization:Understanding the Process Beyond the Polemics. Globa-lization and Sustainable Development: Contextualizinga Sociological Discourse. Globalization, Crony Capitalismand the Indian Context of SEZ. Impact of Globalizationon the Food Consumption of Urban India. The Impactof Economic Liberalization on Employment andWages inIndia. Global Forces of Change and Innovation: Issues ofOrganizational Stress. How to Govern Corporate Houses?Significance of Industrial Democracy and Social Unionismin the Context of Globalization. Globalisation and Neo-liberal Economic Reforms in India: A Critical Review. TheIndo-USNuclearDeal inanEraofGlobalization.Falling inLove inMumbai: ProfessionalWomenandCompanionateMarriage. Changing Urban Landscape: A Socio-SemioticProfile of a Shopping Mall in Kolkata. Whose Water,for Whom and at What Costs? The Water PrivatizationProcess, Global Politics and Ecological Struggles in India.Beyond Globalization: A Cultural Study [A New CmieMatrix]. Hindi Popular Cinema: Negotiating the Globaland theNation.GlobalizationandTerrorism. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-605-5 (e-Book)

Political Sociology

ROYSociety and Politics in India: Understanding Political SociologySHEFALI ROY is an Associate Professor and Head, Department of Political Science, Patna Women’s College, Patna University, Patna.Politicscannotgrowin isolation;atthesametimesocietylearns from the changing ethos of polity. A relativelyyoung subject, Political Sociology tries to seek researchexcellence, in itsprocessofevolution.This book on Political Sociology deals with differentvariables of society which influence various facetsof political dynamics. It also analyzes attitude andbehavioural pattern of the public who act as politicalactors. As a branch of political science, the book drawsattention to the very nature of this inter-disciplinarystudy. All the chapters are conceptualized to strengthenthe bond between the polity and the society and vice-versa. This book is an attempt to widen the frontier ofpolitical sciencewithanempirical approach.


Intendedfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsof Political Science and Sociology, the book will enrich the students indulged in research works and those who arepreparing for theCivil Servicesexaminationsaswell.Contents: List of Figures. List of Tables. Preface.Acknowledgements. Political Sociology: Origin, Natureand Scope. Approaches and Methods to the Study ofPolitical Sociology. Political Socialization. Political Culture.Political Participation. Political Development. PoliticalModernization. Political Recruitment. Elites and Society.Bureaucracy Society and Polity. Political Communication.Power Authority Legitimacy. Political Change Conflict andRevolution.PoliticalEfficacyMobilityandLeadership.NewSocial Movements. Politics and Society. Bibliography. KeyTermsandPurport.Propounders. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-39-4 (e-Book)

Political Theory

RAMASWAMYPolitical Theory: Ideas and Concepts, 2nd ed.SUSHILA RAMASWAMY is an Associate Professor, Department of Political Science, Jesus and Mary College, Delhi University. Politicaltheoryandpoliticalphilosophyaregenerallyusedinter-changeably, thoughsometimesadistinction ismadebetweenthetwo.Thisbookonpoliticaltheorydealswiththe study of political instructions alongwith the theoriesof State, Law, LibertyandEquality.In its second edition, the book continues to analysethe key concepts like Authority, Power, Sovereignty,Political obligation, Civil disobedience, Citizenship, Rights,Democracy and Justice. The non-western ideas, includingIndianandChinese,areincorporatedtounderlineculturalplurality and shared values in an enterprise that tries tosetuniversal standards.

The book is designed for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science. The book willbe equally beneficial for the students appearing for thecivil servicesexaminations.

Contents: Preface. Nature of Political Theory. Contem-poraryPoliticalTheory.Politics,PowerandAuthority.State:Different Perspectives. State: Origins and Development.Sovereignty. Political Obligation. Civil Disobedience.Citizenship. Rights. Liberty. Justice. Equality. Property.Democracy. Development. Welfare State. Theories ofSocialChange.RecentDevelopments.References.GeneralReadings.Name Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-47-9 (e-Book)

VINOD & DESHPANDEContemporary Political TheoryM.J. VINOD, Professor in the Department of Political Science at Bangalore University, Bangalore. MEENA DESHPANDE, Professor of Thought and Theory in the Department of Political Science at Bangalore University, Bangalore.

Intended as a text for the postgraduate students ofpolitical science, this well-researched book attempts totrack the evolution of political ideas in the recent pastand their background. It brings out the contemporaryepistemological and methodological debates within the discipline and social sciences as a whole, andincorporates the latestdevelopments in thefield.

Divided into forty chapters under eleven parts, the bookdeals with the core concepts and debates in politicaltheory, and focuses on the state-society interactions. Ittries to explain how the states, societies and cultureshave responded to the emerging challenges thrown up by the social, economic and political factors, and thedirection of the response. It also dwells on the impact of globalisation on current trends. Finally, the bookanalyses the ideas of modern Indian thinkers such as V.D.Savarkar,JawaharlalNehru,RamManoharLohia,B.R.Ambedkarand JayaprakashNarayan.

Besides the postgraduate students of political science,the book would also be useful to the aspirants of civilservicesexaminationsand the initiated readers.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I:Approaching Political Theory—Positivism. Structuralism.Postmodernism. Deconstructionism. Part II: State andRise in Human Dignity—Debates on Justice. Debates onEquality. Debates on Liberty. Debates on Rights. Part III:Issues of Legitimacy—Political Power. Political Authority.Political Legitimacy. Political Obligation. Part IV: PorousBorders and Retreating State—Sovereignty in the Ageof Globalisation. Citizenship. Human Rights in the Age of Globalisation. Part V: Individual–Community–State:Evolving Relations—Political Participation. PoliticalToleration. Libertarianism. Communitarianism. Part VI:State–Society Interface—Good Governance. Civil Society.Social Capital. Part VII: State Economy Dynamics andBeyond—Neo-liberalism. Market Socialism. DependencyTheories. Post-Marxism. Part VIII: Assertion of Identity—Multiculturalism. Identity Politics. Feminism and PoliticalTheory. Part IX: People’s Demand—State Response. Debates on Democratic Political Community. New SocialMovements. Green Political Theory. Part X: PoliticalAlienation to Revolution—Political Alienation. Resistance.Revolution.PartXI: IndianPoliticalThoughtandTheory—Vinayak Damodar Savarkar. Jawaharlal Nehru. RamManohar Lohia. Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar. JayaprakashNarayan.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-732-8 (e-Book)


Political Thought

MUKHERJEE & RAMASWAMYHistory of Political Thought, A: Plato to Marx, 2nd ed.SUBRATA MUKHERJEE has been a Professor and Head, Department of Political Science, University of Delhi. SUSHILA RAMASWAMY, Associate Professor, Department of Political Science, Jesus and Mary College, University of Delhi.

This lucidly written text, in its second edition, continuestoprovidea comprehensive studyof the classicalpoliticaltheory tradition from Plato toMarx. The book elucidatesthe fascinating evolution of the history of political ideas,throughtheworksofthirteenkeypoliticalthinkers—whichincludesPlato,Aristotle,Machiavelli,HegelandMarx.

The text highlights the decline and revival of classicalpolitical theory and portrays the clash of universalismvs. localism in the classical tradition. It focuses on therecent interpretations of the classical texts, for instance,feasibility of the ideal State in Plato; civic humanism and republicanism in Machiavelli; the radicalism of Locke, andthecontributionstothewoman’scausebyJohnStuartMill.

NEW TO THIS EDITIONInclusionoftwo importantEnlightenment liberal thinkers,Mary Wollstonecraft, thefounderof liberal feminismandthe other, Immanuel Kant, ade-ontological liberal.Addition of an Appendix on John Rawls who is credited asaseminalthinkerofcontemporarytimes,havingplayeda crucial role in the revivalofnormativepolitical theory.

The text is intended for the undergraduate andpostgraduate students of Political Science in variousuniversities, and for all those who are appearing for thecivil servicesexaminations.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. What isPolitical Theory? Plato. Aristotle. Niccolò Machiavelli.Thomas Hobbes. John Locke. Jean Jacques Rousseau.Immanuel Kant. Edmund Burke. Jeremy Bentham. Mary Wollstonecraft. George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel. John Stuart Mill. Karl Marx. Appendix. Bibliography.References.Author Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-55-4 (e-Book)

PADHYIndian Political ThoughtK.S. PADHY, former Professor and Head, Department of Political Science, Berhampur University (Orissa). Intendedasatextfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsofpoliticalscience,andaspirantsofcivilservicesthis compact book brings to fore the political thought ofvarious Indian thinkersover thedecades.

Thebookbeginswithadetaileddiscussiononthepoliticalthought of Manu, the lawgiver, whose classification ofthe different castes and their duties is highlighted. Thenit goes on to give a comprehensive account of suchthinkers as Kautilya, the author of Arthashastra, who talks about the four stages of life and the duties of theKing;RajaRamMohanRoy,thereligiousreformer;SwamiDayananda Saraswati, the Hindu reformer and advocateof theVedas. Besides, the book deals in detailwith suchthinkers as Swami Vivekananda, Bal Gangadhar Tilak,GopalKrishnaGokhale,andShriAurobindo.

Further, the book analyzes the political thought of thegreat Indian leaders—Mahatma Gandhi, the Father of the Nation, whose ideas of Satyagraha, Ahimsa (Non-Violence), Swadeshi, and Swaraj are too well known;Jawaharlal Nehru, the Architect of Modern India and the first Indian PrimeMinisterwhose ideas on socialism,democracy, and planning have guided the nation; theindefatigableJP(JayaPrakashNarayan),thepioneerofthesocialistmovement;andBhimraoAmbedkar,theArchitect of the Indian Constitution—thegreatsocialreformerwhochampioned thecauseof thedown-trodden.

Finally, the book makes an analysis of ideas of otherthinkers,suchasSirSayyedAhmedKhan,agreatadvocateofcommunalharmony,MuhammadAli Jinnah,LalaLajpatRai,theLion of PunjabandthepropounderofSwaraj;andRamManoharLohia,apowerfulexponentof socialism.

Contents: Preface. Manu. Kautilya. Raja Ram MohanRoy. Swami Dayananda Saraswati. Swami Vivekananda.Bal Gangadhar Tilak. Gopal Krishna Gokhale. ShriAurobindo. Mahatma Gandhi. Manabendra Nath Roy.Jawaharlal Nehru. Subhash Chandra Bose. MadhusudanDas. Jayaprakash Narayan. Gopabandhu Das. BhimraoRamjee Ambedkar. Sir Sayyed Ahmed Khan. MuhammadAli Jinnah. Lala Lajpat Rai. Ram Manohar Lohia. VinayakDamodar Savarkar. Mahatma Jyotirao Govindrao Phule.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-63-9 (e-Book)

Psychology

Abnormal Psychology



ISBN-978-93-5443-867-7 (e-Book)

Educational Psychology

KAKKAREducational PsychologyS.B. KAKKAR, Formerly, Head, Department of Psychology, Government College of Education, Patiala.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate courses inEducational Psychology, this well-organized study gives

a detailed description of key concepts such as learning,intelligence and personality and various contemporarytheories governing these. The present volume attemptsto provide teachers and prospective teachers with thosefacts, principles and procedures which are of maximumutility in the classroom situations. Apart from helping the teacher-trainee gain a clearer understanding ofthe nature and behaviour of the learner, the book alsoprovides assistance in evaluation and in understandingthe concept of guidance services. The significance of educational and vocational guidance, particularly ofexceptionalchildren, is clearlyand forcefullybroughtout.The text iswell illustratedwithdiagrams toelucidate theconceptsdiscussed.

KEY FEATURES• The book is child centred and practical in its approach

and views Educational Psychology from the standpointofactualproblems facedbyclass-roomteachers.

• Achapter isdevoted toelementary statistics.• Importance of guidance and counselling services is

clearlybroughtout.• One full chapter is set apart for a discussion on

guidanceofexceptional children.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Introduction. Growth and Development. Learning. Intelligence. Personality.Measurement and Evaluation. Elementary Statistics.Guidance.OrganizationofGuidanceServices.GuidanceofExceptional Children. References. Bibliography. SuggestedReading.Author Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-693-2 (e-Book)

MANGALAdvanced Educational Psychology, 2nd ed.S.K. Mangal, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). This revised and expanded edition is a sequel to the first edition which was warmly received by the student and teaching community for its in- depthanalysisand refreshingapproach to the subject.

NEW CHAPTERS TO THIS EDITION• Psychologyof Individualdifferences• Transfer of Learning or Training• EmotionalDevelopmentandEmotional Intelligence• LearningDisabilitiesandLearningDisabledChildren.

Beginning with an introduction to the nature and scope,andthevariousschoolsofpsychology,thebookdiscussesthe systems propounded by Freud, Adler, Jung andPiaget, taking into account their critical importance tothe subject. It then focuses on the psychology of growthand development, psychology of individual differences,motivation, attention and personality, with an emphasison the individual’s attitude towards learning, and the


factors influencing learning. The text also elaboratesthe nature and theories of learning and the aspectsof memory such as remembering and forgetting. The cognitive aspect, i.e. intelligence, and vital topics likecreativity and the psychology of thinking, reasoning andproblem-solving have been accorded due prominence. Adetailed discussion on exceptional children and learningdisabledchildrentogetherwith theeducationalmeasuresfor overcoming such disabilities is also included. The textconcludeswith an important aspectof humanbehaviour,namely,adjustment.Interspersed with examples, illustrations and tables,this text is ideally suited for postgraduate students of education and psychology. It can also be profitably usedby teachers, teacher-educators, guidance and counsellingpersonnel, andadministratorsofeducational institutions.Contents: Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature and Scope.Methods of Educational Psychology. Systems or Schoolsof Psychology and Their Bearing on Education. Psycho-analysis—Freud’s System of Psychology. Adler’s Systemof Individual Psychology. Analytical Psychology—Jung’sSystem of Psychology. Piaget’s Developmental Psychologyand its Bearing on Education. Psychology of Growthand Development. Psychology of Individual Differences.PsychologyofMotivation.Attention.Nature andTheoriesof Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Memory—Remembering and Forgetting. Intelligence. EmotionalDevelopment and Emotional Intelligence. Creativity.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-solving.Aptitude. Personality. Educating Exceptional Children.Learning Disabilities and Learning Disabled Children.PsychologyofAdjustment


ISBN-978-93-90669-56-1 (e-Book)

MANGALEssentials of Educational PsychologyS.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana).

A harmonious blend of the theoretical and practicalaspects of educational psychology, this student-friendlytextprovidesabasefortheunderstandingofthesubject.

The book discusses the various aspects of growth anddevelopment, specifically during childhood and adole-scence, and accords due importance to the cognitiveaspectofhumanbehaviourwithelaborate texton intelli-gence,creativity,thinking,reasoningandproblem-solving.

Besides maintaining a logical progression of topics, theauthor has interspersed the text with examples andillustrationstoprovidean in-depthanalysisof thesubjectmatter.

The book is ideally suited for the B.Ed. and B.A.(Education) courses but can also be a valuable reference

for teachers, teacher-trainees, and practising counsellorsat various levelsof schooleducation.

KEY FEATURES• Cogentandcoherent styleofwriting• Assignment problems and sample tests at the end of

various chapters• Wide range of examples and over 50 illustrations to

supportandexplain the topicsdiscussed

Contents: Preface. Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Educational Psychology—Meaning, Nature andScope. Methods of Studying Behaviour. Heredity andEnvironment. Human Growth and Development—Stagesand Dimensions. Physical Growth and Development.Cognitive or Mental Development. Emotional Develop-ment and Emotional Intelligence. Social Development.Spiritual Development (Development of Character). StageSpecific Characteristics and Developmental Tasks. Growthand Development during Adolescence. Maturation andTraining. Individual Differences. Learning—Concept,Nature and Domains. Factors Influencing Learning.Theories of Learning. Transfer of Learning or Training. Motivational Aspect of Behaviour. Memory. Forgetting.Intelligence—Concept, Theories and Measurement.Creativity. Aptitude—Concept and Measurement.Attitude—Concept and Measurement. Attention.Interest—Meaning, Nature and Measurement. Habits—Meaning, Nature and Development. Concept Formation.Psychology of Thinking, Reasoning and Problem-Solving.The Concept and Structure of Personality. Determinantsof Personality. Assessment of Personality. ExceptionalChildren. Behavioural Problems—Meaning, Conceptand Treatment. Adjustment, Frustration and Conflicts.Mental Health and Hygiene. Sex Education. Guidanceand Counseling. Group Dynamics and Group Behaviour.StatisticalData—Meaning,OrganisationandPresentation.Measures of Central Tendency and Percentiles.Measuresof Variability or Dispersion. Correlation. Administrationand Interpretationof Psychological Tests (PracticalWork).Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-083-1 (e-Book)

,l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaA



ISBN-978-93-5443-860-8 (e-Book)

MANGAL & MANGALPsychology of Learning and DevelopmentS.K. MANGAL, formerly Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). SHUBHRA MANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

The book furnishes proper understanding to its readersfor helping the growing children in their thoroughgoingdevelopment.Thesubject-matter,dexterouslydividedinto35chaptersandorganisedinasimplifiedandlogicalmanner,first explicates educational psychology, development ofthe growing children, process of learning, intelligence,aptitudeandattitude,andthenexpoundsonpsychologyofindividualdifferences, learningstyles, learningdisabilities,creativity,personality,mentalhealth,adjustment,guidanceand counselling, and ultimately, social groups and groupdynamics.

The book is primarily designed for the postgraduate students of education.

Contents: Preface. Educational Psychology: Concept,ScopeandRole.MethodsandTechniquesofEduca-tionalPsychology. Growth and Development. Heredity andEnvironment. Characteristics of Various Stages of Deve-lopmentwithSpecialReferencetoAdolescence.Dimensionsof Individual Development.Theories of Development.Developmental Tasks and Their Implications.Maturation-Concept and Educational Implications. Learning: Conceptand Importance. Factors Influencing Learning. Theoriesof Learning. Constructivism and Constructivist Learning.TransferofLearningorTraining.PsychologyofMotivation.Memory:Concept,Types,MeasurementandDevelopmentForgetting:Nature,CausesandMinimisationofForgetting.Intelligence: Concept, Theories and Measurement.Emotional Intelligence: Concept, Measurement andDevelopment. Social, Spiritual and Artificial Intelligences.Aptitude: Concept and Measurement. Attitude: Nature,MeasurementandDevelopment.DimensionsofIndividualDifferences in Learners. Learning Styles: Concept, Typesand Implications. Learning Disabilities:Meaning, ConceptandTypes.Creativity:Concept,TheoriesandDevelopment.Personality:Meaning,Nature andTheories.Determinantsof Personality. Assessment of Personality. Mental HealthandHygiene.DefenceorMentalMechanisms.PsychologyofAdjustment.Frustration,ConflictsandStress.Guidanceand Counselling. Social Groups and Group Dynamics.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-88028-21-9 (e-Book)

eaxy ,oa eaxyvf/xe ,oa fodkl dk euksfoKku (Psychology of Learning and Development),l-ds- eaxy] lh-vkj- dkWfyt vkWQ ,tqds'ku jksgrd] gfj;k.kk ds Ákpk;Z ,oa ÁksQslj in ls lsokfuo`r gSaA


ckyd ds fodkl esa ifjiDou rFkk vf/kxe nksuksa gh dkQh izHkkoiw.kZ Hkwfedk fuHkkrs gSaA LokHkkfod izfØ;k ds rkSj ij tgk¡ ifjiDou ckyd dks mlds o`f) ,oa fodkl esa fcuk fdlh cká lgk;rk ds enn djrk gqvk fn[kkbZ nsrk gS ogha vf/kxe dks viuh Hkwfedk fuHkkus gsrq


okrkoj.kh; 'kfDr;ksa rFkk ekrk&firk] f'k{kdksa ,oa vU; cM+ksa dh enn dh dkQh t:jr jgrh gSA okLro esa ns[kk tk, rks vf/kxe vkSj fodkl nksuksa izfØ;k;sa gh ,d nwljs dk lgk;d curh gqbZ ckydksa ds okafNr fgr vkSj dY;k.k dk ekxZ iz'kLr djrh gSaA

'kk;n ;gh ,d cM+k dkj.k gS fd jk"Vªh; v/;kid f'k{kk ifj"kn (NCTE) ds fn'kkfunsZ'kksa ij pyrs gq;s gekjs ns'k ds lHkh fo'ofo|ky;ksa rFkk f'k{kk laLFkkuksa ds ,e-,M- ikB~;Øe esa vf/kxe ,oa fodkl dk euksfoKku (Psychology of Learning and Development) tSls v/;;u dks LFkku fn;k gSA izLrqr ikB~; iqLrd blh v/;;u dkslZ dh vko';drkvksa dks iwjk djus ds fy;s fy[kh xbZ gSA bl mís'; dh iw£r gsrq tgk¡ blls ,e-,M- ds fo|kfFkZ;ksa rFkk v/;kid f'k{kdksa dh vko';drkvksa dk mfpr /;ku j[kk x;k gS ogha vius ns'k ds fo|ky;ksa esa dk;Zjr v/;kidksa rFkk izf'k{k.kkfFkZ;ksa] ekrk firk rFkk vU; lHkh ftudk lEcU/k ckydksa ds fgr fpUru ls gS ds bl lEcU/k ;s fufgr iz;kstu dk Hkh iwjk /;ku j[kk x;k gSA

vius mís'; dh iw£r gsrq bl iqLrd dh fo"k; lkexzh 35 fofHkUu v/;k;ksa esa foHkkftr dj izLrqr dh xbZ gSA

fo"k; lwph% izLrkoukA f'k{kk euksfoKku&vFkZ] izÑfr] {ks=k ,oa HkwfedkA f'k{kk euksfoKku esa v/;;u ds fy;s iz;qDr fof/k;k¡ ,oa rduhdsaA of) ,oa fodkl&vo/kkj.kk] lkekU; fl)kUr ,oa dkjdA oa'kkuqØe ,oa okrkoj.kA fodkl dh fofHkUu voLFkkvksa dh fo'ks"krk,¡ ¼fo'ks"kdj fd'kksjkoLFkk ds lUnHkZ esa½A O;fDrxr fodkl ds vk;keA fodkl ds fl)kUrA fodklkRed dk;Z ,oa muds fufgrkFkZA ifjiDork&laizR;; ,oa 'kSf{kd fufgrkFkZA vf/kxe&vo/kkj.kk ,oa egÙoA vf/kxe dks izHkkfor djus okys dkjdA vf/kxe ;k lh[kus ds fl)kUrA jpukRedrkokn ,oa jpukRedrkoknh vf/kxeA vf/kxe ;k izf'k{k.k dk LFkkukUrj.kA vfHkizsj.kk dk euksfoKkuA Le`fr&laizR;;] izdkj ,oa fodklA foLe`fr&izÑfr] fl)kUr ,oa foLe`fr esa deh ykukA cqf)&vFkZ] i zÑfr] fl)kUr ,o a ekiuA lao sxkRed c q f)&vo/kkj.kk ] ekiu ,oa fodklA lkekftd] vk/;kfRed ,oa Ñf=ke cqf) A vfHk#fp&laizR;; ,oa ekiuA vfHko`fÙk&laizR;; ,oa ekiuA vf/kxedÙkkZvks a esa oS;fDrd Hksnks a ds vk;keA vf/kxe 'kSyh& vo/kkj.kk] izdkj ,oa fufgrkFkZA vf/kxe v{kerk,¡&vFkZ] vo/kkj.kk ,oa izdkjA ltukRedrk&laizR;; ,oa fodklA O;fDrRo&vo/kkj.kk ,oa fl)kUrA O;fDrRo ds fu/kkZjdA O;fDrRo dk ewY;kaduA ekufld LokLF; ,oa LokLF; foKkuA j{kkRed ;qfDr;k¡ ;k euksjpuk,¡A lek;kstu dk euksfoKkuA daqBk ;k HkXuk'kk vUr%}U} ,oa nckoA ekxZn'kZu ,oa ijke'kZA lewg xfr'kkL= ,oa lewg O;ogkjA vuqØef.kdkA


ISBN-978-93-88028-23-3 (e-Book)

Emotional Intelligence

MANGAL & MANGALEmotional Intelligence: Managing Emotions to Win in LifeS.K. MANGAL, has been Principal, and Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R. College of Education, Rohtak, Haryana. SHUBHRAMANGAL, Principal, Professor and Head of the Department of Postgraduate Studies, C.R.S. College of Education, Noida.

Emotional Intelligence (EI) is a personality developmenttool which can be developed at any stage of life toenhance one’s ability and get desired success in variouslife pursuits. This book is conceived to prove as aneffective source of motivation and know-how of gettingimbibedwith theEI skills.

The book describes emotional intelligence as a keyto attain success in life. It highlights how managingemotionaltraits likeanger, jealousy,empathy, loveandsoon can help a person to be a better human being andemerge as a winner in life. Organized well, the chapterscomprehensively explain the concept of emotionalintelligence with relation to its development andutilization for getting desired success in one’s personal,social andprofessional life.

The book, thus, have the needed potential to equip thereaders with the knowledge, skills and applied aspectsof EI and its measure, EQ, for deriving rich dividendsthrough the development and application of EI skills(mostly emotional and social in nature). The book alsohelpspeoplewithhigh IQtoanalyzethatEQand IQgoeshand-in-hand, and by developing the EI skills they canexcel in those spheres of life, where they otherwise failtoexcelwith IQalone.

The book is designed for the postgraduate students ofPsychology, Education and Management. Besides, thebook is also useful for the professionals and generalreaders. It is going to prove an asset for those who aresuffering from failuresand lackof confidence.

KEY FEATURES• Provides an easy workable model of EI for utilizing EI

skills askey to success.• Includes reader-friendly features like key ideas (within

boxes), figures, tables, case studies and illustrationsfromdaily lifeandPanchatantra storiesand folk tales.

Contents: Preface. List of Tables. List of Figures. Unit I:Emotional Intelligence-Composition and Contribution toSuccess—Concept of Emotions. Concept of EmotionalIntelligence. Success and Emotional Intelligence.Working with Emotional Intelligence. Unit II: Intra-personalAwareness—Emotional Self-Awareness.AccurateSelf-Assessment. Self-Confidence. Unit III: Intra-personal Management—Emotional Self-Control. Stress


Tolerance. Independence. Self-Regard. Assertiveness.Self-Actualization. Optimism. Unit IV: Inter-personalAwareness—Awareness about Others. Empathy. RealityTesting. Unit V: Inter-personal Management—ManagingInterpersonal Relationships. Flexibility. Problem Solving.Conflict Management. Cooperation and Collaboration.Inspirational Leadership.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-335-1 (e-Book)

Experimental Psychology

HUSSAINExperiments in PsychologyAKBAR HUSSAIN, Senior Faculty in the Department of Psychology, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi.

Primarilyintendedfortheundergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsofpsychology,thisbookwillhelpunderstandthemethodology of experiments and the basic concepts ofexperimentalpsychology.Since the experiments are described in detail with thehelp of purely hypothetical data, the readers will easilyunderstand the procedure and the steps involved ineach experiment. Complete reports of more than fiftyexperimentswillcertainlyhelpunderstandthesignificanceof each step in an experiment. The detailed descriptionof experiments will also help in conceptualising relevantproblemsanddesigningappropriateexperiments.Anotherfeatureisthat,morethanhalfoftheexperimentsdescribedin thebookdonot require sophisticatedapparatus.

KEY FEATURES• Sampledataareprovided ineachexperiment.• Theoreticalbackgroundofexperiments issufficientand

clear.• Sample data are analysed with the help of statistical

techniques.• Language is lucidandeasy to comprehend.• Experimentsonmostof the topicshavebeencovered.

Contents: Preface. Introduction to PsychologicalExperiment. Conducting and Reporting an Experiment.PsychophysicsandPsychophysicalMethods.PsychophysicalExperiments. Sensory Motor Learning. Verbal Learning.Transfer of Training. Remembering and Forgetting.Attention. Perception. Thinking and Problem Solving.Feeling and Emotion. Motivation. Reaction Time. WorkandFatigue. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-365-8 (e-Book)

SHERGILLExperimental PsychologyHARDEEP KAUR SHERGILL, Consultant Counsellor and Psychotherapist. She is teaching in a degree college.

Focusingon the variousaspectsofhumanbehaviour, thebook introduces the nature and theories of sensation,perception, learning, memory, psychophysics and otherareas involved in psychology. It also highlights theimportance of cognitive processes such as thinking,reasoning and problem-solving. Besides, the book pro-vides essential knowledge and skills for using statisticaltools inorganisingandcomputing researchdata.

Designedinaneasy-to-understandandillustrativemanner,thisbook isprimarilyaimedatundergraduatestudentsofpsychology. The text will also prove useful to all thosestudentswho have been introducedwith this subject forthefirsttime.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part A—Experi-mental Method. Variables. Sensation. Perceptual Proce-sses. Statistics. Part B—Psychophysics. Learning.Memory.ThinkingAndProblem-solving.B.A. Syllabus. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-737-3 (e-Book)

Foundations of Psychology



ISBN-978-93-5443-866-0 (e-Book)

MISHRAPsychology: The Study of Human Behaviour, 2nd ed.BRAJ KUMAR MISHRA, formerly Professor and the Head of the Department of Psychology, Doranda College, Ranchi.

Human behaviour—both complex and simple—is such afascinating subject for study and research, and therefore,psychology as a subject is of tremendous importance tothe students and the researchers.

This accessible and student-friendly text in its secondedition, shows the ‘what,’ ‘why’ and ‘how’ of humanbehaviour patterns. The text emphasizes controlled andsystematic studies to explain such behavioural aspects assensing, perceiving, modifications of human behaviour,memorizing, therecollectionofpastevents,andaffectingprocesses.The text is interspersedwithmany examples to illustratethe concepts discussed. The concepts arewell-supportedwith experimental as well as observational facts. What’smore, the book acquaints the reader with the recentadvances in thefieldofpsychology.

KEY FEATURES• Liberal use of examples to give a clear idea of the

conceptdiscussed.• Step-by-step analysis of various psychological facts to

facilitatebetterunderstandingof the subject.• Presentation of new advances and discoveries in the

fieldof variouspsychologicalprocesses.• Glossary of terms besides chapter-end exercises and

summaries.TheNew Edition of the book is incorporatedwith a newchapteronSocio-culturalBasesofBehaviour,whichformsmost integralpartofahumanbehaviour.Primarily intended as a text for undergraduate studentsof psychology, the book can also be profitably used bypostgraduatestudentsandall thosewhohaveanabidinginterest in the studyofhumanbehaviour.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Curiosity of Man to StudyHimself—Introduction. Historical Perspectives of ModernPsychology.MethodologyofPsychology.PartII:BiologyofBehaviour—Biological Bases of Behaviour. Socio-culturalBases of Behaviour. Part III: Knowing the World AroundUs—Sensory Processes and Psychophysics. Visual andOtherSensoryProcesses.PerceptualProcesses.AttentionalProcesses. Part IV: Modification of Behaviour—Learning.SomeOtherPrinciples(Theories)andAspectsofLearning.PartV:MemoryProcesses—RememberingandForgetting.Part VI: Symbolic Processes—Thinking. Part VII: ConativeAspects of Behaviour—Motivation. Part VIII: AffectiveProcesses—Emotion. Part IX: Individual Differences—Intelligence. Personality. Glossary. Author Index. SubjectIndex.


ISBN-978-93-90669-71-4 (e-Book)

SHERGILLPsychology, Part IHARDEEP KAUR SHERGILL, Consultant Counsellor and Psychotherapist. She is teaching in a degree college.

Designed for the undergraduate students of psychology,this comprehensive text presents the fundamentalprinciples and concepts of psychology. It discusses indetail varioushumanbehaviouralpatterns.

The book describes the nature, goals and differentschools of psychology. It explains various methods ofpsychological research suchasexperimental,observation,interview, questionnaire and case-study methods. Besides describing the biological bases of humanbehaviour, it examines different types of psychologicaltests which are conducted to differentiate one individualfrom another.

This student-friendly book also elaborates the processesoflearningandmemory,thenatureandtypesofmemoryandother importantaspectsofhumanbehavioursuchasmotivation, emotion and intelligence. The James–Langeand Cannon–Bard theories of emotion, psychometrictheory and cognitive theory of intelligence are alsothoroughly dealt with. Finally, different concepts ofpersonality and techniques of assessment of personalityareexplained.

KEY FEATURES• Includesanumberoffiguresand illustrations to clarify

theconcepts.• Gives interesting factsandhealthtips.• Provides chapter-endexercises forpractice.• Offers several examples for easy understanding of the

subjectmatter.

Contents: Preface.PartA—NatureofPsychology.Methodsof Psychological Research. Biological Bases of Behaviour.Nervous System. Understanding Individual Differences.Central Tendency. Variability. Part B—Introduction to


Learning. Introduction to Memory. Motivation. Emotion.Intelligence.Personality. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-736-6 (e-Book)

Organizational Psychology

CHITALE, MOHANTY & DUBEYOrganizational Behaviour: Text and Cases, 2nd ed.AVINASH K. CHITALE, Academic Advisor, and former Director, Govindram Seksaria Institute of Management and Research, Indore. RAJENDRA PRASAD MOHANTY, Vice Chancellor, Shiksha ‘O’ Anusandhan University, Bhubaneswar, Odisha. NISHITH RAJARAMDUBEY, Professor at National Institute of Technical Teacher’s Training & Research Institute, Bhopal.

For creating abalance in theorganizational environment,harmony amongst the employees and the employeris a prerequisite. The factors that help in determiningan organizational balance are the sociology of anenvironment, psychology of the people workingthere, channels of communication along with a soundand rational management. The book highlights thefundamentalconceptsoforganizationalbehaviour,anditsapplications in the Indianorganizational scenario.

The second edition of the book, maintaining the samechapters'organizationasinthepreviousedition,comprises28 chapters based on the fundamental concepts oforganizational behaviour, and case studies from variousIndian industry verticals. These case studies reveal theauthors' experience in real-life scenario as consultants aswell as their observations pertaining to the concepts oforganizational behaviour. Besides, the text lays emphasisonsomemoderntoolsofmanagementsuchasTQM,BPRand Knowledge Management, which is a unique featureof thisbook.

Thebookisdesignedforthestudentsofmanagementandpsychology. Moreover, it is useful for the postgraduatestudents of commerce as well as it is of immense use to the personnel associated with technical, commercialand IT-based industries requiring human resourcemanagement.

KEY FEATURES• Every chapter is concludedwitha real-life case study.• Appendices added to most of the chapters contain

research-basedquestionnaire instruments.• DiscussionQuestionsonCase studiesenhance learning

among students.

NEW TO THE SECOND EDITIONIncludesthreenewsectionson'CaseStudyMethodasanImportant Pedagogy', 'Classification of Case Studies' and'Stepsof SolvingaCase'.

Incorporates29new short and sharp cases at theendofthebooktomakethereaderawareofreal-lifesituations.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Acknowledgements. Organizational Behaviour—A CurtainRaiser. The Emerging Challenges and Opportunitiesto Organizational Behaviour. History and Evolution ofOrganizational Behaviour. Fundamentals of IndividualBehaviour. Personality. Attitudes and Job Satisfaction.Learning and Learning Theories. Perception. MotivationandWork Performance. PracticalMotivation Approaches.Group and Team Dynamics. Transactional Analysis andOrganizational Behaviour. Leadership. Emotional andSpiritual Intelligence. Authority, Power and Politics.Management of Conflict. Organizational Structures.Organizational Culture and Creative Change. Dynamics ofChange. Organizational Development. The Dynamics andManagement of Stress. Organizational Communications.Human Resource Policies and Procedures. OrganizationalEffectiveness. Organizations of the Future. InternationalOrganizational Behaviour. Corporate Governance andSocial Responsibility. Organizational Behaviour and Knowledge Management. Case Studies from CorporateWorld. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-07-4 (e-Book)

Psychological Testing/Statistical Methods in Psychology

MANGALStatistics in Psychology and Education, 2nd ed.S.K. MANGAL, formerly, Principal, Professor and Head, Department of Postgraduate Studies at C.R. College of Education, Rohtak (Haryana). This extensively revised and fully updated second editionis designed as a textbook for MA (Education), MEd, MA(Psychology and Sociology) and for research studentspursuing courses in Statistics related to these subjects. Ittakes into account the present syllabi of various univer-sitiesand institutesofeducationacross thecountry.

WHAT’S NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• Six new chapters added with emphasis on advanced

statisticalconceptsandtechniquessuchasthefollowing: – Biserial correlation, point biserial correlation,

tetrachoric correlation, phi coefficient, partial andmultiple correlation.

– Transfer of raw scores into standard scores, T, C and Stanine scores.

– Non-parametric tests like the McNemar test, Signtest, Wilcoxon test, Median test, U test, Runs test,and KS test.

– Analysisof covariance.


• Some chapters modified and reshuffled to reflect thenewemphasis.

• Entire text thoroughly checked and marked improve-mentsmade tobring the topicsup-to-date.

KEY FEATURES• Statisticalproceduresandmethodshavebeensimplified

to facilitateunderstandingof the subject, andonly theminimumnecessarymathematics ispresented

• Givesdetaileddiscussiononparametric testsusingverysmallsamplesfordrawingvaluablestatisticalinferences.

• Numerous solved examples and assignments areprovidedforpracticeandto illustratetheconceptsandapplications.

Contents:Preface.PrefacetotheFirstEdition.Statistics—Meaning and Use. Organization of Data. GraphicalRepresentation of Data. Measures of Central Tendency.Percentiles and Percentile Rank. Measures of Variability.LinearCorrelation.TheNormalCurveanditsApplications.SignificanceoftheMeanandOtherStatistics.Significanceof the Difference between Means. Chi Square andContingencyCoefficient.FurtherMethodsofCorrelations.PartialandMultipleCorrelation.RegressionandPrediction.Scores Transformation. Non-Parametric Tests. Analysis ofVariance. Analysis of Covariance. Answers. Appendices.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-72-1 (e-Book)

RADHA MOHANMeasurement, Evaluation and Assessment in EducationRADHAMOHAN, former Principal, Rajalakshmi College of Education, Chennai.Assessmentandevaluationarecentral to theeducationalsystem of a country as they impact the national policyof education, besides helping in framing future strategiesfor growth of the nation. The process of measurement,evaluation and assessment is interlinked with curriculumand teaching–learning methods enabling learningoutcomes to be determined. Good quality assessment isinstrumental in determining a student’s future goal andcareer path, besides impacting all stakeholders of theschool system.Aneffectiveschool systemcannotbebuiltwhere the students are examined on the basis of merepaper and pencil tests. Today schools have access to theuse of a range of techniques for student’s assessment,teacher performance, school’s effectiveness and theevaluationof the school systemasawhole.Theaimof thebook is toprovidean in-depthknowledgeand understanding of measurement, evaluation andstatistics in education—both from theoretical andpractical aspects. It also offers a concise, step-by-stepguide that helps in making assessment simple andeconomical in terms of money and time, besides beinga boon for any institution. The book contains effective

strategies to facilitate enhanced learning by explainingthe interpretationof test scores. Ithas several Illustrativeexamples drawn from the authors experience. Portfoliosareproving tobeagreatwayofassessment,andhowtoincorporatethemintheteaching–learningprocessisdealtwith in detail. Instructions for constructing rubrics forevaluationofdifferentdomainsof learning, i.e.,cognitive,psychomotorandaffectivehavealsobeenincludedinthebook. Itemanalysis, basic statistics anddifferent typesoftestsarediscussedelaborately.The book is intended for the students of B.Ed, M.Edand M.A. (Education). Besides, the teachers teaching atvarious universities and colleges will also find this bookuseful for classroom teaching.

KEY FEATURES OF THE BOOK• Comprehensiveand lucidlywritten.• Easy-to-understand because of the illustrations,

flowchartsandgraphs.• Chapter-endassignmentstopromotereflectivethinking.• Ago-guide for teachersand trainers.

Contents: Preface. Goals, Objectives and LearningOutcomes. Measurement, Evaluation and Assessment inthe Classroom. Basic Concepts Used in Measurement. ABrief IntroductiontoStatistics–Definitions,Characteristics,PlaceinEducation.InterpretingTestScores.MeasurementErrors.ReliabilityandValidity. ItemAnalysis.AchievementTest. Diagnostic Tests. Intelligence Testing. PerformanceTests. Portfolio Assessment. Aptitude Testing. AttitudeMeasurement.GradingandScoring. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 312 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / `695.00 ISBN-978-81-203-5250-6 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-5443-449-5 (e-Book)

RAMAMURTIIntroduction to Psychological Measurement, AnP.V. RAMAMURTI, Professor and Dean of Social and Behavioural Sciences and Honorary Director, Center for Research on Aging, Department of Psychology, SV University, Tirupati.

Primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of psychology, the book aims to provide asuccinct yet reasonably comprehensive account ofpsychological measurement techniques (psychometry) ina singlevolume.

Written in a lucid style with the author’s rich teachingexperience, the book focuses on the technique ofdevelopmentanduseofpsychological testsand scales. Italsodescribesessential featuresandsteps tobe followedin constructingapsychological test.

Thebook, divided into threeparts, covers psychophysicalmethods, psychological scaling and test methods, andsome elementary but essential statistical concepts usedin the measurement and interpretation of psychologicaltest data.


Besides psychology students, the book will be useful forundergraduate and postgraduate students of educationandprofessionalsinthefieldofpsychologyandeducation.

Contents: Preface. List of Figures. Part I: Natureand Historical Development of Measurement andPsychophysical and Psychological Scaling Methods—TheNatureofPsychologicalMeasurement.TheEarlyHistoryofPsychologicalMeasurement. The PsychophysicalMethods.ThePsychologicalScalingMethods.TheRatingTechniques.Part II: Nature and Construction of PsychologicalTests—Psychological Testing Methods. Constructing aPsychological Test. The Reliability of a Psychological Test.ValidityofaPsychologicalTest. ItemAnalysis.TheUseandInterpretation of Test Scores. Miscellaneous Techniques.PartIII:SomeSimpleStatisticalIndicesusedinPsychologicalMeasurement—Measures of Central Tendency of Scores.MeasuresofVariationsofScores.MeasuresofAssociation(Correlation) Between Scores on Variables. Graphic Rep-resentation of Test Data. The Normal Probability Curve(NPC).TestsofSignificanceofSomeStatistics. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-632-1 (e-Book)

Social Psychology

SINGHSocial Psychology, 2nd ed.ARUNKUMARSINGH, has been Professor and Head, Post-graduate Department of Psychology, Patna University, Bihar.

This comprehensive book is an earnest endeavour toacquaint the reader with a thorough understanding ofall important basic concepts,methods and facts of socialpsychology. The exhaustive treatment of the topics, in acogentmanner,enablesthestudentstograspthesubjectinaneasy-to-understandmanner.

Logicallyorganisedinto17chapters,thebookcommenceswith the introduction of social psychology, researchmethods, theoretical foundations, self and identity, socialcognitions,perceptionandattribution,socialisation,socialattitudeandpersuasion,andgoeson toprovide in-depthcoverage of stereotyping, prejudices and discrimination,behaviours in groups, social norms and conformitybehaviour, leadership and social power, interpersonalattraction and relationship, social influence, aggression,prosocial behaviour, language and communication, alongwithapplicationsof socialpsychology.

The theme of the book incorporates latest concepts andresearches,especiallyIndianresearchesandfindings,thusmaking the bookmore understandable and applicable inIndiancontext.

Written in an engaging style, the book is intended forthe undergraduate and postgraduate students of socialpsychologyand sociology/socialworks.

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE BOOK• Thetextencompassesadequatecontentofthesubject

requiredat theuniversity level aswell as forUGC/JRFexamination.

• Everychapterbeginswithlearningobjectives,followedby key terms and ends with summary and reviewquestions.

• Thetextemphasisesclarity(avoidstechnical language)toenhance itseffectiveness.

• Objective-typequestionsgivenat theendof thebooktest the students’understandingof theconcepts

• Glossary isprovidedattheendofthebooktoprovidereferenceandat-a-glanceunderstanding.

Contents: Preface.IntroducingSocialPsychology.ResearchMethods in Social Psychology. Theoretical Foundationsof Modern Social Psychology. Self and Identity. SocialCognition,SocialPerceptionandAttribution.Socialisation.Social Attitudes and Persuasion. Stereotyping, Prejudiceand Discrimination. Behaviours in Group. Social Normsand Conformity Behaviour. Leadership and SocialPower. Interpersonal Attraction and Relationship. SocialInfluence. Aggression and Social Violence. ProsocialBehaviour: Altruistic and Helping Behaviour. Languageand Communication. Applications of Social Psychology.Objective-typeQuestions.Glossary.References. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 752 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / ` 695.00 ISBN-978-93-89347-25-8 (Print book)

ISBN: 978-93-89347-26-5 (e-book)

Public Administration

Administrative Theory

SAHNI & VAYUNANDANAdministrative TheoryPARDEEP SAHNI, Professor in the Faculty of Public Administration at Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi.ETAKULA VAYUNANDAN, Professor in the Faculty of Public Administration at Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi. This book presents a detailed introduction to the funda-mental concepts, principles and processes of the field ofpublic administration. Itprovides comprehensive coverageofthemajortopicsofthisdiversefield.Intendedprimarilyfor undergraduate and postgraduate students of publicadministration and political science as well as for civilservicesaspirants,thisbookwillalsobeahandyreferenceforprofessionals inpublic serviceandsocial service.The book presents an overview of the field of publicadministration as well as its fundamental aspects,which include the theory of administration and thenature, typology and structure of organisations. Itexplains the major theoretical perspectives as well as


two major specialised areas of the field—public policyand development administration. It also provides anextensive presentation of the prominent aspects of thepublic administration and management process—spanof control, coordination, communication, authority andresponsibility, centralisation and decentralisation, andaccountabilityandcontrol.Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. PublicAdministration: Meaning and Importance. Nature andTypologies of Organisation. Theory of Administration.Administrative Management. Structure of Organisation.Development Administration. Public Policy. BureaucraticTheory. Neo-classical Theory (Human Relations).BehaviouralTheory.DecisionMakingwithSpecialReferencetoHerbertA.Simon.ParticipativeManagement.Hierarchyor Scalar Principle. Span of Control. Unity of Command.Coordination. Delegation. Communication. Supervision.Leadership. Authority and Responsibility. CentralisationandDecentralisation.AccountabilityandControl. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-094-7 (e-Book)

SAPRUAdministrative Theories and Management Thought, 3rd ed.R.K. SAPRU, formerly Professor and Head, Department of Public Administration, Panjab University, Chandigarh.

The Third Edition of this well-received text encompassesthe manifold administrative theories and managementthought propounded and enunciated by administrativeandmanagement thinkers over thepast several decades.Thetextincorporatesmajoradditionsandrevisionstomakeitmoreup-to-date,comprehensiveandreader-friendly.

Thetextnotonlygivesacompleteandup-to-dateanalysisof administrative theories,but also introduces the readerto new concepts, approaches and techniques in publicadministration.Undergraduateandpostgraduatestudentsof public administration, and postgraduate students ofpolitical science and management should find this fullyrevised text tobeof immensevalue.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. Part I:Introduction—Toward a Theory of Public Administration.PublicAdministration:AnOverviewasaDiscipline.PublicAdministration: Theoretical Aspects. Public and PrivateAdministration: The Dichotomy. Politics-AdministrationDichotomy.PublicAdministration:InterdisciplinaryNature.Part II: Administrative and Management Thinkers—Kautilya:AdministrativeContent inArthasastra.WoodrowWilson: The Politics–Administration Dichotomy. MaxWeber: The Bureaucratic Theory. Frederick Taylor: TheScientific Theory of Management. Henri Fayol: Principlesof Administration. Gulick and Urwick: OrganizationalPrinciples. Mary Follett: The Group Dynamics. EltonMayo: The Human Relations Approach. Chester Barnard:Organizations as Cooperative Social Systems. Herbert

Simon:ADecision-MakingPerspective.DouglasMcGregor:Theories X and Y for Human Motivation. AbrahamMaslow: Hierarchy of Needs Theory. Frederick Herzberg:Motivation-Hygiene Theory. Rensis Likert: ParticipativeManagementSystems.ChrisArgyris:HumanisticApproachto Management. Fred Riggs: The Prismatic–Sala Model.Dwight Waldo: Reflections on Public Administration. KarlMarx: Transforming Managerial Work. Vladimir Lenin:Socialist Theory of Organization. Mahatma Gandhi: AFederal Perspective. Jawaharlal Nehru: A ModerateApproach to Administration. Peter Drucker:ManagementParadigm. Parkinson’s Law and the Peter Principle. Part III: Approaches to Public Administration—DifferentApproaches: Managerial, Political, and Legal. ClassicOrganization Theory. The Systems Approach. The HumanBehaviour Approach. Bureaucracy and Democracy: ADilemma of Incompatibility. Public Choice Theory. ThePrincipal-AgentTheory.PartIV:AdministrativeBehaviour—Motivation Theories. Leadership Theories and Roles.Communication Principles. Corruption in Administration.Part V: Public Administration: The New Paradigm—NewPublicAdministration. ComparativePublicAdministration:Models and Prospect. Development Administration andManagement: An Overview. New Public ManagementApproach. Globalization, Governance and Role of PublicAdministration. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-80-6 (e-Book)

Governance and Public Policy

ABEL & SEMENTELLIEvolutionary Critical Theory and Its Role in Public AffairsCHARLES FREDERICK ABEL, Assistant Professor of political science and public administration and director of the Center for Applied Social Research at Stephen F. Austin State University.ARTHUR J. SEMENTELLI, Assistant Professor of public administration at Florida Atlantic University.Time and again, the status of Public Administration asa discipline has been called in question particularly bythose who are involved in the practical implementationof public administration principles. Theories on PublicAdministration border on the realms of philosophy andidealism and are therefore generally believed to do littlebusiness on the ground. For instance, Thorstein Veblen’sinterpretationofthecritical theory inspiteof its immensepotential and practical implications was side-lined andfatedtoremaininthebackground,thankstotheerroneousgeneral notion that theories in Public Administration areatbestabstractionswithnoapplicability.In this compact, well-knit and hard-hitting book, the authors explain from a practical perspective, the‘EvolutionaryCriticalTheory’asacardinaltheoryinPublic


With the advent of technological innovations such asthe Internet, and globalism that permits us to outsourcefunctions anywhere in the world, public managers findthemselves collaborating across borders in contrastto being unitary leaders of unitary organizations. Thispractical book with chapters written by distinguishedexperts in thefield

• brings together a rich variety of perspectives oncollaborativepublicmanagement.

• covers topics ranging fromexaminationsofunderwhatconditions collaborative public management occurs towhat itmeans tobea collaborative leader.

• addresses tough issues such as legitimacy building innetworks.

• discussesways toengagecitizens in collaboration.• examines thedesignof collaborativenetworks and the

outcomesof collaboration.• summarizes and critiques in detail state of collabo-

rativepublicmanagement today.

Contents: Acknowledgements. Frameshifting: LateralThinking for Collaborative Public Management. TheParadoxical Nature of Collaboration. IntersectoralCollaboration and the Motivation to Collaborate:Toward on Integrated Theory. Failing into Cross-SectorCollaboration Successfully. Incentivizing CollaborativePerformance: Aligning Policy Intent, Design, and Impact. Linking Collaboration Processes and Outcomes:Foundations for Advancing Empirical Theory. LegitimacyBuilding inOrganizationalNetworks.ManagingforResultsAcross Agencies: Building Collaborative Capacity in theHuman Services. Collaboration for Knowledge: LearningfromPublicManagementNetworks.InstitutionalCollectiveAction and Local Government Collaboration. OutcomesAchieved Through Citizen-Centered Collaborative PublicManagement. The Space Station and MultinationalCollaboration: A Merger of Domestic and Foreign Policy.Legal Frameworks for Collaboration in Governance andPublicManagement. Learning to Do and Doing to Learn:TeachingManagerstoCollaborateinNetworks.AbouttheEditorsandContributors. Index.


GERSTONPublic Policymaking in a Democratic Society: A Guide to Civic Engagement, 2nd ed.LARRYN.GERSTON.

Inademocracy,politics is theprimaryvehicle for citizenstoinfluencethedecisionsanddecisionmakersthatshapepublicpolicyatevery level. Thiswidelyacclaimedwork• provides an overview of public policymaking in all

its aspects along with basic information, tools andexamples that will equip citizens to participate moreeffectively in thepolicymakingprocess.

Administration whose practical connotations are patent in good governance, a subject that concerns all andsundry. The application of ‘Evolutionary Critical Theory’ for creating a free, fair and ‘good’ society is vividlypresented.

The sure, steady and pacy narrative, the straight andsimple languageand the comprehensive coverage rendersthisbook fascinating, rewardingandofakindof itsown.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgments. Précis. PublicAdministration as Discipline and the Estrangement ofTheory. Ontology and Theory in Public Administration.Critical Theory and Public Administration. EvolutionaryCritical Theory. Evolutionary Critical Theory, Power andEmancipation. Evolutionary Critical Theory and the“Good Society”. Evolutionary Critical Theory and PublicAdministration.Notes. Index.About theAuthors.


BHATTAInternational Dictionary of Public Management and GovernanceGAMBHIRBHATTA.A masterful summary of what policy analysts, public managers, and public service providers need to know and why.

—ClayWescott,AsianDevelopmentBank,Manila

This volume• attempts to provide an authoritative, up-to-date

resource and standard reference on the theory andpracticeofpublicmanagement.

• addresses strategy, policy processes, and governanceaswell as thebureaucraticconcernsofpublic adminis-tration.

• incorporates concepts from various other fieldsincluding economics, political science, management,sociology,andpsychology reflecting thisdiversity.

• provides ready information for students, researchers,scholars,andpractitionersforacollectionoftermsthattheyare likely to comeacross in theireverydaywork.


BINGHAM & O’LEARY (Eds.)Big Ideas in Collaborative Public ManagementEditors: LISABLOMGRENBINGHAMandROSEMARYO’LEARYWhen I’m asked what is new and important in contemporary public management, my answer is collaboration. The Bingham and O’Leary book is the best on the subject, well ahead of the rest.

—GeorgeFrederickson,UniversityofKansas


MAHAJAN & MAHAJANFinancial Administration in India, 2nd ed.SANJEEV KUMAR MAHAJAN, Professor, Department of Public Administration, Himachal Pradesh University, Shimla.ANUPAMA PURIMAHAJAN, a researcher and a freelance writer served as a postdoctoral research fellow in the Department of Public Administration in Himachal Pradesh University. The second edition of the book comprehensively coversthe vast subjectof FinancialAdministration in a coherentand simple language. Providing vivid explanation withsuitable examples of the topics prescribed in the corepaper offered to undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of public administration, it thoroughly discussesall the key topics as per the UPSC syllabus. The bookdealswith themajor typesandtheprocessofbudgeting,committees, commissionsand taxadministration in India.Creating foundation of the concepts laid by Kautilya, thebookgivesaclearunderstandingandviewhowtheyhaveevolved intomodernconcepts in India.

KEY FEATURES• Blendof theoreticalandpracticalaspects• Evolutionof theconcepts inFinancialAdministration• Across-the-board studyoforiginal government reports• Includes topics like NITI Aayog; XIV and XV Finance

Commission

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Financial Administration.Union-StateFiscalRelations.FinanceCommission.MinistryofFinance.Budgeting—PartI.Budgeting—PartII.BudgetasanInstrumentofEconomicDevelopmentandManagement.(PartI:BudgetasanInstrumentofEconomicDevelopment.Part II: Budget as an Instrument of Management).Budget Preparation. Budget in the Legislature. Executionof Budget and Control Over Expenditure. PerformanceBudgeting. Zero-based Budgeting. Program Budgeting.Program Planning Budgeting System. Sunset Budgeting.Incremental Budgeting. Tax Administration in India.Accounting System. Financial Control of Parliament OverExecutive.Audit.FinancialCommittees.PublicDebt.DeficitFinancing.MonetaryandFiscalPolicy. Index.

Latest Print 2021 / 476 pp. / 17.8 × 23.5 cm / ` 795.00978-81-946851-4-2 (Print Book)

978-81-946851-5-9 (e-Book)

PALEKARDevelopment AdministrationS.A. PALEKAR, Professor, Department of Political Science, Gulbarga University, Karnataka.

Development administration is based on two importantconcepts—administration of development and adminis-trative development. It involves modernization ofadministrative structure, capabilities of personnel, and attitudinal and behavioural changes among the

• serves as a handbook for service-learning students,and as a resource for any organized effort to involvecitizens in community service and the exercise of civicresponsibility.

• includesanewcase study.Contents: Foreword. Preface to the Second Edition.Acknowledgements. The Public Policymaking ProcessandHow It Relates toOur Lives. Identifying Public PolicyIssues. Developing a Public Policy Proposal: Inventing theBetterLightbulb.TakingActioninthePoliticalWorld:Howto Advocate a Public Policy. Implementation: CarryingOut Decisions and Making Them Stick. Evaluation:Does the Policy Make Sense? Participation, Politics,and Policymaking: Putting It Together. Appendices—A:Glossary. B: Project Citizen—A Brief Introduction. C:RecommendedReadings.D:Recom-mendedWebSitesasResearchSourceMaterials. Index.About theAuthor.

Latest Print 2009 / 240 pp. / 15.3 × 22.9 cm ISBN-978-81-203-3769-5 / ` 295.00

KOVENResponsible Governance: A Case Study ApproachSTEVENG.KOVEN.

“Koven’s skillful use of case studies brings a freshapproach to the well-worn topic of responsibility andpublic officials.His positions are carefully researched andwell-argued.”

—JohnA.RohrCenter forPublicAdministrationandPolicy

VirginiaPolytechnic InstituteThis book is designed to • show readers how ethics can constrain improper

behavior.• demonstrate the relationship of ethics to good

governmentthroughhighprofilecasestudiesthatwereselected for theirnotorietyand theirability to connectthe reader to fundamentalethicalquestions.

• discusses concepts that help to define responsiblebehavior intermsofbehavior inelections,honestyandcompetence,and international law.

Contents: Preface.ResponsibleGovernance:ACaseStudyApproach. The Foundations of Responsible Governance.The Influence of Money on Elections. Images ofResponsibility: Honesty and Patronage in Government.Responsibility and International Law. Conclusions.Bibliography. Index.About theAuthor.



administrators. This book simplifies the administrativefunctions through its examples, theories and concepts,and deals with the field of development administrationwithan integratedapproach.

Thisbookthrowslightontheadministrativedevelopmentprocesses in and around the world. It also draws aparallel between how the administrative developmenthas helped the nation in overall development, and whatis the scenario in the developing countries, especially inIndia. It also focuses on the issues like programme andproject management in India, Planning machinery ofSocialWelfare Service in India. It further dwells into theimpact of the economic reforms on the social sectors ofIndia. The book skillfully explains how the State plays acritical role in its socio-economic development, and howit faces the new challenges because of globalization andliberalization.The book is intended for the postgraduate students ofPublic Administration and Political Science. Besides, it isequally beneficial for the students preparing for the CivilServicesExamination.Contents: Preface. Development Administration. Featuresof Developed and Developing Countries. DevelopmentProgrammes their Planning and Implementation. TheRiggsianModelandDevelopmentAdministration.EcologicalDimension of Development Administration. ProjectManagement. Planning Machinery and DevelopmentPlanning in India. Administration of Social Welfare.International AID and Technical Assistance Programme.Bureaucracy and Development Adminis-tration. Educa-tionalAdministration.RoleofVoluntaryAgencies inSocialWelfare. Administrative Capability for Development.CitizensParticipationinDevelopment.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-536-2 (e-Book)

SAPRUPublic Policy: Art and Craft of Policy Analysis, 2nd ed.R.K. SAPRU, formerly Professor and Head, Department of Public Administration, Panjab University, Chandigarh. The subject of Public Policy has assumed considerableimportance in response to the complexity of economicdownturns, social upheavals, political crises, institutionalweaknesses and technology. It is concerned not only withthedescriptionbutalsowiththedevelopingscientificknowledgeabout the forces shapingpublicpolicy.The textbook, now in its second edition, continues toprovide an in-depth study of the various approachesfor policy formulation, implementation and evaluation.It addresses issues in policy analysis, and explainsthe forces that influence the functioning of executive,legislature, judiciary, civil society and administration. Thebook excellently reviews and evaluates the public policyliterature,andexemplifies theauthor's long teachingandresearchexperience inPanjabUniversity.

Thebook is primarily intended for postgraduate studentsof Political Science and Public Administration for theircourses in Public Policy and Policy Analysis, besidesmeeting the requirements of candidates offering publicadministration subject for the civil services examination.It will be equally useful for policymakers, planners andbureaucrats concernedwithpolicymanagement.NEW TO THIS EDITION• UpdationofthechapterPolicyApproachesandModels

with the inclusion of the topic ‘Public choicemodel ofpolicy-making’

• Addition of the two new chapters—Power Approachesto Policy Making and Strategic Planning Approach forImprovingPublicPolicy—tostudy the subject indetail.

Contents: Preface. Preface to the First Edition. PolicySciences: Perspectives on Public Policy. Public Policy:Nature,ScopeandSignificance.PolicyAnalysis:ContextualPerspectives. Policy Approaches and Models. PowerApproaches to Policy-making. Institutional Approaches toPolicyAnalysis.StrategicPlanningApproachForImprovingPublic Policy. Rational Approach and Simon’s RationalityModel. Decision-making Process and Techniques. Policy-making Techniques. Structure of Power and PublicPolicy-making Process. Power and Role of Non-officialsIn Policy-making. Policy-making Power Within TheExecutive. Intergovernmental Relations and Public PolicyIssues. Public Policy Implementation: Approaches andModels. Interorganizational Relations and Public PolicyImplementation. Public Policy Delivery Agencies andImplementers. Public Policy Implement-ation: Gaps andProblems.PolicyMonitoring:ApproachesandTechniques.Policy Evaluation: Techniques and Approaches. PolicyEvaluation:Role,ProcessandCriteria.PolicyPerformance:EvaluatingImpact.InternationalAgenciesandGlobalizationofPolicyAgendas.Author Index. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-466-2 (e-Book)

SARKARPublic Administration in India, 2nd ed.SIULI SARKAR,Professor of Political Science and Principal, Lady Brabourne College, Kolkata.

Thisbookpresentsanencompassingandupdatedanalysisof the public administrative system existing in India,covering primarily the different administrative structuresaswellasfunctionsattheCentral,State,districtandlocallevelsofour country.

Starting from a brief historical outline of Indianadministration, it makes a detailed analysis of thechanging role of that fabric. The new, enlarged editionprovides a thorough discussion on the structure of thecivil services,and the functionsand rolesof the:

• President• PrimeMinister• Council of Ministers


• Finance,HomeandExternalAffairsMinistries• Central Secretariat

ItalsoexplainsvividlytherolesoftheStateadministrationwith specialemphasison the:

• Governor• Chief Minister• ChiefSecretary• State Secretariat• District Collector

Moreover, one can find in the book a thorough analysisofthelocalselfgovernmentsattheruralandurbanareasof India, andwomen’s participation in the rural local selfgovernment. Besides, financial administration, welfareadministration, citizens and administration and majorIndian committees and commissions have also beenthoroughly dealt with in the text. It carefully discussessuch issues as Personnel Administration, AdministrationofLawandOrder, InformationTechnology,HumanRights,GlobalisationandCivil Societyetc.

Initssecondeditionthebookhasbeenthoroughlyupdatedand modernised regarding data and information of everyexistingchapter.Somenewconceptsandtopicshavebeenincorporatedwithdetailedanalyses there including:

• KolkataMunicipalCorporation• ChangingNatureofPlanning—NITIAayog• MGNREGA• SarvaShikshaAbhiyan (SSA)• NRHM• GenderandAdministration

Finally, a completely new chapter (Chapter 16) has beenintroduced in thiseditionconsistingof:

• Public Administration in the Era of Liberalisation andPrivatisation

• GovernanceandGovernment• Right to InformationandCitizenCharterThis comprehensive book will be extremely helpful forthe undergraduate and postgraduate students of PoliticalScience and Public Administration. Besides, studentspreparing for various competitive (including civil services)examinations and those who are interested in the studyof IndianAdministrationwillbenefit.Contents: Preface. Continuity and Change in IndianAdministration:ABriefHistoricalOutline.TheCivilServicein India. Administration and Politics of India: The CentralPicture.AdministrationandPoliticsofIndia:TheProvincial(State) Picture. District Administration: Changing Role ofthe Collector. Local Self Government in India: An UrbanPicture. Local Self Government in India: A Rural Picture.Women’sParticipation inLocalSelfGovernment.Planningand Plan Administration. Financial Administration.Citizens and Administration. Communications betweenthe Panchayats and the Marginalized: A DevelopmentPerspective. Administrative Reforms in India: MajorCommittees and Commissions. Welfare Administration.Issue Areas in Indian Administration. Some Recent

Developments in the Concept of Administration. NameIndex. Subject Index.


ISBN-978-93-87472-92-1 (e-Book)

SINGH & ZAHID (Eds.)Strengthening Governance through Access to JusticeAMITA SINGH, Professor of Law and Governance at the Centre for the Study of Law and Governance, Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. NASIR ASLAM ZAHID, Dean, Hamdard School of Law at the Hamdard University, Karachi.

This book tries to reunite and rebuild faith in publicinstitutions by highlighting the availability of judicialremediesforthepoorandtheexcludedinSouthAsia.Thecentral idea of this book is the inevitable link betweenjudicial capacity and good governance. It criticallydiscusses the state of ‘access to justice’ to the poorand addresses the problems of various structures andprocedures approached by the poor to seek justice. Theformal system remains locked in the whimsical fantasiesof the lawyers and the state structure which aborts theruleof law for theprivilegedandworks inopendefianceof the increasingdisempowermentof thepoordue toanoverwhelming judiciary.

This book highlights the growing need for restorativejustice as against retributive and thus emphasizes amore intensive action research in alternative disputeresolution systems (ADRs). This argument is furtherdeveloped to assess the competence of many people’sled informal institutions of judiciary such as Saalish in Bangladesh, Jirgas in Pakistan or Lok Adalats in India. The book is also radical in its approach towards theuse of alternative dispute resolution systems to supportmarginalized communities, including women in distress,through mediation and arbitration which are gaining anew intellectual space in justicediscourse.

This book is an indispensable guide to administrators,and social scientists interested in governance and legalresearch. Itwouldalsobeuseful for thoseworking in thenon-state sectorofpro-poor reforms.

Contents: Preface. About the Editors. About theContributors. Introduction, Amita Singh. Section I: Just Space for the Poor in Judicial Systems—Gram Adalatin Bangladesh: Theory and Practice, M. Abdul Wahhab. Panchayats and Jirghas (Lok Adalats): Alternative DisputeResolution System in Pakistan, Irum Ahsan. Lok Adalatsand Judicial Reform in India, Archana Agarwal. Formal PerceptionsofInformalJustice:VillageCouncilsandAccesstoJustice,Kripa Ananth Pur, Anirudh Krishna.PovertyandAccess to Justice:DimensionsofPublic InterestLitigation,Anindita Pujari.RevitalizingJudiciary:EnhancingAccesstothe Poor, Pallavi Bahar. JusticeWithout Lawyers: GettingIdeas from China, Xiong Ying. Section II: Procedural


Fairness and Restorative Justice—Gender, Violenceand Power: Retributive versus Restorative Justice inSouth Asia, Ferdous Jahan. Alternatives to the JudicialMess: Suggesting Mediation, Dale Bagshaw. Issues of Equity and Justice in Climate Change: A South AsianPerspective, Angela Williams. Judicial intervention forthe environmentally Distressed in Pakistan, Saima Amin Khawaja. Elusive Justice Denial frame for the Tribal Poorin India, Priti Singh. Governance and Justice: ChallengeofWeaving theSeveredBond in SouthAsia, Justice Nasir Aslam Zahid.


ISBN-978-93-5443-619-2 (e-Book)

SINGH, et al. (Eds.)Governance and Poverty Reduction: Beyond the Cage of Best PracticesAMITA SINGH, Professor of Law and Governance at the Centre for the Study of Law and Governance, Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU), New Delhi. KAPIL KAPOOR, Country Manager for Zambia at The World Bank, Washington DC. RABINDRANATH BHATTACHARYYA, Reader in Political Science and Public Administration at the University of Burdwan, West Bengal.

Poverty reduction in South Asia is a precondition forsustaining any form of reforms in governance. The newpublic management reforms which started in South AsiafromSri Lanka taking the initiative in1977–78havebeena decisive break from the previously practised Statedriven protectionist system. Investment in the regionhas been rising and even per capita income has shownsome increase, yet the state has not been able to leadthese reforms appropriately and efficiently. Thus povertyhas not been reduced, ordinary people continue tolanguish under government programmes and the sociallyexcludedremainoutside themainstreamdecisionmakingbodies. Governance in South Asia faces the single mostimportantchallengeofpovertyreductionwhichcontinuesto blunt and disfigure capacity, self esteem and servicedelivery system to the poor. This book attempts to bringout microlevel studies from many regions in South Asiato address issues of entrepreneurship, knowledge andprofessionalism.

As an initiator of the idea on developing a critiqueto the straightjacketed ‘best practice’ research, thisbook questions the standard practice in evaluatingadministrative reforms as not being the true base forknowledge. Administrators need to balance capacity andcontrol inevery implementationprogramme.Confiningtothe knowledge of ‘best practices’may conceal enormousamountof informationfromthe ‘less thanbest’practiceswhich may be necessary to sustain good initiatives ofpublicmanagers.

This book highlights areas of active networking, partner-ships and collaborations amongst state and non-statebodies, NGOs and specialist Science and TechnicalOrganizations.Thetruenatureofgovernance isexplainedand demonstrated through the processes whichotherwisepassoffundetected inmacro-understandingofgovernance.

Contents: Acknowledgement. Introduction: Governance,Poverty Reduction and Best Practices, Amita Singh. Section I: Understanding Poverty in South Asia—Conceptualizing Poverty: The Importance of Stories,Steven E. Aufrecht and Rashmi Prasad. PovertyEradication: Lessons from History, Alan Mayne.Understanding Poverty, Cause Analysis and Response:Case Study of Pakistan, Sarfraz H. Khawaja. How toMake Public Administration Reform Work for theRural Poor? Potentials and Challenges of CollaborativeGovernance, Regina Birner. Engendering Growth forPovertyReduction: ThePakistanExperience, SarfrazKhanQureshi. Governance Intervention for Alleviating Povertyin Nepal, Tek Nath Dhakal. Section II: Poverty ReductionGood Practices, Stray Experiments—Poverty Eradicationthrough Participatory Democracy: An Experience inWestBengal, Debjani Sengupta. Poverty and Its Managementin Pakistan,Aqila Khawaja.Globalization,Decentralizationand Micro-Finance: A Study of Self-Help Groups in theDistrict Burdwan, Rabindranath Bhattacharyya. Role ofSelf Help Groups (SHGs) in Promoting Human Rights: ASample Study on a Village of North-24 Parganas District,West Bengal, SanghamitraMajumdar and Jhumpa GhoshRoy. Poverty Eradication through Technology IntegrationinSriLanka,S.W.S.B.Dasanayaka.SectionIII:CaseStudies:Making Services Reach Ordinary People—Resolving theQuagmire of Service Delivery in Nepal, Narendra RajPaudel.CapabilityApproachand theDistributionof Land,Housing and Access to Metro in the National CapitalTerritory of Delhi, Ashok Kumar. Life and Livelihood ofthe Poor Children Living in Metropolis Dhaka: Problems,Prospects and Challenges, Taiabur Rahman. 15. Poverty,Female Labour Migration and Rural Development: AGendered Study Based on Sri Lankan Context,Wasana S.HandapangodaandM.H.AjanthaSisiraKumara.Women’sParticipation and Leadership in ICTs: An Action Agendafor Global Change, Claudia Morrell. Tele-Medicine inKarnataka Good Practice and Technology in a Public-PrivatePartnership,JamesWarnerBjörkmanandA.VenkatRaman. Assessment of Implementation of EmploymentGuarantee Scheme in India: A Spatial Dimension, MahiPalandS.P.Singh.AnEvaluationofSamurdhiProgrammein Sri Lanka (With Reference to Ten Villages in PanaduraDivisionalSecretariat)FernandoR.LalithaS.DecentralizedPlanning and Poverty Alleviation: A Case Study of TwoVillage Panchayats in Kerala State (India), E.M. Thomas.Governance, Social Accountability, and Civil Society:LiberalismBypassingPolitics?RazaAhmad.


ISBN-978-93-5443-635-2 (e-Book)


Public International Law and Human Rights

(See pages 71–74)

Research Methodology

GUPTA & GUPTAResearch MethodologyMUKUL GUPTA, Professor and Head—MBA at G.L. Bajaj Institute of Technology and Management, Greater Noida. DEEPA GUPTA, Professor—MBA at G.L. Bajaj Institute of Technology and Management, Greater Noida.

This well-organised and lucid text on ResearchMethodology is intended to fulfill the felt-need foran introductory, accessible and student friendly book.Writtenwiththeaimofmakingtheteachingandlearningof research methods and methodology simple, the bookprovidestheoreticalinformationinanoperationalmannerabout the various methods, techniques and proceduresfollowed in research.

This book based on the practical experiences of theauthors as researchers, practitioners and teachersintends to cater to the needs of students of MBA, BBA,Humanities and Social Sciences. The bookwill also be ofimmenseusetotheresearchers,practicingmanagersandpublichealthorganisations.

KEY FEATURES• Contains case studiesand samplequestionnaires.• Coversbriefknowledgeofstatisticsand itsapplications

required in research.• Objective type questions, review questions, sample

questionpapersandpreviousyears’examinationpapershavebeen included forbrushingupof theknowledge.

• Gives working knowledge of various useful computersoftware used in the research analysis such as SPSS,Exceletc.

• Report writing is explained in the systematic mannerexplaining the process, layout, types, mechanicsinvolved, various principles and precautions to betakenwhilewritingagoodreporttomaketheresearchworth.

Contents: Preface. Research Methodology. ResearchProcess and Problem. Hypothesis. Research Design.SamplingDesign.DataCollection:MethodsandTechniquesof Data Collection. Preparation of Questionnaireand Schedule. Analysis of Data-I. Analysis of Data-II.Hypothesis Testing. Role of SPSS and Excel in Research.Report Writing. Appendix. Case Studies. Objective TypeQuestions. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-309-2 (e-Book)

McNABBResearch Methods in Public Administration and Nonprofit Management: Quantitative and Qualitative Approaches, 2nd ed.DAVID E. McNABB, Professor of Business Administration, Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, Washington, USA.

Designed for both students and practitioners, this textincorporates the latest thinking in public administrationand nonprofit management. The book integrates bothquantitative and qualitative approaches to research, and also provides specific instruction in the use ofcommonly available statistical software programs suchas Excel and SPSS. Coverage includes such importanttopics as research design, specifying research problems,writing questions and designing questionnaires, designing and carrying out four classes of qualitative researchapproaches,andanalyzingbothquantitativeandqualitativeresearch data. The book is exceptionally well illustrated,withplentifulexhibits, tables,figures,andexercises.CHANGE IN THE SECOND EDITION• Newchapteronhow topreparea researchproposal.• The section on qualitative methodologies has been

expanded to include action research, critical research,empowerment research,and feminist researchmodels.

• Quantitative methodologies are expanded to includemultivariateandnonparametric statistics.

• The step-by-step instructions on the use of both Exceland SPSS packages are updated to include their latestversions. These chapters have been widely acclaimedfor their clarityandusefulness.

Contents: List of Tables, Figures, and Boxes. Prefaceto the Second Edition. Introduction. Part 1: ResearchFundamentals—Introduction to Research Methods.ResearchEthics:DoingtheRightThing.TheBuildingBlocksof Research. Public Administration Research: Theory andPractice. Research in Nonprofit Organi-zations. Part 2:Understanding the Research Process—The Eight Steps oftheResearchProcess.SelectingaResearchTopic.ChoosingaResearchDesign. PuttingTogether aResearchProposal.Part 3: Quantitative Research Strategies—Fundamentalsof Quantitative Research. Introduction to Sampling.WritingQuestionsandDevelopingQuestionnaires.Part4:Quantitative Research Methods—Summarizing Data withDescriptive Statistics. Using Tables, Charts, and Graphs.Research Hypotheses. Testing Hypotheses About Two orMore Groups. Testing Relationships with Correlation andRegression. Experiments and Experimental Design. Non-parametric Statistics. Exploring Multivariate Statistics.ConductingStatisticalTestswithSPSS.Part5:QuantitativeResearch Strategies and Methods—Introduction toQualitative Research. Research Using the Case StudyApproach.ResearchUsingtheGroundedTheoryApproach.Research Using the Ethnographic Approach. CriticalResearch: Action Research Approaches. Critical Research:Empowerment and FeministModels. Part 6: Analysis and


TAYLOR, SINHA & GHOSHALResearch Methodology: A Guide for Researchers in Management and Social SciencesBILL TAYLOR, Formerly a Principal Lecturer at Sheffield Business School (UK). GAUTAM SINHA, Professor, Vinod Gupta School of Management and Professor-in-Charge (Training and Placement) at Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur. TAPOSHGHOSHAL, Assistant General Manager (Academic), Management Training Institute, SAIL, Ranchi. Intended to serve as a text for postgraduate studentsof commerce, management, and social sciences, and especially for the first-time researchers, this well-organized book deals with the variety of researchmethods used in management and social sciences, with particular emphasis on the implementation of thesemethods.Itoffersreaderspracticalguidelinesforresearchanddirectsthemthroughallthestagesofresearch—fromidentifyingaviableresearchprojecttothesubmissionofadissertation,report,orresearcharticle.Thetext identifiesthree dimensions of research methodology—researchstrategies, research methods and research data—thatprovidea structure for thebook.

KEY FEATURES• Many real-world examples extracted from actual

research projects of students will help the readersdevelop their research skills.

• Due attention is given to both quantitative andqualitative research methodologies in order to helpreadersmake informedchoicesaboutmethods.

• Statistical appendices are provided to acquaint readerswith the underlyingmathematical concepts involved inthe research methods discussed.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. An Overview ofResearch Methodology. Setting up a Research Project.Case Studies as a Methodological Strategy. Surveys as a Methodological Strategy. Experiments as a Metho-dological Strategy. Action Research as a MethodologicalStrategy. InterviewMethods. The Use of Questionnaires.Observational Methods. Documentary Sources. TheConcept of Level of Measurement. Methodology ofAnalysing Quantitative Data. Methodology of AnalysingQualitative Data. Writing About Research. Appendixes— A.Basic StatisticalMeasures.B. SignificanceTests forUsewith an Experimental Strategy. C. Testing Hypothesesabout the Shape of Distribution. D. Factor Analysis inConstructing a Likert Scale. E. Analysis of Variance. F.BasicElementsof SamplingTheory. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-868-4 (e-Book)

Interpretation of Qualitative Data—Analyzing QualitativeData. Analyzing Texts, Documents, and Artifacts. Part 7:Preparing the Research Report—Writing the ResearchReport. References. Author Index. Subject Index. Aboutthe Author.


PANNEERSELVAMResearch Methodology, 2nd ed.R. PANNEERSELVAM, Professor, Department of Manage-ment Studies, School of Management, Pondicherry University, Puducherry.

This comprehensive text designed for MBA, MCom, MA(Economics), MA (Sociology) and PhD (Management,Commerce,Economics,andEngineering)coursescontinuestogivecompleteaccountofconceptsandstatisticaltoolsofresearchmethodology in its Second Edition. The textbookalso serves as a reference for consultants to carryoutprojects/consultanciesinindustriesorserviceorganizations.

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES OF THE BOOK• Written inaneasy to read style• Each technique is illustrated with sufficient number

ofnumericalexamples• Gives complete account of statistics and aspects

of researchmethodology• Ch.8gives completeaccountof testingofhypotheses• Design and analysis of experiments, advancedmultiva-

riate analysis, multidimensional scaling and conjointanalysis, algorithmic research, models for industriesandpublic systems, simulationareunique to this text.

• Gradedchapter-endquestions

NEW TO THIS EDITIONIntroduction of a chapter on SPSS (Chapter 17), is new to this edition which gives readers an idea to obtainstatistics for different techniques presented in this text.The different screenshots for different modules of SPSSapplied to suitable example problems on sample sessionfor data creation, reports, descriptive statistics, tables,comparemeans,general linearmodel,correlation,simpleregression,nonparametrictests,classify,datareductionandgraphshelp readers tounderstand the featuresofSPSS.

Contents: Preface. Overview of Research Methodology.Data Collection and Presentation. Review of BasicStatisticalMeasures. Design and Analysis of Experiments.Attitude Measurement and Scales. Probability Distri-butions. Sampling Methods and Distributions. Tests ofHypotheses. Nonparametric Tests. Basic MultivariateAnalysis. Advanced Multivariate Analysis. Multi-dimensional Scaling and Conjoint Analysis. AlgorithmicResearch. Models for Industries and Public Systems.Simulation.ReportWritingandPresentation. IntroductiontoSPSS.Annexures.Bibliography.Answers. Index.


ISBN-978-81-948848-4-2 (e-book)


Sociology and Social Work

Fundamentals of Sociology

GOODE Family, The, 2nd ed.WILLIAMJ.GOODE,Stanford University.

This book, a revision and substantial expansion of a coreintroductiontothesociologicalstudyofthefamily,surveysagreatdealofimportanttheoryaccompaniedbyanarrayof comparative descriptive information and illustration. Itincorporates new material and research findings on keyareas,suchas:historicalknowledgeofthefamily,women,evolutionism, sociobiology, kin relations, and a widevariety of social units—families. It also emphasizes thecomplex relations between family systems and the largersocial structure.

Contents: Preface. The Theoretical Importance of TheFamily.TheBiologicalFoundationsofFamilyBehavior.TheProcesses of Illegitimacy. Mate Selection and Marriage.Role Relations in Family and Society. Social Processes inthe Extended Household. Kinship Groups and Networks.WorkingWives: Steps Toward Equality in the Society andthe Home. Marital Dissolution. Understanding FamilyChange: Theory andMethod. How Does IndustrializationAffect theFamily? Index.



ISBN-978-93-5443-844-8 (e-Book)



ISBN-978-93-5443-851-6 (e-Book)


ISBN-978-93-5443-849-3 (e-Book)

Governance

SAHNI & MEDURY (Eds.)Governance for Development: Issues and StrategiesPARDEEP SAHNI, Professor and Chairman, Public Administration at the Indira Gandhi National Open University (IGNOU), New Delhi.UMA MEDURY, Reader in the Faculty of Public Administration, IGNOU, New Delhi.

This well-presented collection with contributions fromacademicsandadministratorsreflectsthegrowingconcerntowardsthepresent-daypracticeofgovernance.Itfocuseson the need for Governance for Sustainable Human Development to manage the country’s social as well aseconomic resources leading to better development—founded on four pillars of Accountability, Transparency,Predictability, andParticipation. It thus calls for unfoldingvarious issues and devising suitable strategies towardshumane governance through appropriate political,bureaucratic,economic,and legal reforms.

Highlighting its theme in the initial chapters in theNew Public Management perspective, the book goeson to unravel the major administrative loopholes inIndian administration, such as lack of transparency andaccountability, and the stranglehold of corruption, all ofwhich lead to human deprivation. Later chapters give a synoptic overview of administrative reforms so farundertaken in India, and emphasize the effectiveness ofgovernance inestablishingappropriatebalance in relativeroles of public, private and civil society organizations,rights and responsibilities of politicians, bureaucrats andcommunity, and economic and social justice. The bookcloses on a positive note strongly reiterating adminis-trative re-engineering to meet the challenges of the


twenty-first century for ensuring a holistic developmentof thecountry.

Recent and real life happenings infused in the text tosubstantiate arguments, make it an interesting reading.The book will be of immense use to the students andteachers of public administration, social science, politicalscience, and those who practise public administration.It will also be useful to a large number of governmentdepartments—bothat theunionand the state levels.

Contents: Acknowledgements. About the Editors.Contributors. Introduction. Governance for Develop-ment: Key Concerns. Effective Governance: The NewPublic Management Perspective. Nexus betweenAccountability and Good Governance: Conceptual and Practical Issues. Good Governance and Pursuitof Transparency in Administration: The Indian Efforts.GovernanceThroughParticipativeDevelopment:TheRoleof People’s Movement. Governance for Development:Corruption. Corruption in Public Service–Then and Now.Corruption in Public Life. Governance in India: The Issueof Corruption. Good Governance and the Desideratum of Sustainable Efficiency: The Indian Experience.Administrative Reforms in IndiaDuring 1990s: A SynopticView. Decentralization andWomen Empowerment at theGrassroots Level. Re-engineering for Good Governance.Re-engineering Indian Bureaucracy to Meet the 21stCenturyChallenges.Terrorism, InsurgencyandSubversionin India: Implications for Governance and Development.ListofContributors. Index.

Latest Print 2002 / 176 pp. (Hard cover) / 16.0 × 24.1 cm / ` 450.00ISBN-978-81-203-2204-2 (Print Book)

ISBN-978-93-5443-694-9 (e-Book)

VAYUNANDAN & MATHEW (Eds.)Good Governance: Initiatives in IndiaE. VAYUNANDAN, Reader, Public Administration, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi.DOLLY MATHEW, Reader, Public Administration, Indira Gandhi National Open University, New Delhi.

This edited volume focuses on the issues and strategiesof good governance. It takes up the problems andstrategies pertaining to the delivery of public services inIndia.Theemphasis isonhowtomakethepublicservicedelivery in India, efficient and effective. The questions ofaccountability, transparency, equity, efficiency, effective-ness, participation responsiveness, decentralisation, andethics are first dealt with, being of vital importance intoday’s governance of public service delivery. The bookthen discusses a threefold strategy to address theseissues:

• The first is based on reforming administration, whichinvolves restructuring, reinvention, realignment,reengineering,and rethinking.

• The second is based on the application of Informationand Communications Technology and e-governance inpublic servicedelivery.

• The third strategy isbasedondecentralisation throughpeople’s participation, interactive policy making, andprivatisation.

In addition, the book highlights various initiativesundertaken in India for effective public service deliveryand proposes an action plan for an effective andresponsivegovernment.

The book will be of immense use to the students,teachers, and practitioners of public administration, andto a large number of government departments at theunionand state levels.

Contents: Preface. Contributors. Introduction. Develop-ment and Reforms in Good Governance with SpecialReference to India. Governance for Development:Issues and Strategies. Bureaucracy: Changing Roles andRelationships A Transformative Agenda. ResponsiveAdministration of the Criminal Justice System in India. E-governance: Options and Opportunities. AchievingExcellence Through E-governance. Information Techno-logy and Governance. E-governance by InformationTechnology: Initiatives of a Metropolitan City. Issues andStrategies in GoodGovernancewith Special Reference toKarnataka. FRIENDS: An E-governance Project of Kerala.Governance for Development: New Initiative Grams atPilot Project, Orissa. E-Governance for Improved Service:ChoicesMadebyTamilNadu.PerspectivesonDemocraticDecentralized Governance for Rural Development inMizoram. Lessons in Organising Self Help: A Case Studyof theSukhomajriWaterResourcesManagementProject.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-644-4 (e-Book)

Indian Social Structure

GANGULY & MOINUDDINSamakalin Bhartiya Samaj (Contemporary Indian Society) (in Bengali), 2nd ed.RAMANUJGANGULY& SYEDABDULHAFIZMOINUDDIN.

This book presents a detailed introduction to Indiansocietyasithasexistedfromtheancienttimesrightuptothemodernage.Allmajoraspects,beitsocialstructures,institutions, daily life, processes of change or issues ofcurrent importance, have been covered comprehensively.The book is primarilymeant for students of B.A. (Hons.)and B.A. (General) courses in Sociology of all universitiesinWest Bengal. It will also be highly useful for studentsof M.A. (Sociology) of these universities, as well asprofessionals in thefieldof social service inWestBengal.

Contents: Preface. Indian Society Through Ages. Unity inDiversity: Characteristics of Indian Society. Indian Society:Classical View. Indian Society: Day to Day Living. Indian


VarnaSystem.IndianAshramaSystem.ConceptofDharmain India. Concept of Karma and Cycle of Rebirth. Conceptof Purushartha. Social Stratification: Basis and Form.Indian Caste System. Class in Indian Society. Structureand Composition of Indian Society: Village and Town.Composition of Indian Society: Tribes. Weaker Section:Dalits.OtherBackwardClasses. IndianWomen.Minorities.Population Profile. Marriage: Hindu Marriage. MuslimMarriage and Family. Indian Family: Major Features,FunctionsandStructure.MajorReligionsofIndiaandTheirImpact.IndianSocialProblems.ProcessesofSocialChange.Land Reforms and Decentralised Panchayat System.Sanskritisation. Westernisation. Urbanisation. PlannedChange:DirectionsandMajorSchemes.Bibliography.


ISBN-978-93-5443-725-0 (e-Book)

Political Sociology

ROYSociety and Politics in India: Understanding Political SociologySHEFALI ROY is an Associate Professor and Head, Department of Political Science, Patna Women’s College, Patna University, Patna.

Politicscannotgrowin isolation;atthesametimesocietylearns from the changing ethos of polity. A relativelyyoung subject, Political Sociology tries to seek researchexcellence, in itsprocessofevolution.

This book on Political Sociology deals with differentvariables of society which influence various facetsof political dynamics. It also analyzes attitude andbehavioural pattern of the public who act as politicalactors. As a branch of political science, the book drawsattention to the very nature of this inter-disciplinarystudy. All the chapters are conceptualized to strengthenthe bond between the polity and the society and vice-versa. This book is an attempt to widen the frontier ofpolitical sciencewithanempirical approach.

Intended for the undergraduate and postgraduatestudents of Political Science and Sociology, the book willenrichthestudents indulged inresearchworksandthosewho are preparing for the Civil Services examinations as well.

Contents: List of Figures. List of Tables. Preface.Acknowledgements. Political Sociology: Origin, Natureand Scope. Approaches and Methods to the Study ofPolitical Sociology. Political Socialization. Political Culture.Political Participation. Political Development. PoliticalModernization. Political Recruitment. Elites and Society.Bureaucracy Society and Polity. Political Communication.Power Authority Legitimacy. Political Change Conflict andRevolution.PoliticalEfficacyMobilityandLeadership.New

Social Movements. Politics and Society. Bibliography. KeyTermsandPurport.Propounders. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-39-4 (e-Book)



ISBN-978-93-5443-843-1 (e-Book)

Social Change in India


ISBN-978-93-5443-852-3 (e-Book)

Social Psychology

SINGHSocial Psychology, 2nd ed.ARUN KUMAR SINGH, has been Professor and Head, Postgraduate Department of Psychology, Patna University, Bihar.

This comprehensive book is an earnest endeavour toacquaint the reader with a thorough understanding ofall important basic concepts,methods and facts of socialpsychology. The exhaustive treatment of the topics, in acogentmanner,enablesthestudentstograspthesubjectinaneasy-to-understandmanner.

Logicallyorganisedinto17chapters,thebookcommenceswith the introduction of social psychology, researchmethods, theoretical foundations, self and identity, socialcognitions,perceptionandattribution,socialisation,socialattitudeandpersuasion,andgoeson toprovide in-depthcoverage of stereotyping, prejudices and discrimination,


behaviours in groups, social norms and conformitybehaviour, leadership and social power, interpersonalattraction and relationship, social influence, aggression,prosocial behaviour, language and communication, alongwithapplicationsof socialpsychology.

The theme of the book incorporates latest concepts andresearches,especiallyIndianresearchesandfindings,thusmaking the bookmore understandable and applicable inIndiancontext.

Written in an engaging style, the book is intended forthe undergraduate and postgraduate students of socialpsychologyand sociology/socialworks.

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE BOOK• Thetextencompassesadequatecontentofthesubject

requiredat theuniversity level aswell as forUGC/JRFexamination.

• Everychapterbeginswithlearningobjectives,followedby key terms and ends with summary and reviewquestions.

• Thetextemphasisesclarity(avoidstechnical language)toenhance itseffectiveness.

• Objective-typequestionsgivenat theendof thebooktest the students’understandingof theconcepts

• Glossary isprovidedattheendofthebooktoprovidereferenceandat-a-glanceunderstanding.

Contents: Preface.IntroducingSocialPsychology.ResearchMethods in Social Psychology. Theoretical Foundationsof Modern Social Psychology. Self and Identity. SocialCognition,SocialPerceptionandAttribution.Socialisation.Social Attitudes and Persuasion. Stereotyping, Prejudiceand Discrimination. Behaviours in Group. Social Normsand Conformity Behaviour. Leadership and SocialPower. Interpersonal Attraction and Relationship. SocialInfluence. Aggression and Social Violence. ProsocialBehaviour: Altruistic and Helping Behaviour. Languageand Communication. Applications of Social Psychology.Objective-typeQuestions.Glossary.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-26-5 (e-Book)

Social Research Methods

PANNEERSELVAMResearch Methodology, 2nd ed.R. PANNEERSELVAM, Professor, Department of Manage-ment Studies, School of Management, Pondicherry University, Puducherry.

This comprehensive text designed for MBA, MCom, MA(Economics), MA (Sociology) and PhD (Management,Commerce,Economics,andEngineering)coursescontinuesto give complete account of concepts and statisticaltools of researchmethodology in its Second Edition. Thetextbook also serves as a reference for consultants tocarryout projects/consultancies in industries or serviceorganizations.

DISTINGUISHING FEATURES OF THE BOOK• Written inaneasy to read style• Each technique is illustrated with sufficient number of

numericalexamples• Gives complete account of statistics and aspects of

researchmethodology• Chapter8givescompleteaccountoftestingofhypotheses• Design and analysis of experiments, advanced multi-

variate analysis, multidimensional scaling and conjointanalysis, algorithmic research, models for industriesandpublic systems, simulationareunique to this text.

• Gradedchapter-endquestions

NEW TO THIS EDITIONIntroduction of a chapter on SPSS (Chapter 17), is new to this edition which gives readers an idea to obtainstatisticsfordifferenttechniquespresentedinthistext.Thedifferentscreenshots fordifferentmodulesofSPSSappliedto suitable example problems on sample session for datacreation, reports, descriptive statistics, tables, comparemeans,generallinearmodel,correlation,simpleregression,nonparametric tests, classify, data reduction and graphshelp readers tounderstand the featuresofSPSS.Contents: Preface. Overview of Research Methodology.DataCollectionandPresentation.ReviewofBasicStatisticalMeasures. Design and Analysis of Experiments. AttitudeMeasurement and Scales. Probability Distributions.SamplingMethodsandDistributions.TestsofHypotheses.Nonparametric Tests. Basic Multivariate Analysis.AdvancedMultivariateAnalysis.Multi-dimensionalScalingand Conjoint Analysis. Algorithmic Research. Models forIndustries and Public Systems. Simulation. ReportWritingand Presentation. Introduction to SPSS. Annexures.Bibliography.Answers. Index.


ISBN-978-81-948848-4-2 (e-Book)

Social Work

PATILCommunity Organization and Development: An Indian PerspectiveASHARAMAGONDAPATIL, Associate Professor, Department of Continuing and Adult Education and Extension Work, SNDT Women’s University, Mumbai.

In a democratic country like India, community organi-zation and development has a great significance. Thisconcise yet comprehensive book explains the basicconcepts of community organization and developmentandother related issues inanaccessiblemanner.

Thebookdealswithdifferentaspectsofcommunityorga-nizationanddescribes indetail theprocessofcommunitydevelopment. It dwells on the concept of communitymobilization covering needs, benefits and challengesrelated to it and explains differentmodels of communityorganization forbringing social change.Besides, thebook


focuses on conflict management in a constructive wayand suggests that conflicts, if dealt proactively, can bringpositive changes and harmony among people. Finally,it concentrates on models and strategies used in social actionanddifferent rolesof thecommunityworkerwhileworking with the people. Examples, especially from theIndian situation, are given to clarify the topics discussed.Chapter-endquestionswillhelpthestudenttounderstandthe subject inabetterway.

The book is intended for the undergraduate and post-graduate students of Social Work. Besides, professionalsin thefieldwill alsofind thebookquiteuseful.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. HistoricalPerspective of Community Organization. CommunityOrganization and Development. CommunityMobilization.Models of Community Organization. Understanding theCommunity through Participatory Appraisal. HoldingMeetings in the Community. Conflict Management inCommunityOrganization.PowerStructureandLeadership.Social Action. Roles of a Community Worker. Records.Annexure: Saul David Alinsky (1909–1972). References.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-573-7 (e-Book)

RAMACHANDRAN, et al.Survey Research in Public HealthLate P. RAMACHANDRAN, was a research consultant, Valmar International, Applied Behavioral Sciences Research, Mumbai. C.A.K. YESUDIAN, Dean, School of Health Systems Studies, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai. K.R. THANKAPPAN, Professor and Head, Achuta Menon Centre for Health Science Studies, Sree Chitra Tirumal Institute for Medical Sciences and Technology, Kerala. P. SANKARA SHARMA, Professor (Biostatistics), Achuta Menon Centre for Health Science Studies, Sree Chitra Tirumal Institute for Medical Sciences and Technology, Kerala.

Healtheducationplaysapivotalroleincreatingawarenessamong themasses, and survey research in public healthformsan integralpartof the subject.Thisbook isa step-by-step study guide to educate the researchers and thestudents on how to conduct health surveys and preparethe reports.

The book begins with a discussion on health researchand its importance. Itthenmovesontothesensitive,yetmost important health research areas like Child Health, Adolescent Health, Women Health, Communicable diseases and Non-communicable diseases, by citingtheir sample reports. The examples are cited to explainthe methods of data collection, research strategies andproblem formulation strategies, besides illustrating themethodologies of sample design, analysis design, andfielddatacollection.

The book also helps in learning the advanced tools toconduct researches like SPSS statistics software andEpiInfo software. The concluding chapter shows how towritea report skillfullyand inanorganisedmanner.

The book is intended for the postgraduate students ofPublicHealth,Management,andSocialWork.

KEY FEATURES• Easy languageand simplepresentation• SampleExamples taken fromtheReal-Life cases• Chapter-endQuestionstojudgeStudentsknowledgeon

the subject

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction.Problem Formulation. Research Strategy. Methods ofData Collection. Sample Design. Analysis Design. FieldData Collection. Computer Data Processing and AnalysisUsingSPSS.ComputerDataProcessingandAnalysisUsingEpiInfo. Report Writing. Planning for Action. References.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-624-6 (e-Book)

Womens Studies

KAUL & SINGH (Eds.)New Paradigms for Gender Inclusivity: Theory and Best PracticesASHA KAUL, Professor, Communication Area, Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad. She is also a founding Chairperson of Gender Resource Centre, IIMA. MANJARI SINGH, Associate Professor, Personnel and Industrial Relations Area, Indian Institute of Management Ahmedabad. Diversity, inclusivity, and gender mainstreaming havetodaybecome thebuzzwords in the corporate arena andcivilsociety.Thereasonisincreasedbusinessrequirementfor diverse competencies and skill sets. Hence, the needto have a mixed gender group has become a businessimperative. Furthermore, there is heightened awarenessthat women are equally competent and talented, ifnot more, than men in various professional jobs. Withincreasing job opportunities, tapping and retaining thistalent through initiation of various programmes withinorganizations has shown positive results.New Paradigms for Gender Inclusivity: Theory and Best Practices scriptssome of the practices, in the form of case studies,which organizations have followed to enhance genderinclusiveness. These real-life case studies highlight theroleplayedbyorganizations in facilitatingtheprogressionof women which indirectly has helped in their growth,development and recognition of being a forerunner inpromotingdiversity.

Thebook isdivided into threeparts.Parts I and III beginwith a theoretician’s perspective on gender inclusivenessandgendermainstreaminginIndia,respectivelyandclose


with an academic detailing on reasons and causes for the same. Statistical data and models in the last chapter forthe two parts validate the corporate, governmental andcivil society attempts at introducing creative yet simplemethodologies to make gender diversity and inclusiona reality in the workplace. In Part I, six case studies onthe following companies: Broadridge, IBMDaksh, Infosys,Shell India, Jamshedpur Utilities and Services CompanyLtd.: A Tata Enterprise, and Wipro have been presentedwhich discuss the need for gender diversity and inclusiveness,driversandbarriers,andshowcasemeasuresadopted to overcome those barriers. Five cases: SEWA,IndianPolice, Sakti, IndianRailways, andRUDIhavebeenpresented in Part III which highlight tasks accomplishedby women in their area of expertise, marketingstrategies adopted by the civil society to promote goodsproduced by women, sensitization workshops to addressharassment, and training workshops. Part II (Interlude) is a break from organizational cases and shares someexperiences, angst, insights and observations on genderdiversity and inclusion through a narration, a poem anda reflectivepiece.

This book on case studies will be extremely usefulfor postgraduate students pursuing gender studies inManagementInstitutes,studentsworkingongenderrelateddissertationtopicsandcorporatehouseskeentolearnfrombestpracticesofotherorganizations.Additionally, itwouldbenefit readers who wish to learn about organizationalpoliciesandpractices forgender inclusivity.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. List of Contri-butors. Part I: Gender Inclusiveness in Corporate India—Scenarios for Gender Inclusivity in Corporate India.Ardhanareshwar: Unison of Ultimate Reality. Buildingan Inclusive Workplace: An IBM Daksh Perspective. TheBusinessCase forGender Inclusion in the IndianContext.Diversity and Inclusion...Not Just a Nice Thing to Do. Iam Ready to Resume My Career. Gender Inclusivity atWipro. Gender Inclusivity in Corporate India: A BusinessImperatives Based Framework. Part II: Interlude—Alisha:A Case of Assumptions and Presumptions; Work Dance;State of Indian Women. Part III: Gender Mainstreaming in India—Gender Mainstreaming. Building BusinessOrganizations of the Home Based Workers: WomenArtisans of SEWA. Policing and Gender Sensitivity.Changing the Gender Paradigm: Puppet to Goddess? On the Gender Equality Track: Vijayawada Division, SouthCentralRailway.EnsuringFoodSecurityfortheRuralPoor. Revisiting Capabilities Approach to Review GenderMainstreaming inWork-lifeContext in India. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-310-8 (e-Book)

SARKARGender Disparity in India: Unheard WhimpersSIULI SARKAR, Principal and Professor of Political Science, Lady Brabourne College, Calcutta University, West Bengal.

Radical ideologies, revolutionary movements, politicalupheavals, legal frameworks and many such initiativeshave been taken up to prove a Woman’s Equality, anduplift her status all over the world. Though the voicesraised are loud and are heard; but themoot question iswhether theword ‘Feminism,’ in its true sense,hasbeenunderstood and implemented in the ‘still very much’patriarchal society of today. The undercurrent answerto this question is echoed and retorted in this book onGender studies.

Elaborating on the Indian woman, this book commentson the condition of women, from ancient India to themodern day India—her transforming status; the lawsdevised to protect her; social taboos surmounting her;and the changing social patterns that are being broughtto nullify the gender differences—be it at home, withinanofficeandwithin the society.

The book begins with a feminist approach to politics,movements led by the feminists, their treatment inliterature, autobiographies, their contribution towardseconomic sectors, their health, education, e-governance,and role towardsenvironment.

A dedicated chapter elaborates on women in Tagore’swork, with original text excerpts in Bengali and theirliteral translations. The final chapter deals with Indianwomen and their tryst with crime day in and out; theunchanged age-old laws which are in need of seriousreview; and the role of media and society in providingthemthedueaccreditationof ‘being someone’.Thebook is intended for the studentsofGender Studies,Political Science,English, Sociology,andMediaStudies.Contents: Preface. Feminist Approach to Politics.Participation of Women in Movements: India Now andThen. Women’s Participation in Politics: The Case ofIndian Local Self Government. Women and Literature:Some Female Writers and Female Characters in BengaliLiterature. Woman in the Hands of Man: Tagore’s TenFemale Characters. Diaries and Memoirs: Autobiographyof Rassundari Dasi. Females in the Economic Sectors:Hawkers, Labourers, Entrepreneurs. Female Education inIndia in the 21st Century Continuity and Change.GenderDisparities in Health: An Indian Scenario. E-Governancein India Explicit Gender Gaps. Environment and IndianWomen.Women—Crime, Law,Media, Society. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-522-5 (e-Book)


Journalism/Mass Communication

Communication Skills

BASUTechnical WritingB.N. BASU, Dean (Research), College of Engineering and Technology, Lodhipur, Moradabad and Consultant at Microwave Tube Research and Development Centre, Bangalore. This book deals with technical writing with an emphasison how to write a thesis for a university degree or aresearch paper for publication in a journal. It teachesstudents, step by step through several examples, howto plan, organize, draft, develop and prepare such adocument forpresentation.The book gives, besides usage in grammar, a precisemethod of preparing a document simply, clearly andconcisely, and organizing it by going into the detailsof its front matter, main text and end matter and itssubdivisions, without missing the finer details likefigures, tables, equations, references, etc. It describeshow to compile and locate the original sources and viewthe specific topic to be researched in the backgroundof earlier contributions. It addresses issues related toidentifying such authors and their writings through theirnames and affiliations, and abstracts of the work, etc.Some peripheral issues such as certificate and copyrighthavealsobeendiscussed.The book will be useful to students, engineers andscientists alike, helping them break the ice by removingtheir confusion, bewilderment and hesitation in technicalwriting. Itwouldbeaboon to thebeginners, as itwouldhelp them understand quickly many of the steps of the technique of technical writing instead of learning the hard way from long experience, which the author has shared in thisbookwith theprospective readers.

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Acknowledgements.Introduction.MotivationandRequirements.Organization.Basic Elements. Identification of the Author and HisWriting. Chapters and Sections. Text-Support Materials.Numbering of Elements. Peripherals. TechnicalCommunication. Appendix I: A Typical Specimen of aThesis. Appendix II: A Typical Specimen of a ResearchPaper.Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-166-1 (e-Book)

DASHProfessional Learner’s Dictionary of Spoken EnglishRAJENDRA KUMAR DASH, Associate Professor, Gandhi Institute of Engineering and Technology, Gunupur, Odisha. He is also a life member of Liguistic Society of India and Comparative Literature Association of India.

Flipping through a dictionary pageswill now be having anew meaning with our Professional Learner’s Dictionary of Spoken English. Besides making a user aware of themeaning of a term, this book educates skillfully how tospeakeffectiveEnglishbyteachingthekeyterms/phrasesin order to communicate flawlessly.

Conceptualised and conceived for the ESL (English as aSecond Language) learners, i.e., whose mother tongue is notEnglish,butwhoareeager to speakReal English likethe native speakers of English, this book attempts to gobeyondthetraditionalapproachestoSpokenEnglish,andtakesa communicativeapproach.

This dictionary contains hundreds of idioms, sayings and phrases which are used in conversations in both formaland informal situations. Conversational ability, fluency inspeaking,situation-specific(suchaswelcomespeech)andformat-based speaking (such as participating in a groupdiscussion) are someother featuresof thebook thatwillhelpalearnerpickupthelanguageeffortlesslywithease.

The book will be of immense utility for the students ofEngineering, Management, Communication and all thoseforwhomexpressing inwords isabarrier,andwhowantto learnEnglishand succeed inProfessionalandPersonallife.

KEY FEATURES• Practical English Usage has been exemplified with

suitableExamples.• Loaded with sample conversations, models sentences

for carrying out major functions in English (such asexpressing various emotions), and collocations fordevelopingfluency.

• Demonstrates the difference between Formal and Informal English.

• 50SetsofExercisesand1000+ Questions for Practice.• Key to the Exercises also included.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. How to Use ThisDictionary.A toZ.Exercises.Key to theExercises.


ISBN-978-93-5443-081-7 (e-Book)


GANGALPractical Course for Developing Writing Skills in English, AJ.K. GANGAL, Director of the Centre for Creativity and Human Resource Development (CCHRD), Delhi.

Today, more than ever before, there is a realization thatcommunicatingproperly, especially inwriting, is essentialfor all the job aspirants as well as those employees—budding managers and others—eager to build up theircareer.Takingthisscenario intoaccount,thisbookequipsthe reader with the ability to learn and enhance thewriting skills inEnglish.

From fundamentals of grammar to precis, paragraphand essay writing, this book dwells on all aspects of thelanguagebesides listing thewords (bothnewandold) toenhanceone’swordpower,andtheforeignwordsusedinthe English language.

Divided into eight sections, the book describes eighteffective tools to master the art of writing. The bookbegins with the basics of writing, and it then goes togive a careful analysis of functional grammar, vocabulary,commonerrorscommittedandtheirrectifications.Finally,thebookshowcasestheintricaciesofformalandinformalwritings and creativewriting tomakea learnerproficientin these areas. Each section is supported with simpleexamples, and easy-to-perform Practice Exercises alongwith their answers.

Thebookisintendedfortheundergraduatestudents(bothregular and correspondence courses) of all universities,andhigher secondary (plus2) studentsof all boards. Thebook will also be beneficial for the students appearingfor the competitive examinations and interviews as wellas for the general readerwhowishes to improve his/herEnglishwriting skills.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Part I: Learning to Write—The Writing Process. Controlled and GuidedComposition. Part II: Functional Grammar—Parts ofSpeech: A Quick Review. Subject–Verb Agreement.Determiners. Revisiting Tenses. Speech. Active andPassive Direct—A Review. Conditionals. Modals. PartIII: Common Errors and Their Rectification—CommonErrors and Their Rectification. Part IV: Working withWords—Vocabulary Enrichment. Methods and Strategiesof Vocabulary Enrichment. Synonyms and Antonyms.Prefixes and Suffixes. OneWord For and OddWord Out.Frequently Used Foreign Words and Phrases. Hymonym:The Problem Words. Phrasal Verbs and Idioms. Part V:Composition Paragraph Writing—Writing a Paragraph.Writing a Free Composition [Writing an Essay]. Part VI:Mechanics of Writing—Graphics. Spelling. Punctuationand Capitalization. Part VII: Writing with a Purpose—Writing Personal Letters.Writing Official/Business/FormalLetters. Writing Applications and Résumé/CV. Writing forOfficial Meetings. Making a Diary Entry. Note-makingand Summarizing. Abstracting and Summarizing. PrécisWriting.MessageWriting. Letter to the Editor. Lodging aPolice Complaint.Writing a Book Review. ReportWriting.Writing a Memorandum (Memo). Advertisements and

Notices. Writing for Examinations. Part VIII: CreativeWriting—Figures of Speech. ABC of Creative Writing.Promoting Creativity and Creative Writing. Writing aResearch Paper/Term Paper/Dissertation/Thesis. DrawingtheCurtains. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-369-6 (e-Book)

GANGALPractical Course in Effective English Speaking Skills, AJ.K. GANGAL, Director of the Centre for Creativity and Human Resource Development (CCHRD), Delhi, is a well-known ELT expert.

A sequel to the author’s well received book A Practical Course in Spoken English, thiscomprehensiveyetcompactbook provides a practical course for enhancing one’sEnglish speaking skills. Divided into six parts and 44chapters,thebookinPartI—TheKnowledgeParadigm:TheWhat and Why of Effective Speaking—discusses, amongothers, about phonetics and phonology, the phonemes,andstressand intonation.Part II—TheSkillParadigmA—PublicSpeakingSkills—coverssuchareasasusingthe4Rsfor effective speaking, combating stage fear, using audio-visual aids, and non-verbal communication. Part III—TheSkillParadigmB—CommunicatingwithPeople—dealswithsuchtopicsasmakingeffectivetelephonecalls,celebratingteacher’s day, expressing gratitude, participating ingroup discussions, and participating in TV/radio debate. Part IV—Further Strengthening Your CommunicationSkills—is devoted to a study of reinforcing the reader’svocabulary through such means as using phrasal verbs, linking words, consulting the Ready ReferenceWordbook,andfrequentlyusedforeignwordsandphrases.

The final two parts—Part V, The Desire to Achieve:GettingMotivated,andPartVI, EffectiveEnglishSpeakingSkills in Action—provide the meaning and techniques of self-motivation, evaluating daily progress, besides giving some memorable speeches delivered by greatspeakers like Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru, US PresidentsKennedy and Lincoln, and the civil rights activist, MartinLuther King.

The book, written in an accessible and student-friendlymanner,ismeantforanyonewhopossessesafairamountof English speaking skills but wishes to further enhancethoseskills.Undergraduatestudentsofdifferentdisciplinesand even plus two students should find the book quiteuseful and interesting. As acquiring communication skillsis a must in today’s extremely competitive world, thisbookwoulddowonders to thestudentaswellas the layreader.

Contents: Preface. Part I: The Knowledge Paradigm—The What and Why of Effective Speaking—Why Do YouNeed to Speak Effectively? Effective Speaking–Meaningand Constituents. Some Myths about Effective EnglishSpeaking. English Phonetics and Phonology—The Sounds


of English. The Phonemes. Stress and Intonation. Part II:The Skill Paradigm—A Public Speaking Skills—Using 4Rsfor Effective Speaking. How to Achieve Effective PublicSpeaking Skills. Combating Stage Fear. Using Audio-VisualAids. Handling Questions from Audience. Non-VerbalCommunication—The Body Language. Part III: The SkillParadigm—BCommunicatingwithPeople—Talkingon thePhone. Congratulating People. Farewell Function for thePrincipal. Offering Condolences. Replying to Felicitationsand Thanking. Celebrating Teacher’s Day. CelebratingValentine’sDay.ExpressingGratitude.ExpressingAdmirationand Offering Compliments. Expressing Disapproval andDispleasure. Seeing People Off. Participating in GroupDiscussions (GDs). Responding to Criticism and NegativeRemarks. Participating in Interactive TV/Radio Debate.Interacting with the Media. Communicating withYour Boss. Negotiating for a Lasting Gain. Proposinga Vote of Thanks. Part IV: Further Strengthening YourCommunication Skills—Phrasal Verbs Frequently Used forEffective Speaking. Additional Expressions for AcquiringEffective English Speaking Skills. Linking Words. UsingOneWordforGroupofWords.Personal Interview.WordsOften Mispronounced. Your Ready Reference Wordbook.Frequently Used Foreign Words and Phrases. Part V:The Desire To Achieve Getting Motivated—Meaning andTechniques for Self-Motivation. Evaluating Daily Progress.Drawing the Curtains. Part VI: Effective English SpeakingSkills in Action—SomeMemorable Speeches fromWorldHistory. Some Good Anecdotes. Some Thought-ProvokingQuotesandEpigrams.


ISBN-978-93-5443-370-2 (e-Book)

KONARCommunication Skills for Professionals, 2nd ed.NIRA KONAR, Assistant Professor of English and Head of the Department of Basic Sciences and Humanities, College of Engineering and Management, Kolaghat (affiliated to WBUT).

In today’s competitive and globalized world, communi-cation has become an essential tool for everyone—bethey students, academics or professionals. For techno-cratsandprofessionals,itbecomesallthemorenecessaryto acquire good communication skills as they have tocommunicate effectively with all their business andprofessional colleagues. This book on Communication Skills for Professionals, now in its Second Edition, strivestoequipthestudentsofengineeringandtechnologywiththe requisiteknowledgeofeffectivecommunication.

Dividedintosevenparts,thiscompactandstudent-friendlytext discusses the various aspects of language such asvocabulary,grammar, verbs,phrasal verbs, voices, tenses,transformation and synthesis of sentences. Besides,the book gives a clear analysis of such skills as writing,reading, listening and public speaking. Finally, the bookends with means of effective communication, business

communication, situational dialogues, public speakingskills,body language,andgroupdiscussions (GDs).

The bookwhich is suffusedwith plenty of examples andskillfully designed questions, is primarily intended as atextbook for the first-year engineering students of WestBengal University of Technology (WBUT) for their corecourse on English Language and Communication. It isactivity based and classroom tested andwouldbehighlyusefulalso forB.Tech./BE studentsacross thecountry.

WHAT’S NEW TO THIS EDITION• AnewchapteronBusinessCommunication• NewsectionsonBusinessTalkandMeetings• Gives thecharacteristicsofagood speaker• Hasmore indepth studyof listeningand reading skills.Contents: Preface. PART I: Introduction—Vocabulary.PART II: Grammar—Sentences. Prepositions. Verbs,Phrasal Verbs, Parallel Structure and Verb Forms. Activeand Passive Voice. Direct and Indirect Speech. Tenses.Short Form Responses. Question Tags. Transformation of Sentences. Synthesis of Sentences. RectifyingGrammatical Errors. PART III: Writing Skills—TechnicalWriting. Report Writing. Memos. Precis Writing. EssayWriting. PART IV: Comprehension—Reading Compre-hension. PART V: Listening and Reading Skills—ListeningSkills. Reading Skills. PART VI: Communication, PublicSpeaking, Situational Dialogues, Making EffectiveTelephone Calls and Body Language—Communication.Business Communication. Public Speaking Skills.Situational Dialogues. Making Effective Telephone Calls.Body Language. PART VII: Conclusion—Group Discussion(GD).Bibliography. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-462-4 (e-Book)

KONAREnglish Language Laboratories: A Comprehensive ManualNIRA KONAR,Assistant Professor of English and Head of the Department of Basic Sciences and Humanities, College of Engineering and Management, Kolaghat (affiliated to WBUT).

Today, acquiring English language skills has become soessential, especially for those who are looking for newjobs in reputedorganizationsaswell as for thepractisingprofessionals. Many engineering students, even thoughthey have adequate knowledge of their subject, areunable to express themselves well in English. Takingthis into account, engineering colleges/institutes haveintroducedexclusiveEnglishLanguageLaboratorieswherestudentsaredrilled in thepracticalaspectsof theEnglishlanguage.

This compact and comprehensive book is a step-by-step practical guide to students, telling them how toprepare technical reports and how to acquire the basiccommunication skills—listening, speaking, reading and writing. The book deals with conversation, situational


dialogues and role plays, andGroupDiscussions (GDs). Italso gives detailed discussion about Interviews—step-by-step preparation, practical and psychological preparation,the dos and don’ts for interview—besides dealing with different kinds of interviews: telephonic, video-conferencing, and others. In addition, the text stressestheimportanceofresearchingtheorganization,andsalarynegotiations.Finally,thebookshowsthestudentshowtomake powerpoint presentations (PPTs), the structure ofpresentationandusingaudiovisuals.

This activity based, skill-oriented, learner centred bookis designed according to theWBUT syllabus on TechnicalReportWriting and Language Laboratory Practice for theB.Tech. students. However, itwould be equally useful forB.Tech./B.E. studentsacross thecountry.

Contents: Preface. Acknowledgements. Introduction. Part A: Technical Report Writing—Technical ReportWriting. Part B: Language Laboratory Practice—Needfor and Working of Language Laboratory. ConversationPractice Sessions. Group Discussions. Job Interviews.Presentations.CompetitiveExaminations.Bibliography.


ISBN-978-93-5443-461-7 (e-Book)

PUSHP LATA & KUMARCommunicate or Collapse: A Handbook of Effective Public Speaking, Group Discussions and InterviewsPUSHP LATA, Assistant Professor, Languages Group and nucleus member, Public and Media Relations Unit, Birla Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani, Rajasthan.SANJAY KUMAR, Consultant, Communication and Soft Skills Development Training, Triumphant Institute of Management Education (T.I.M.E.), Jaipur.

Effective communication is of immense significance toall organizations as the professional world thrives on its capacity to be articulate and expressive, innovative and improvising. The book, based on the vast andvariegated experience of the authors gathered whiletraining thousands of aspiring professionals, discusseshowtohonethecareermanagementskillssuchaswritinggood resumés, presenting oneself in job interviews, andmakingagood impression ingroupdiscussions.

The text explains in detail all the elements ofcommunication, forexample,different typesof speeches,group discussions and interviews. The book also dealswiththeartofdevelopingaspeech inaplannedmanner,preparing an outline, and writing catchy introductionsand emphatic conclusions. In addition, it shows how to combat nervousness in a scientific manner, and usemicrophonesand lecterns.

Intended primarily for courses in public speaking,communicative English and managerial communication,

this practical text should also be of great utility andworth to students who have to appear for civil servicesexamination at the interview and those pursuingprofessionalcoursesintheirgroupdiscussionpart.Finally,it would be of help to all those who wish to engagethemselves indebatesandpublic speaking.

Contents: From Authors’ Desk. Photo Credits. Part I: Fundamentals of Effective Public Speaking—PublicSpeaking:AnOverview.CombatingNervousness.ListeningEffectively. Using Body and Voice to Communicate. Part II: Preparing, Organizing and Delivering theContents—Preparing and Organizing the Message. Sizingup Your Audience. Preparing an Outline. Using Audio-Visual Aids. Supporting Material for Speeches. Part III:Speaking toaLargeGroup—CastingEffective Introductionand Conclusion. Speaking on Special Occasions. Speaking to Inform. Persuading without Pushing. UsingHumour and Wit. Speeches for Analysis and Discussion.Part IV: Public Speaking for CarEer Advancement— Placing Mind over Matters: Interviews. Shoring up in Group Discussion. Appendices—A: Sounds of English.B:Sample Interviews.C:SampleGroupDiscussion. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-163-0 (e-Book)

PUSHP LATA & KUMARCommunicate to Conquer: A Handbook of Group Discussions and Job Interviews (DVD Included)PUSHP LATA, Assistant Professor, Languages Group and nucleus member, Public and Media Relations Unit, Birla Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani, Rajasthan.SANJAY KUMAR, Consultant, Communication and Soft Skills Development Training, Triumphant Institute of Management Education (T.I.M.E.), Jaipur.

Every good student’s dream is to get into the bestprofessional course—management, computer, law or anyother—and every graduate’s and postgraduate’s dream is to get the best job possible—in terms of bothremuneration and reputation of the company. And forthese, good performance in Group Discussions (GDs)and Interviews is so essential. What’s more, even if amanager or a senior professional wants to go up theladder, he/she has to master the art of communication.This compact and concise book shows how the readercan excel in group discussions and interviews—all thesewithanaccompanyingDVD.

This book gives the tools and techniques for conductingand preparing Group Discussions and Interviews andclearly explains all their components and the entireprocedure. Besides, the book provides tips for effectiveparticipationandperformance inGDsand interviews.The provision of a large number of examples andextensive practice material lends a practical flavour to


the text. The book includes sample HR and technicalinterviews, brain-teasing questions, sample groupdiscussion,andCaseStudy.

KEY FEATURE• DVD recordsmockGDsand interviews (goodandbad).

Contents: Preface. Meeting Challenges Head-on. Buildinga Meaningful Career. Sailing Successfully through GroupDiscussions. Learning by Example: An Annotated Text ofSample Group Discussion. Winning the Final Frontier inJob Interviews. Learning by Example: An Annotated Text ofSampleJobInterview.Annexure:SampleTechnicalInterviews.


ISBN-978-93-90464-97-5 (e-Book)

SENGUPTABusiness and Managerial CommunicationSAILESH SENGUPTA, Visiting Professor in a number of leading business and professional institutes in Delhi and adjoining states.This well organised book with numerous attractivefeatures provides a comprehensive and holistic approachto business andmanagerial communication. It dealswiththe modern practices of both verbal and non-verbalcommunication, which has today become a core part ofour personality. The book has a blend of theories andstrategies adopted in speaking, listening and writing with their practical applications at the managerial,organisational, corporate, individual and group levels.Thus, the book will be of immense use to the students of management and related fields of study andprofessionals-managers, advertising, marketing andpublic relations executives, businessmen and HR experts.Besides, thebookwillprovehelpful to the job seekers.

Contents: Preface. Fundamentals and Functionsof Communication. Barriers and Malfunctions inCommunication: Perception and Reality. BuildingActive Communication Skills: The Process, Contextand Classifications. Communication Requirements andCharacteristicsofManagerialCommunication.SpeechandSpeaking ... Towards Endless Perfection. ConversationalSkills:ListeningandPersuasiveSpeaking.EffectiveBusinessCommunication: A Bundle of Skills. Communication inOrganisations.BusinessWriting.BusinessCorrespondence,Business Meetings and Technology. Business Letters.Business and Technical Report Writing. Lateral and SoftSkills in Communication and Managing Self. Researchin Business and Organisational Communication. GroupCommunication and Group Problem Solving Process.Management of Information. Motivation, Morale andCommunicative Leadership. Conflict and Negotiation inOrganisations. Corporate Communication I. CorporateCommunication II. Resume, Cover Letters and Thank YouLetters.The InterviewProcess. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-698-7 (e-Book)

SHARMA & MISHRACommunication Skills for Engineers and ScientistsSANGEETASHARMA,Group Leader and Assistant Professor in the Language Group at Birla Institute of Technology and Science (BITS), Pilani (Rajasthan). BINOD MISHRA, Assistant Professor in the Department of Humanities and Social Sciences, Indian Institute of Technology Roorkee.

In the era of information technology, organizations seekemployeeswho have excellent communication skills. Theadvantage is for the individualswho,with their excellentcommunicative ability, are able to meet the challengesof the professional world through diverse paths such aswriting, speaking, reading,and listening.

This comprehensive and student friendly book dwells onvariousaspectsof technical communication that studentsof science and engineering should be familiar with.Divided into two parts, Part A of the text describes indetail the planning, designing and drafting of documentsfor a broad range of situations and applications. Thetext explores the types of business letters reflectingcurrent practices, and different techniques of draftingthem. Since, in the professional settings, executives haveto work in teams, the book explains various causes ofcommunication breakdown andways to overcome them.A separatechapter isdevoted toAdvertising.

Part B elaborates on Group Communication taking intoconsideration the collective and individual requirements.This part also includes individual chapters on EffectivePresentation, Non-Verbal Cues, Speeches, Interviews,andNegotiationSkills so as toorient youngprofessionalstowards new challenges.

This compact book is intended primarily as a text forundergraduate students of engineering and science. Besides, students of business management would alsofind the book immensely valuable. In addition, the textwould be a handy reference for practicing professionalswhowishtohonetheircommunicationskillsforachievingbetterresultsandshouldproveextremelyusefulforthoseinvolved ineverydaycommunication.

Contents: Preface. Foreword. PART A—Technical ReportWriting: An Overview. Communication Breakdown.Listening. Business Letters. Types of Business Letters.Techniques of Writing. Report Writing. Sample Reports. Advertising. PART B—Effective Presentation.Communicating without Words. Interviews. Speeches.Negotiation Skills. Group Discussions. Most FrequentlyWrongly Spelt Words. Appendix A: List of FrequentlyMisused Words. Appendix B: British vs AmericanVocabulary. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-722-9 (e-Book)


TYAGI & MISRAAdvanced Technical CommunicationKAVITATYAGI, Associate Professor and Head, Department of English, Bharat Institute of Technology (BIT), Meerut (Uttar Pradesh). PADMA MISRA, Assistant Professor, School of Manage-ment, BIT, Meerut.Businesses use technical writing extensively tocommunicate both within and outside the organization.And so, it is essential for an individual aspiring to bean executive to master the art of communication. Thisaccessible and compact book on Advanced TechnicalCommunication discusses how students can learn andmaster not only the basic skills of communication butalso complex skills such as soft skills and skills requiredforpreparing technicaldocuments.

The book begins with a discussion on the concept oftechnical communication and then it goes on to describethe differences between technical writing and generalwriting, and layout and format of business lettersand résumé. What is more, it elaborates on technicaldocuments such as technical proposals, reports, andspecialized documents like theses, research papers anddissertations, differentiating them adequately. Finally,the text covers many of the soft skills required today,for example, presentation skills, interpersonal skills, andgroupdiscussion (GD) skills.

Thisstudent-friendlybook,suffusedwithpracticalexamples,isprimarilyintendedasatextforthefirstyearstudentsofEngineering (B.Tech.) of Uttarakhand Technical Universityfor their courseonAdvancedTechnicalCommunication. Itwillalsobeofimmensebenefittoundergraduatestudentsinotheruniversitiesandengineeringcolleges/institutesaswellas technicalprofessionals.

Contents: Foreword by Vice Chancellor, UttarakhandTechnical University. Preface. Part I: TechnicalCommunication—Introduction to Technical Communi-cation. Process of Technical Writing. Part II: BusinessCommunication—Introduction to Business Communi-cation and Letter Writing. Types of Letter. Notice,Agenda and Minutes. Job Application Letters. Part III:Technical Documents—Report Writing—Types of Report.Elements of a Formal Report. Style and Formatting inReport Writing. Special Technical Documents: Thesis,Dissertation and Scientific Article. Special Type ofTechnical Documents: Proposal Writing. Part IV: CriticalReading—Critical Reading: Animal Farm—George Orwell. PartV:SOFTSKILLS—Non-VerbalCommunication:Kinesicsand Proxemics. Presentation Skills and Paralanguage.Interpersonal Skills. Corporate Communication Skills. The Technique of Conducting Group Discussion and JAM Session. Facing Interview and Tips for Interview.Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-824-0 (e-Book)

TYAGI & MISRABasic Technical Communication, Rev. ed.KAVITATYAGI, Associate Professor and Head, Department of English, Bharat Institute of Technology (BIT), Meerut (Uttar Pradesh). PADMA MISRA, Assistant Professor, School of Manage-ment, BIT, Meerut.

The younger generation today aspires to work formultinational corporations, large organizations, or thecivil services. With the competition becoming stiffereach passing day, the ability to communicate effectively,precisely as well as acquiring communication skills hasbecome an important determinant in success. A plethoraof books have flooded the market to capitalize on thisfrantic effort of the younger generation to become adept in communication and more so in technicalcommunication. This comprehensive book on BasicTechnical Communication strives to focus on thecommunicationskillsneededbyprofessionals.

Divided into five parts and 19 chapters, the text dealswith the four essential ingredients of communication—reading, writing, listening and speaking skills—as wellas their importance, objectives, types, and methods of improving these skills. The book also discusses howthese skills can be effectively applied and providesconsiderable practice exercises. One of the major aimsis to enable students to acquire proficiency in Englishlanguage.

This student-friendly book, suffused with practicalexamples, isprimarily intendedasa textbook for thefirstyear students of engineering (B.Tech.) of UttarakhandTechnical University for their course on Basic TechnicalCommunication. It will also be of immense benefit toundergraduatestudentsandtechnicalprofessionalsacrossthecountry.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Basics of Technical Com-munication—Introduction to Technical Communication.Process and Barriers to Communication. Part II: ReadingSkills—Learning Reading Skills. Word Formation.Vocabulary. Paragraph Development. Practice Readings(Reading 1–Of Discourse). Practice Readings (Reading 2–Unity of Minds) Dr. A.P.J. Abdul Kalam. Part III: WritingSkills—Learning Technical Writing Skills. FunctionalGrammar. Requisites of Sentence Construction. PrecisWriting. Value based Critical Reading of Short Stories.Part IV:ListeningSkills—LearningListeningSkills.StudyofOne-Act Play. Part V: Speaking Skills—Learning SpeakingSkills. Organs of Speech and Phonetics. Syllable, Stress,Rhythm and Intonation. Part VI: Writing Skills—FormalandInformalLetters.GeneralSpeakingSkillsandMethodsof ImprovingSpeakingSkills.Bibliography.


ISBN-978-93-5443-572-0 (e-Book)


TYAGI & MISRAProfessional CommunicationKAVITATYAGI, Associate Professor and Head, Department of English, Bharat Institute of Technology (BIT), Meerut (Uttar Pradesh). PADMA MISRA, Assistant Professor, School of Manage-ment, BIT, Meerut. With the younger generation today seeking jobs inmultinational corporations, large companies, or thecivil services in the government, and the competitionbecoming stiffer and stiffer with each passing day, it isonly natural that the ability to communicate effectively,precisely as well as to acquire communication skills hasbecome more important than ever before. A plethoraof books have flooded the market to capitalize on thisfranticeffortof theyoungergeneration tobecomeadeptin communication. And professional communication isno exception to this. This accessible and compact bookon Professional Communication strives to focus on thecommunicationskillsneeded for theprofessionals.

Divided into five parts and 19 chapters, the book beginswith a discussion on the concept of communication, andthen it goes on to give in detail features of a languageas a tool of communication, the communication processmodels and barriers to communication. The text alsoelaborates on word formation, vocabulary, sentencestructure and paragraph development. In addition, itexplains different forms of technical communication;the format, layout and style of business communication;technicaldocumentssuchastheses,scientificarticlesandresearch papers; and technical proposals. Furthermore,the book provides value-based text reading fromcelebratedwriters.

This student-friendly book, suffused with practicalexamples, is primarily intended as a textbook for the firstyear students of engineering (B.Tech.) of UP TechnicalUniversity for their course on Professional Communi-cation.Itwillalsobeofimmensebenefittoundergraduatestudentsand technicalprofessionalsacross thecountry.

Contents: Preface. Part I: Basics of Technical Commu-nication—Introduction to Technical Communication.Process of and Barriers to Communication. Communi-cation Channels and Directions. Part II: Constituencesof Technical Written Communication—Word Formation.Vocabulary. Requisites of Sentence Construction.Paragraph Development. The Art of Condensation (PrecisWriting). Part III: Forms of Technical Communication—Business Correspondence—Introduction, Format andLayout. Types of Business Correspondence. Resumeand Job Applications. Report Writing—Types of Report.Elements of a Formal Report. Style and Formatting inReportWriting.SpecialTechnicalDocuments.SpecialTypeof Technical Documents. Part IV: Soft Skills—PresentationSkills and Paralanguage. Visual Aids and Illustrationsin Technical Communication. Part V: Visual Based TextReading—ValueBasedTextReading. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-564-5 (e-Book)

Journalism

NEELAMALARMedia Law and EthicsM. NEELAMALAR, Assistant Professor in the Department of Media Sciences, Anna University Chennai, Chennai.

Designed as a textbook for undergraduate and post-graduate students of journalism, mass communication,visualcommunication,electronicmediaandotherrelatedmedia courses, this compact text provides a detaileddescriptionof the rules, acts andethics concerningprint,electronic, film and advertising media as prevalent inIndia.

The book begins with the history of media law in Indiaand discusses the specific provisions in the Constitutionof India which are essential for a journalist to know.It then goes on to define the concepts of freedom ofmedia, defamation and Intellectual Property Rights.Besides, the text discusses in detail the provisions ofthe Indian Penal Code and the Criminal Procedure Coderelevant to the media. In addition to covering differenttypes of cyber crimes such as hacking, cracking and e-mail bombing, it includes regulations related to filmmedia and advertising. Finally, the book throws light onmedia law concerning women and children. The bookalso includes several important cases to enable studentstorelatevariousactsandregulationstoreal-lifesituations.

Besidesstudents,journalistsandothermediaprofessionalswho cover courts and law-related beats would also findthisbook immenselyvaluable.

Contents: Preface. History of Media Law in India. IndianConstitution (Specific Provisions Related to Media).FreedomofMedia.Defamation.ProvisionsofIndianPenalCode and Criminal Procedure Code. Official Secrets Acts1923. The Contempts of Courts Act 1971. Print Media:Acts. Intellectual Property Rights. Advertising. CyberCrimes.MediaLawandWoman.MediaLawandChildren.Broadcasting. Film Media. Media Ethics. Appendix I–III.Reference. Index.


ISBN-978-93-90669-88-2 (e-Book)

RAOFeature Writing, 2nd ed.RAO is a Feature Writer and Columnist with over three decades of experience in the field.Ifwe ask the lay readerswhy they readnewspapers, theobvious answer would be to get news. However, whatkeeps the newspaper endearing and, in a way, enduringare the longer stories about people behind the news,aboutthehumorouseverydayexperiencesweallhave,orthecloser lookatsomeoneandtheunexpectedsurpriseswe get in the process. In short, we call these features. In this substantially revised book on Feature Writing, the author with her vast experience discusses various


aspectsofFeatureWriting.Shefocusesondifferenttypesof features found in newspapers—Humour and Satire,Brights, Human Interest Features, Travel Features andNewsFeatures—and illustrateseachofthese. Inaddition,sheprovidesadetaileddescriptionofProfiles, Interviews,and Online Features with examples, and gives a clearanalysisof FeatureWritingTechniques.Intended as a text for students offering courses inJournalism, this book would also be extremely useful forfreelancewriters,andanyonewhohasaflair forwriting.

WHAT IS NEW TO THE SECOND EDITION• Includes two new chapters on Obituary and Tribute,

and Sports and new sections such as Blogs andProfessionalism in Journalism.

• Provides more illustrations culled from recent news-papers.

• Givesexplanatorynotesonsomekeywordsusedinthebook,anda sectiononVocabulary.

What the Reviewers SayIn this delightful book on FW [Feature Writing], Meera Raghavendra Rao brings home to us that writing a story or a novel is one way of discovering sequence in experience, of stumbling upon cause and effect in the happenings of a writer’s own life. In my view Meera Raghavendra Rao’s book on FW is an exceptionally good and useful book not only for all students of Journalism but also for all writers interested in FW.

—V. Sundaram, News Today

The author has used instances from her career spanning more than two decades to illustrate various situations in this book.

—Deccan Chronicle

The book is a rather exhaustive guide on ways to tell a feature story. Among the other pluses is the Indianness permeating the book—most sample articles are home-brewn.

—TheHindu,MetroplusWeekend

Contents: Foreword. Preface. Preface to the First Edition.Introduction to Journalism. Introduction to Features.Feature Writing Techniques. Writing Headlines andImportance of Photographs. Humour, Satire and Brights.Human InterestFeatures.Travel Features.NewsFeatures.InterviewsandProfiles.FeaturesOnlineandBlogs.WritingFeatures for Rural Page. Obituary and Tribute Features.SportsFeatures. Afterword. FurtherReading.


ISBN-978-93-5443-649-9 (e-Book)

Mass Communication

NEELAMALARRadio Programme ProductionM. NEELAMALAR, Assistant Professor in the Department of Media Sciences, Anna University, Chennai.

This comprehensive textbook has been designed keepinginmind the undergraduate and postgraduate students ofJournalism,Mass Communication, Visual Communication,Electronic Media, Broadcast Journalism and other media

courses. It gives a detailed account of the differentformats (radio news, interview, documentary, feature,drama,docudrama,discussionandphone-inprogrammes),methods of production, basics of script writing, studioset-up, special audience and specialized broadcastingincluding educational broadcasting, and legal regulationsandethics related to radiobroadcasting in India.

The book imparts a thorough understanding of thehistory of India, community radio, radio journalism, andthe different wings and functionaries of radio. Practicalknowledge needed to succeed in a career in radio byproviding the qualities needed to become a successfulnews presenter, news writer, radio producer and radiojockeyhavealsobeen furnished.

Notonly themedia students,butalso radioprofessionalsandthosewhoaspiretohaveacareerinradiowouldfindthebook immenselyvaluable.

KEY FEATURES• Chapter-endquestionstohelpstudentsinpreparingfor

theirexams.• Practical exercises and field projects for hands-on

experience.• Well-structured tables and neat illustrations to explain

theconcepts.• Box items tohighlight thekeypoints ineachchapter.• Model flowcharts for students to create and produce

theirownprogrammes.• Annexure and references for further study of the

subject.

Contents: Preface. Introduction to Radio Medium. Radioin India.Model ofRadio in India. FMRevolution in India.Radio Formats. Production and Functionaries of Radio.RadioNewsWriting.RadioInterview.RadioFeature.RadioDocumentary. Phone–in–Programmes. Radio Magazine.Outside Broadcasting. Radio Drama and Docudrama.RadioScriptWriting.SpecialAudienceRadioProgrammes.Talk-Based Programmes. Radio Jingles. Community Radio.ResearchingforRadio.RadioforDevelopment.EducationalBroadcasting. Radio for Entertainment. Radio Studio andProduction.SpecialInterestProgrammes.RadioReporting.Legal Regulations and Ethics for Radio in India. Annexure1: List of Operational Private FM Radio Stations in India.Annexure2:ListofOperationalCommunityRadioStationsason1-11-2016.References. Index.


ISBN-978-93-87472-17-4 (e-Book)

REDDIEffective Media RelationsC.V. NARASIMHA REDDI, the Editor of Public Relations Voice (a premier journal on Public Relations in India) and Senior Academic Consultant of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Open University, Hyderabad. Media relations may be defined as a process of publicrelations to accomplish maximum media coverage of


organisationalactivitiesasameasuretocreateknowledgeamong the stakeholders and gain their understandingand acceptance. Good media relations are created andmaintainedonlybyprovidingnewsworthyandtrustworthyinformationofpublicinterestinanatmosphereofmutualrespect and candour between an organisation and themedia.The systematically organised book, written in ‘teachyourself’ style with clear illustrations, gives a thoroughunderstanding of the various aspects of media relations.The main distinguishing feature of the book is theinclusion of numerous case studies to help studentsunderstand the concepts better and learn how theory isapplied in practice. Also, the book enables the studentstowrite goodpress releases andutilisebroadcastmedia,Internet and social media. Thus, it helps its readers tobecomeaneffectivemedia relationsmanager.Thebookisamust-readtextforthepostgraduatestudentsof mass communication, public relations, journalism andbusiness management disciplines. Moreover, it is ofimmenseuse for theHRprofessionals.

Contents: Preface. PART ONE CONCEPTS—Conceptof Organisation. Public Relations and the Media.UnderstandingtheMedia.MediaLaws—IgnoranceofLawis No Excuse. PART TWOMEDIA STRATEGY—GovernmentMedia. Media Scene in India. Media Relations Strategy.PART THREE TACTICS AND APPLICATION—Media Releaseand Other Written Tactics. Media Conferences andPress Tours. Broadcast Media—Radio and Television.The Internet and Social Media. Photography for MediaRelations.PARTFOURGLOBALPUBLICRELATIONS—GlobalMedia Relations. Media Relations in Crisis Management.PART FIVE PROFESSIONAL EXCELLENCE IN MEDIARELATIONS—Measurement/Evaluation. How to Be anEffectiveMedia RelationsManager. Best Practices.MediaEthics.Appendices. SuggestedReading. Index.


ISBN-978-93-89347-96-8 (e-book)

REDDIEffective Public Relations and Media Strategy, 3rd ed.C.V. NARASIMHA REDDI, the Editor of Public Relations Voice (a premier journal on Public Relations in India) and Senior Academic Consultant of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Open University, Hyderabad. The author with over five decades of professional andacademicexperiencehasconsiderablyrevisedandupdatedevery chapter of the book to present, contemporarydiverse public relations andmedia practices. As a result,the new edition contains the best of previous editionsandatthesametimereplacesallthedatedmaterialwithnewfiguresandadvancedinformation.Subjects likeMassCommunication, Public Relations, Journalism, Advertising,Media Studies, Event Management, PR 2.0 New Model

andeightcasestudiesincludingMahatmaGandhiWorld'sGreatest Communicator—all in one make this editiontrulyuniqueand theonly textbookof this type in India.The other key topics that have been given attention inthebookincludePRasaStrategicManagementFunction;Communication Models: History of Indian PR; Standardsand Ethics in PR; Corporate Communications; PR inGovernment,PublicSectorandNGOs;GlobalPR; Internetand Social Media; Multimedia PR Campaign and PR intothe Future.

LEARNING TOOLS• Students learning tools such as Chapter Opening

Preview, Relevant Case Problems in the Text, End ofthe Chapter Summary for quick understanding, ReviewQuestions for practice, the Glossary and traits neededforsuccessinPRcareerareaddedvaluetothisedition.

The text is a must read for every student, faculty andpractitioners of Mass Communication, Media Relations,Journalism,PR&Advertisingandallmanagementdisciplines.Contents: Part One: Principles Of Public RelationsAnd Communication—What is Public Relations? .Communication. Principles of Public Relations. Evolutionof Public Relations: Ancient India to Modern India(World's Biggest Democracy). History of Public Relationsin USA (World's Oldest Democracy). Part Two: Strategy—Strategic Public Relations. Public Relations Process: FourStages. Public Relations Departments and R Agencies.Crisis Management: PR Centre Stage. Public Relationsand the Law. Standards andEthics inPublicRelations. PRProfessional Organisations. Part Three: Public RelationsPractice—Corporate Public Relations Vs CorporateCommunications. Stakeholders' Public Relations. PublicRelations in Government. Public Sector Public Relations,PR in Municipal Government. Public Relations in Banksand Tourism. Public Relations for NGOs. Global PublicRelations. Part Four: Media Strategy And Tactics—PublicRelationsandtheMedia. InterpersonalMedia.TraditionalFolk Media. Newspapers in Public Relations. ElectronicMedia—Radio and Television. E-PR: IT NewMassMedia.Audio-Visual Media: Films. Visual Media—Photographsand Exhibitions. Event Management: Open House.Multimedia PR Campaigns. Media Relations. Part Five:Professional Excellence In Public Relations—How to BeanEffectivePRManager.PublicRelations into theFuture.Part Six: Actions Speak—Pr Case Studies—MahatmaGandhi:World'sGreatest Communicator.Actions Speak—PR Case Studies. Case 1: Dogs are Man's Best Friends:Multi-mediaApproach.Case2:MediaRelations inaCrisisSituation: ONGC. Case 3: Corporate Social Responsibility:TISCO. Case 4: Janmabhoomi: A Unique Exercise in RuralCommunication in erstwhile Andhra Pradesh. Case 5:Satellite Instructional Television Experiment (SITE). Case6: Kheda Rural Communication Project (UNESCO AwardWinner).Case7:India:APolioFreeCountry—ACaseStudyinHealthCommunication.Glossary.References. Index


ISBN-978-93-88028-90-5 (e-Book)


Library Science

SINGHInformation Sources, Services and SystemsGURDEV SINGH, Librarian, Sri Guru Gobind Singh College of Commerce, Delhi.Reference and information services are considered as animportantactivityofamodern library.Theseservicescanbe provided by means of reference sources. This bookprovides the overviews of different types of referencesources, such as encyclopaedias, directories, yearbooks,dictionaries, geographical sources, biographical sources,statistical sourcesandhandbooks.Dexterouslyorganised into fourparts, thisbookdescribesvarious aspects of reference/information services, suchas translation service, reference service, referral service,Selective Dissemination of Information (SDI) and CurrentAwarenessServices(CAS).Besides,anumberofimportantnational and international information systems are alsocovered in thisbook.It is specially designed to cater to the needs of thestudents of BLibSc and MLISc of various universitiesand institutions. This book will also be very useful forteachers, working librarians, information scientists, andinformationalprofessionals ingeneral.

Contents: Preface.Part I:ReferenceSources—InformationSource. Kinds of Reference Books and their Evaluation.Dictionaries. Encyclopedias. Ready Reference Sources.Statistical Sources. Geographical Sources. BiographicalSources.IndexingSourcesandServices.AbstractingSourcesandServices.Bibliographies. PatentsandStandards.Non-documentry Sources of Information. Electronic/DigitalInformation Sources. Internet as Source of Information.Part II: Reference and Information Services—ReferenceServices. Reference Services in Different Types ofLibraries. Organisation of Reference Section. Role ofReference Librarian/Information officer in ElectronicEnvironment. Part Iii: Information Services—Concept andNeed for Information. InformationServices:AnOverview.Translation Services. Literature Search Service. DocumentDelivery and Electronic Document Delivery Service.Current Awareness Service (CAS). SelectiveDisseminationof Information (SDI).Reprographic Service.Docuentation/Information Centers. National Documentation Centers.Computer based Information Services. InformationLiteracyProgrammes.UsersandTheir InformationNeeds.Part IV: Information Systems—Information Systems andTheir Functions.Bibliography/Reference. Index.


ISBN-978-93-5443-547-8 (e-Book)

ABEL & SEMENTELLI:EvolutionaryCriticalTheoryandItsRoleinPublicAffairs,95 195.00

ABRAHAM: Women’sWritingintheNineteenthandTwentiethCenturies:ShortStories,57 250.00

AHMAD: TeachingofBiological Sciences (Intended forTeachingof LifeSciences,Physics,Chemistryand General Science),2nded.,33 325.00

AHMED & ALAM:BusinessEnvironment:IndianandGlobalPerspectives,3rded.,3 895.00

AKMAJIAN, et al.:Linguistics—AnIntroductiontoLanguageandCommunication,7thed.,51 795.00

AKSHAR BHARATI, CHAITANYA & SANGAL:NaturalLanguageProcessing—APaninianPerspective,52 450.00

ASTHANA & BRAJ BHUSHAN:StatisticsforSocialSciences(withSPSSApplications),2nded.,39 595.00

BALKRISHAN & SHARMA: fof/k 'kkL=% ,d v/;;u(Jurisprudence),71 195.00

BASU: EssenceofHinduism,The,2nded.,76 250.00

BASU, et al.: IndustrialOrganizationandManagement,8 350.00

BASU: TechnicalWriting,111 325.00

BHATIA & SETHI:CorporateandCompensationLaws,58 350.00

BHATTA: InternationalDictionaryofPublicManagementandGovernance,96 595.00

BINGHAM & O’LEARY (Eds.): Big Ideas inCollaborativePublicManagement,96 350.00

BRAHMA: CausalityandScience,78 150.00

BRAHMA: FundamentalsofReligion,The,75 325.00

BRAHMA:HinduSpirituality:AnAppreciation,76 595.00

BRAHMA: PhilosophyofHinduSdhan,77 325.00

CABRAL:IntroductiontoIndustrialOrganization,2nded.,9 895.00

CHADHA:GameTheoryforManagers:DoingBusinessinaStrategicWorld,2nded.,6 450.00

CHAKRABORTY (Ed.): IndianDramainEnglish,2nded.,48 295.00

CHAKRABORTI:Logic:Informal,Symbolic,andInductive,2nded.,77 450.00

CHANDRA BOSE:BusinessLaw,2nded.,58 650.00

CHATTERJEE:LinearProgrammingandGameTheory,6 250.00

CHAUHAN:Microeconomics:AnAdvancedTreatise,2nded.,13 695.00

CHAUHAN:Microeconomics—TheoryandApplications,PartI,14 295.00

CHAUHAN:Microeconomics—TheoryandApplications,PartII,14 250.00

CHITALE, MOHANTY & DUBEY:OrganizationalBehaviour:TextandCases,2nded.,92 525.00

CHOUDHARY:AdolescenceEducation,24 425.00

CHOUDHURY:EnglishSocialandCulturalHistory:AnIntroductoryGuideandGlossary,2nded.,53 325.00

CHOUDHURY (Ed.): AmitavGhosh—CriticalEssays,2nded.,49 195.00

CHOUDHURY (Ed.): CharlesDickens:GreatExpectations,44 275.00

CHOUDHURY (Ed.): WilliamShakespeare—TheTempest,44 195.00

DAS: CodeofCivilProcedure,61 750.00

DAS: LawofCopyright,2nded.,62 995.00

DAS: HumanRightsLawandPractice,65 995.00

DASH:ProfessionalLearner’sDictionaryofSpokenEnglish,111 795.00

DATTA: ManagerialEconomics,15 695.00

121

AUTHORWISE ALPHABETICAL LISTING

Price(`)

TBA — To be announced

122 Authorwise Alphabetical Listing

DAVAR:TeachingofScience,33 250.00

DEAN: ManagerialEconomics,15 450.00

DUA (Ed.): WilliamShakespeare—AsYouLikeIt,45 225.00

GANGAL: PracticalCourseforDevelopingWritingSkillsinEnglish,A,112 250.00

GANGAL:PracticalCourseinEffectiveEnglishSpeakingSkills,A,112 595.00

GANGAL: PracticalCourse inSpokenEnglish,A,2nded.,54 695.00

GANGULY & MOINUDDIN: ledkyhu Hkkjrh; lekt (Contemporary IndianSociety) (inBengali), 2nded.,105 795.00

GERSTON: PublicPolicymaking inaDemocraticSociety:AGuide toCivicEngagement,2nded.,96 295.00

GHOSH & RADHA MOHAN: Education inEmerging IndianSociety:TheChallengesand Issues,2nded.,26 295.00

GHOSH:IndianEconomy,(Forthcoming),7 TBA

GHOSH:IndianGovernmentandPolitics,3rded.,81 695.00

GHOSH: InternationalRelations,5thed.,82 495.00

GHOSH & GHOSH: IndianEconomy:AMacro-theoreticAnalysis,7 325.00

GHOSH & GHOSH: Macroeconomics,2nded.,10 395.00

GHOSH & GHOSH: PublicFinance,3rded.,19 595.00

GOODE: Family,The,2nded.,103 175.00

GOODWIN, et al.:MicroeconomicsinContext,2nded.,15 350.00

GOSWAMI: MulkRajAnand:EarlyNovels,50 95.00

GOWDA: Learningand theLearner: Insights into theProcessesof LearningandTeaching,2nded.,34 275.00

GUPTA: CurrentEnglishGrammarandUsage,2nded.,47 425.00

GUPTA & GUPTA: ResearchMethodology,101 450.00

HARISH CHANDER:CyberLawsandITProtection,63 695.00

HOOD:PoliticalDevelopmentandDemocraticTheory:RethinkingComparativePolitics,79 195.00

HOY et al.: MathematicsforEconomics,3rded.,12 795.00

HUSSAIN:ExperimentsinPsychology,90 350.00

JAYAKUMAR:AdministrativeLaw,57 325.00

JOSHI & SALUNKE:ContentBasedMethodology,23 175.00

KAKKAR:EducationalPsychology,24,86 195.00

KALRA: ScienceEducation forTeacherTraineesand In-serviceTeachers: Learning to LearnModernScience,34 195.00

KALRA & GUPTA:TeachingofScience:AModernApproach,35 250.00

KANAGASABAPATHI: IndianModelsofEconomy,BusinessandManagement,3rded.,8 275.00

KAUL & SINGH (Eds.): NewParadigmsforGenderInclusivity:TheoryandBestPractices,109 325.00

KENNEDY: InternationalEconomics,20 325.00

KENNEDY: MacroeconomicEssentials:UnderstandingEconomicsintheNews,3rded.,10 495.00

KENNEDY: MacroeconomicTheory,11 595.00

KENNEDY: PublicFinance,19 325.00

KONAR: CommunicationSkillsforProfessionals,2nded.,113 395.00

KONAR: EnglishLanguageLaboratories:AComprehensiveManual,113 225.00

KOVEN: ResponsibleGovernance:ACaseStudyApproach,97 225.00

MAHAJAN & MAHAJAN:FinancialAdministrationinIndia,2nded.,97 795.00

MAHESHWARI:ManagerialEconomics,3rded.,16 325.00

MANGAL:AdvancedEducationalPsychology,2nded.,24,86 395.00

MANGAL:EducatingExceptionalChildren:AnIntroductiontoSpecialEducation,28 895.00

Price(`)

123Authorwise Alphabetical Listing

Price(`)

MANGAL:EssentialsofEducationalPsychology,25,87 575.00

MANGAL: f'k{kk euksfoKku(EducationalPsychology),26,87 525.00

MANGAL:StatisticsinPsychologyandEducation,2nded.,40,92 395.00

MANGAL & MANGAL:AssessmentofLearning,31 395.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: vf/kxe ds fy, ewY;kadu(AssessmentofLearning),32 595.00

MANGAL & MANGAL:ChildhoodandGrowingUp,20 595.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: ckY;dky ,oa o`f)&mUeq[k ckyd(ChildhoodandGrowingup),21 895.00

MANGAL & MANGAL:CreatingAnInclusiveSchool,29 395.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: lesfdr fo|ky; dh LFkkiuk(CreatingAnInclusiveSchool),29 595.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: Emotional Intelligence:ManagingEmotions toWin in Life,35,89 550.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: EssentialsofEducationalTechnology,41 595.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: Learning and Teaching, 42 625.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: vf/kxe ,oa f'k{k.k(LearningandTeaching),43 895.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: f'k{kk rduhdh (EducationalTechnology),42 795.00

MANGAL & MANGAL:PedagogyofSocialSciences,2nded.,36 595.00

MANGAL & MANGAL:PsychologyofLearningandDevelopment,30,87 695.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: vf/xe ,oa fodkl dk euksfoKku (PsychologyofLearningandDevelopment),31,88 725.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: O;kogkfjd foKkuksa esa vuqla/kku fof/k;k¡(ResearchMethodologyinBehaviouralSciences),41 650.00

MANGAL & MANGAL: ResearchMethodologyinBehaviouralSciences,40 595.00

MANNA & CHAKRABORTY: ValuesandEthics inBusinessandProfession,74 250.00

McNABB:ResearchMethods inPublicAdministrationandNonprofitManagement:QuantitativeandQualitative Approaches,2nded.,101 395.00

MEHTA: 'kSf{kd izca/ku (EducationalManagement),37 250.00

MICHL:MacroeconomicTheory:AShortCourse,12 225.00

MISHRA: Psychology—TheStudyofHumanBehaviour,2nded.,91 550.00

MISHRA: ekul jksx ¼vlkekU;½ foKku% ,d laf{kIr ifjp;,85 395.00

MISHRA: euksfoKku% ekuo O;ogkj dk vè;;u(Psychology:TheStudyofHumanBehaviour),96 425.00

MITRA (Ed.):IndianPoetryinEnglish:CriticalEssays,2nded.,50 495.00

MITRA (Ed.):WilliamShakespeare—JuliusCaesar,45 225.00

MOSES:LastFrontiersoftheMind:ChallengesoftheDigitalAge,75 395.00

MUKHERJEE & RAMASWAMY:HistoryofPoliticalThought,A:PlatotoMarx,2nded.,85 395.00

MUKHERJEE, et al.:Microeconomics,16 595.00

MUKHERJEE & CHAKRABARTI: DevelopmentEconomics:ACriticalPerspective,5 395.00

MUTHUKRISHNAN: EconomicsofEnvironment,2nded.,5 250.00

NADAR & VIJAYAN:ManagerialEconomics,3rded.,17 595.00

NEELAMALAR: Media LawandEthics,71,117 295.00

NEELAMALAR: RadioProgrammeProduction,118 295.00

NIAZI & RAMA GAUTAM:HowtoStudyLiterature:StylisticandPragmaticApproaches,53 325.00

PADHI:LabourandIndustrialLaws,4thed.,68 795.00

PADHI: LegalAspectsofBusiness,59 595.00

PADHY:IndianPoliticalThought,85 425.00

PAILWAR:BusinessEnvironment,3 795.00

PAILWAR:EconomicEnvironmentofBusiness,3rded.,4 450.00


PALEKAR:ComparativePoliticsandGovernment,79 595.00

PALEKAR:DevelopmentAdministration,97 450.00

PANDEY: fganh Hkk"kk vkSj bldh f'k{k.k fof/k;k¡ (MethodsofTeachingHindi), 37 325.00

PANDEY & DHARNI: IntellectualPropertyRights,66 350.00

PANNEERSELVAM:Elimaikkural,54 250.00

PANNEERSELVAM:ResearchMethodology,2nded.,102,108 450.00

PARCHURE: Macroeconomics,12 550.00

PATIL:CommunityOrganizationandDevelopment:AnIndianPerspective,108 195.00

PRAMANICK & GANGULY (Eds.):GlobalizationinIndia:NewFrontier’sEmergingChallenges,83 425.00

PRASAD:CourseinLinguistics,A,3rded.,52 395.00

PRUSTY: ManagerialEconomics,18 250.00

PUSHP LATA & KUMAR: CommunicateorCollapse:AHandbookofEffectivePublicSpeaking, GroupDiscussionsandInterviews,114 225.00

PUSHP LATA & KUMAR:Communicate toConquer:AHandbookofGroupDiscussionsand Job Interviews (withDVD),114 195.00

PUTATUNDA:R.K.Narayan:CriticalEssays,51 225.00

RADHA MOHAN:InnovativeScienceTeaching:ForPhysicalScienceTeachers,3rded.,38 425.00

RADHA MOHAN:Measurement,EvaluationandAssessmentinEducation,32,93 695.00

RADHA MOHAN:TeacherEducation,43 350.00

RAI: FundamentalRightsandtheirEnforcement,66 550.00

RAMACHANDRAN, et al.:SurveyResearchinPublicHealth,109 195.00

RAMAMURTI:IntroductiontoPsychologicalMeasurement,An,93 225.00

RAMASWAMY:PoliticalTheory:IdeasandConcepts,2nded.,84 495.00

RAO: BusinessLaw,60 350.00

RAO: FeatureWriting,2nded.,117 595.00

RAY:ModernComparativePolitics—Approaches,MethodsandIssues,80 225.00

RAY & SINHA: Mine and Mineral Economics, 6 325.00

REDDI: EffectiveMediaRelations,118 495.00

REDDI:EffectivePublicRelations&MediaStrategy,3rded.,119 525.00

REDDY & SARASWATHI: ManagerialEconomicsandFinancialAccounting,18 375.00

ROY:SocietyandPoliticsinIndia:UnderstandingPoliticalSociology,83,106 450.00

SAHNI & MEDURY (Eds.):GovernanceforDevelopment—IssuesandStrategies,104 450.00

SAHNI & VAYUNANDAN:AdministrativeTheory,94 495.00

SAMUEL RAVI:ComprehensiveStudyofEducation,A,27 995.00

SAMUEL RAVI:EducationinEmergingIndia,27 675.00

SAMUEL RAVI:PhilosophicalandSociologicalBasesofEducation,2nded.,28 995.00

SAPRU:AdministrativeTheoriesandManagementThought,3rded.,95 1295.00

SAPRU:PublicPolicy:ArtandCraftofPolicyAnalysis,2nded.,98 595.00

SARKAR:GenderDisparityinIndia:UnheardWhimpers,110 425.00

SARKAR:PublicAdministrationinIndia,2nded.,98 425.00

SENGAR:EnvironmentalLaw,64 695.00

SENGUPTA: BusinessandManagerialCommunicaton,115 375.00

SENGUPTA: Myriad-MindedShaw:PerspectivesonShavianDrama(Politics,WarandHistory),45 195.00

Price(`)

125Authorwise Alphabetical Listing

SENGUPTA (Ed.):WilliamShakespeare—Hamlet,46 225.00

SENGUPTA (Ed.):WilliamShakespeare—TheTragedyofMacbeth(Forthcoming), 46 TBA

SEN GUPTA: EarlyChildhoodCareandEducation,22 295.00

SEN GUPTA: KnowledgeandCurriculum,23 650.00

SEN GUPTA: ÁkjafHkd ckY;koLFkk% ns[k–Hkky vkSj f'k{kk (EarlyChildhoodCareandEducation),22 325.00

SETHI:StandardEnglishandIndianUsage:VocabularyandGrammar,2nded.,48 150.00

SETHI & DHAMIJA:CourseinPhoneticsandSpokenEnglish,A,2nded.,55 250.00

SETHI & JINDAL:HandbookofPronunciationofEnglishWords,A(withTwoCD-ROMs),56 250.00

SETHI, SADANAND & JINDAL:PracticalCourseinEnglishPronunciation,A(withTwoCD-ROMs),56 395.00

SHARMA: Charterof theUnitedNationsand theStatuteof InternationalCourtof Justice,71 95.00

SHARMA: la;qDr jk"Vª dk pkVZj vkSj varjjk"Vªh; U;k;ky; dk lafo/kku, 73 95.00

SHARMA: HumanRightsCovenantsand IndianLaw,71 95.00

SHARMA: ekuo vf/kdkj varjjk"Vªh; izlafonk,a vkSj Hkkjr dh fof/k, 72 95.00

SHARMA: IndustrialRelationsandLabour Legislation,68 895.00

SHARMA: Introduction to theConstitutionof India,10thed.,62,80 495.00

SHARMA: Hkkjr dk lafoèkku% ,d ifjp;(IntroductiontotheConstitutionofIndia),14thed.,61,80 495.00

SHARMA: UniversalDeclarationofHumanRightsand IndianLaw,74 50.00

SHARMA: ekuo vf/kdkjksa dh lkoZHkkSe ?kks"k.kk vkSj Hkkjrh; fof/k, 72 50.00

SHARMA: fof/k Hkk"kk izcks/k (Learning Legal Language),70 95.00

SHARMA: fof/k dh 'kCnkoyh vkSj fof/k dk vuqokn% bfrgkl] izfØ;k] fl)kar vkSj iz;qfDr, 70 225.00

SHARMA & MISHRA:CommunicationSkills forEngineersandScientists,115 250.00

SHASTRI:FundamentalAspectsofTranslation,57 295.00

SHARMA: jktuhfrd lekt'kkL= dh :ijs[kk(IntroductiontoPoliticalSociology),2nded.,111 450.00

SHERGILL:ExperimentalPsychology,90 295.00

SHERGILL:Psychology,PartI,91 375.00

SINGH: vk/kqfud Hkkjr esa lkekftd ifjorZu(SocialChangeinModernIndia),2nded.,112 550.00

SINGH: lekt'kkL=&&vo/kkj.kk,a ,oa fl)kar (Sociology:ConceptsandTheories),3rded.,104 650.00

SINGH: lekt'kkL= ds ewyrRo(FundamentalsofSociology),3rded.,103 250.00

SINGH: lektfoKku fo'odks"k (Encyclopediaof SociologyandAlliedSciences),103 650.00

SINGH: InformationSources,Services,andSystems,120 525.00

SINGH (Ed.): WilliamShakespeare—AMidsummer’sNightsDream,46 195.00

SINGH (Ed.): WilliamShakespeare—TheMerchantofVenice,47 195.00

SINGH: SocialPsychology,2nded.,94,107 695.00

SINGH, KAPOOR & BHATTACHARYA (Eds.):GovernanceandPovertyReduction:Beyond theCageof BestPractices,100 550.00

SINGH & SAXENA:IndianPolitics:ConstitutionalFoundationsandInstitutionalFunctioning,2nded.,82 250.00

SINGH & ZAHID (Eds.): StrengtheningGovernanceThroughAccess to Justice,65,99 350.00

SIVARETHINAMOHAN:IndustrialRelationsandLabourWelfare:TextandCases(Rev.ed.),69 395.00

SOPLE: ManagingIntellectualProperty:TheStrategicImperative,5thed.,67 495.00

SULPHEY:BehaviouralFinance,20 395.00

SULPHEY & BASHEER:LawsforBusiness,5thed.,60 695.00

SYAL & JINDAL:IntroductiontoLinguistics,An—Language,GrammarandSemantics,2nded.,52 195.00

TAYLOR, et al.:ResearchMethodology:AGuideforResearchersinManagementandSocialSciences,102 450.00

Price(`)


TIROLE:TheoryofIndustrialOrganization,The,10 595.00

TIWARI: Hkkjrh; rdZ'kkL= (IndianLogic),78 125.00

TYAGI & MISRA: AdvancedTechnicalCommunication,116 250.00

TYAGI & MISRA: BasicTechnicalCommunication,Reviseded.,116 250.00

TYAGI & MISRA:ProfessionalCommunication,117 250.00

VAYUNANDAN & MATHEW (Eds.):GoodGovernance:InitiativesinIndia,105 395.00

VENKAT: EnvironmentalLawandPolicy,64 350.00

VINOD & DESHPANDE:ContemporaryPoliticalTheory,84 525.00

VYAS & PATEL (Eds.): TeachingEnglishasaSecondLanguage:ANewPedagogy foraNewCentury, 2nded.,38 395.00

Price(`)

OUR WHOLESALERS AND STOCKISTS

ALLIED PUBLISHERS PVT. LTD. 1/13–14, Asaf Ali Road, New Delhi-110002Phones: 011-23239001, 23233002 Fax: 011-23235967 E-mail: [email protected]

MEDIAMATICSRimjhim House, 111, Patparganj Industrial Estate, Delhi-110092 Phones: 011-43031100, 22154984Fax: 011-43031144 E-mail: [email protected]

PRAKASH BOOKS (I) PVT. LTD.113A, Bharat Scouts BuildingAnsari Road, DaryaganjNew Delhi-110002Phone: 011-23247065E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

SAVERA BOOK DISTRIBUTOR4754, Akarshan Bhawan, 23, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002 Phone: 011-43551008E-mail: sales@saverabooks [email protected]

SHRI ADHYA EDUCATIONAL BOOKS PVT. LTD.23/23, B EMCA House, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002Phones: 011-43507216, 43507217E-mail: [email protected]

UDH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS 4762-63/23, Ansari Road, DaryaganjNew Delhi-110002 Phones: 011-41562623, 41562603, 43587393E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

ALLIED INFORMATICSB-83, Golden Jewel Apartments, Ganesh Marg, Bapu Nagar, Jaipur-302015 Phone: 0141-4003870 • Mobile: 9414069109E-mail: [email protected]

ANAND PUSTAK SADANSanatan Dharam Mandir Road, Lashkar, Gwalior-474001Phones: 0751-2323516, 6537516E-mail: [email protected]

ANIL BOOK DEPOT199, A-Market, Sector 6, Bhilai Phone: 0788-2224250E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK PARADISEM.P. Nagar, Zone-1, Bhopal-462011Phone: 0755-4272247E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK PALACE10 No Market, Shop 57, Arera Colony,Bhopal-462001 • Phone: 0755-2673639

BOOK WORLD10-A, Astley Hall, Dehradun-248001Phone: 0135-2655845E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

CENTRAL BOOK HOUSESadar Bazar, Raipur-492001Phone: 0771-2234150E-mail: [email protected]

FRIENDS BOOKS DEPOT17, University Road, Allahabad-211004Mobile: 9415237813E-mail: [email protected]

GANGA SHARAN & GRAND SONSNitishalya, D-58/51, A/K Opp. Kuber ComplexRathyatra, Varanasi-221010Phone: 0542-2361089 • Mobile: 9935523813E-mail: [email protected]

INDIA BOOK HOUSE213, Radha Damodar Ki Gali, Loha Mandi, Chaura Rasta, Jaipur-302003 Phone: 0141-2314983E-mail: [email protected]

J.K. JAIN BROTHERSOpp. Moti Masjid, Sultania Road, Bhopal-462001 Phones: 0755-2549730, 2542577, 3042653E-mail: [email protected]

MITTAL BOOK DISTRIBUTOR4723/23, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002Mobile: 9810565956

NORTHERN REGIONWHOLESALERS

NEW JAIN BOOK STALL 627, Subhash Chowk, Khajuri Bazar, Indore-452002 Phone: 0731-4054829 E-mail: [email protected]

RADHA KRISHAN ANAND & CO.Pacca Danga Road, Jammu-180001 Phones: 0191-2546691, 2578357E-mail: [email protected]

RAGHAV BOOKS PVT. LTD.A–184A, Nand Gram, Gaziabad Mobile: 9650337111E-mail: [email protected]

TRIPATHI BOOK DISTRIBUTORNPA-Arcade, Shop/Flat-212, 2nd Floor, 23, M.G. Marg, Civil Lines, Allahabad-211001Mobile: 9415235892E-mail: [email protected]

UNIVERSAL BOOK STALL1697, Nai Sarak, Delhi-110006 Phones: 011-23250653, 23261903, 23272595E-mail: [email protected]

UNIVERSAL BOOK SELLER 82, Hazrat Ganj, Post Box No. 20Lucknow-226001Phones: 0522-2625894, 3919708E-mail: [email protected]

UNIVERSAL BOOK SERVICE718, Marha Tal, Near City Coffee House,Jabalpur-482001 • Phone: 0761-2480591E-mail: [email protected]

USEFUL BOOK SERVICEC-369, Opp. Sekher Hospital, Indira Nagar, Lucknow-226016 Mobiles: 9415017416, 8948858567E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

UNIQUE BOOK DEPOTSanatan Dharm Mandir Road, Lashkar, Gwalior-474001 Phone: 0751-4076419 • Mobile: 9826257932E-mail: [email protected]

VEDI BOOKS PVT. LTD.24/24 Ansari RoadDaryaganj, New Delhi-110002Phone: 011-43563107E-mail: cscvedibooks.com

EASTERN REGIONWHOLESALERS

A.K. MISHRA AGENCIES PVT. LTD.‘Satyabhama’, Roxy Lane, Badambadi,Cuttack-753009 Phones: 0671-2322244 / 55 / 66 / 77 Fax: 0671-2322288 E-mail: [email protected]

MEDIAMATICS59/10, Prince Bakhtiar Shah Road, Kolkata-700033Phones: 033-32009632, 32957955Fax: 033-24227924E-mail: [email protected]

STOCKISTS

A.K. MISHRA AGENCIES PVT. LTD.Metro House, Shop No. B-17, Ground Floor, Vani Vihar Square, Bhubaneswar-751007Phone: 0674-2544991, 2544992

AMIT BOOK DEPOTTulsi Apartments, 1st Floor, Govind Mitra Lane, Patna-800004 • Phones: 0612-2300819, 2300557E-mail: [email protected]@amitbooks.com

AMIT BOOK DEPOTPlot No. 830, Lane No. 5, Jayadev Vihar, Near Biju Pattnaik College, Bhubaneswar-751013Mobiles: 9238323348, 9238323349 E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK EMPORIUMJaswanta Road, Panbazar, Guwahati-781001Mobile: 9864042491Sister Concern: Book CornerSaraswati Plaza, Panbazar, Guwahati-781001E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK ZONEShop No. LL08, Hari Om Tower70, Circular Road, Ranchi-834001 JharkhandPhone: 0651-2563143 • Mobile: 9304538949E-mail: bookzoneranchi.com

KATHA O KAHINI (BOOK SELLER) PVT. LTD.No. 13, Bankim Chatterjee StreetKolkata-700073Phone: 033-22419071

SHARDA BOOK DEPOT508, Jaiswal ComplexShop No. 12, Sakchi, Jamshedpur–831001Mobile: 9431566455

TECHNO WORLD90/6A, M.G Road, Ist Floor, College St. Crossing YMCA Building, Kolkata-700007 Phones: 033-22196116, 22571650

TRIO ENTERPRISE25, Bhawani Dutta Lane, Kolkata-700073Phone: 033-22198749 • Mobile: 9331030780E-mail: [email protected]

UNIQUE BOOKSGanesh Traders Building, 2nd FloorN.C.B. Road, Opp Cotton University Arts BuildingPanbazar, Guwahati–781001Phones: 0361-2733721, 2607107E-mail: [email protected]

WESTERN REGIONWHOLESALERS

STUDENTS’ AGENCIES (I) PVT. LTD. 102, Konark Shram, Behind Everest Building Opp. Tardeo Road, Mumbai-400034 Phones: 022-40496106, 40496111, 40496161 E-mail: [email protected] Fax: 022-24904212

STOCKISTS

ASTHA BOOK AGENCY407, Asha Complex, Behind Navrangpura Police Station, Near Railway Crossing, NavrangpuraAhmedabad-380009 • Phone: 079-26466914Mobiles: 9426010643 / 9377437225 / 9376767555E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

ATUL BOOK STALLUnder Fernandis Bridge, Gandhi RoadAhmedabad-380006 Phone: 079-22160475 • Mobile: 9328201377E-mail: [email protected]

BOOKS INDIAP.K. House, Behind M.J. Library, Ellis Bridge, Ahmedabad-380006 • Phone: 079-26575542Fax: 079-26577349 • E-mail: [email protected]

BOOKS UNLIMITED15, Yogesh Sadan, Hingwala Lane, Ghatkopar (East), Mumbai-400077 • Phone: 022-25013118E-mail: [email protected]

HIMANSHU BOOK CO.6-7, Shri Jayendrapuri Bhavan, Near Sanyas AshramElls Bridge, Ahmedabad-380006Phones: 079-26579685, 26563782 Mobile: 9979880089E-mail: [email protected]

MICROMEDIA3–5, Mahendra Chamber, 150–154, D.N. Road, Next to McDonald’s, Opp. C.S.T. Station, Mumbai-400001 Phones: 022-22078296, 22078297E-mail: [email protected]

NILESH BOOK CENTERSB2, Galar Chamber, Opp. Dairy Dane Circle, Sayajiganj, Vadodara, Gujarat–390001Mobile: 9924458748

PRADEEP BOOK DISTRIBUTORS631/32, Budhwar Peth, Shop No. 102/103/104 1st Floor, Shan Bramha Complex, Pune-411002Phone: 020-24458333 • Mobile: 9422087031E-mail: [email protected]

VENUS BOOK CENTREOpp. Rajaram Dixit Library, Ramnagar Road Gokulpeth, Nagpur-440010 Mobile: 7387157598

VIKAS BOOK DISTRIBUTORS151, Budhwar Peth, Appa Balwant ChowkNear Jogeshwari Mandir, Pune–411002Phone: 020-24475551Mobiles: 8459907741, 9860288838

SOUTHERN REGIONWHOLESALERS

BOOKIONICS29-2-35, Vemuri Vari Veedhi, Near Kotha Vanthena Anjaneya Swami Temple, Suryaraopet, Vijayawada-520002 • Phone: 0866-2433383E-mail: [email protected]

BOOK SELECTION CENTREK.D. House, H. No. 3-5-121/E/1/2, Near Shalimar Theatre Opp. Saboo EnterprisesHyderabad-500027 Phones: 040-23446841, 23446843Fax: 040-24752054 • E-mail: [email protected]

SHAH BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.343, Sri Krupa Market, Near BSNL OfficeMahaboob Mansion, MalakpetHyderabad-500036Phones: 040-23445601, 23445622/633/644E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSLaxmi Narayan Niwas, 3, Nallathambi Street, Wallajah Road, Chennai-600002Phones: 044-28524547, 28553168, 52157192E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS AND DISTRIBUTORS25/9A, Karpaga Complex, Good Shed StreetMadurai-625001 Phone: 0452-4371552E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSNo. 88, N.G. Narayanaswamy StreetNew Siddhapudur, Coimbatore-641044Phones: 0422-2520491, 2520496E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORS41/1212, Krishnaswamy Road, Pullepady, Ernakulam, Cochin-682035Phone: 0484-4022190 E-mail: [email protected]

TBH PUBLISHERS & DISTRIBUTORSVikram Trinetra House, 81/10, Vatal Nagaraj RoadOkalipuram, Rajajinagar, Bengaluru-560021Phone: 080-23422976Mobiles: 9448049867 / 9686113194

STOCKISTS

AMMAN BOOK GALERY4, MKP Complex, West Car Street, Tiruchengode, Namakkal-637211 Phone: 9842767666

AYYANAR BOOK CENTRE13, 14, Dudley School, Dindigul-624001Phone: 0451-2426561

CHERAN BOOK HOUSE238, Big Bazar Street, Coimbatore-641001Phone: 0422-2396623

DURGA BOOK DISTRIBUTORS4-5-172, 1st Floor, Gokul Towers, Behind Gokul Chat, KotiHyderabad-500095Phones: 040-24752801, 64542801

MAHALAXMI ENTERPRISESPost Box No. 5617, Door No. 66, 57th ‘A’ Cross, 6th Main, 4th Block, Rajajinagar, Bengaluru-560010 • Phone: 080-26742950E-mail: [email protected] / [email protected]

MANGALA BOOK DISTRIBUTORSNo. 32 (45), Ground Floor, Near to Janatha OfficeV.N.R. Road, Madhavanagar, Bengaluru-560001Phone: 080-22268755 • Mobile: 9845729610E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

MOTHERLAND BOOK HOUSE8/120, Raja Complex, Prakasam StreetNear P.S. Park, Erode-638001Phone: 0424-2226164

NATIONAL BOOK AGENCY19, First Floor, Good Shed Street, Madurai-625001 Phone: 0452-2341304

PAI & SONSNext to UCO Bank, Near Suguna Kalyanamantapam Avinashi Road, Peelamedu, Coimbatore-641004Mobile: 9443339453 Phones: 0422-2564239, 2568177

SAPNA BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.3rd Main Road (Opp. to Hotel Vijay Residency)Bengaluru-560009 • Phone: 080-40114455 Fax: 080-22269648E-mail: [email protected] [email protected]

SAPNA BOOK HOUSE PVT. LTD.Narayan Shastry Road (Near Fab City)Devaraja Mohalla, Mysore-570001Phone: 0821-4004499E-mail: [email protected]

SELVI BOOK SHOP89, 1st Floor, Nethaji Road, Near Arya Bhavan Signal, Madurai-625001Phone: 0452-5380169

SKB BOOK SHOP33/33-A, 2nd Floor, Kalaimagal Kalvi Nilayam RoadErode-638001 • Mobile: 9443304929

SKB BOOK SHOP137-A, Cherry Road, Salem-636001Phone: 0427-2452579E-mail: [email protected]

SRI VINAYAKAR BOOK CENTRE316/7, M.A.M. Building, Sekkalai RoadKaraikudi-630001 • Phone: 04565-235660 Mobile: 9443123037

TBH LIBRARY BOOK SUPPLIERS7-A, Sunkurama Street (Opp. Madras High Court)Parry’s Corner, Chennai-600001Phones: 044-22537156

TRICHY BOOK HOUSE87-A, Devar Colony, Ist Floor, Thillai NagarWest Extention, Trichy-620018Phones: 0431-27661815 / 2764198E-mail: [email protected]

TURNING POINTIst Floor, Sri Venkatesh Towers, 75, Town Hall Road, Madurai-625001 Phones: 0452-2347398, 4370937

For more information visit us at: www.phindia.com

Rimjhim House, 111, Patparganj Industrial Estate, Delhi-110092

Phones: 011- 43031100, 22154984 • Fax: 011-43031144

E-Mail: [email protected]

PHI Learning Private Limited

Humanities, Social Sciences Languages - PHI Learning

Documents

Transcript of Humanities, Social Sciences Languages - PHI Learning